SCWL 2 All Episodes

 

Season 2 of my Survivor ORG. The Final Two has been established. Therefore it is time once again to travel back through the game and see confessionals, private Tribal Councils, votes, my correct predictions, my incorrect predictions, and my analysis. Enjoy!

SUPACOOWACKY BLOG SEASON 2

So here we are. The prequel is in the books. Season one is in the books. Now it’s time to open a new chapter in season two. Compared to last season, I think this group is almost entirely absent of any rookie youths that we may have seen last season, but that void is filled with first-timers in their late 20s. I think this will produce an entirely atmosphere to the game. It will be much tougher for experienced players to manipulate the newbies. What’s even better is that most of the younger players also happen to be rather experienced players. You won’t have an alliance fall for two fake idols this time.

BRIAN WHITEHEAD

I think he’ll be a bit antisocial with the others. He’s not experienced enough and may not know how to connect with the others to where he will be thrust into the centre of an alliance. I believe he won’t cause enough of a stir to go home too early, but I’m not convinced he is capable of making it to the end. My money is that he will be on the fringe of a dominating alliance and he’ll be dropped in 13th or 14th place.

CARL HAGEMANN

He won’t be taking anything seriously. He’ll be fairly active, but as Cyndi Lauper would say, Carl just wants to have fun. He’s one who heavily favours players like Sandra, which makes me think he’ll just be goofy the whole time and do enough to where he could float his way into the merge and potentially to a Final Four spot.

Beyond that? I don’t see Carl being aggressive enough or conniving enough to seal himself a spot in the Final 2, nor be good enough to win immunity in the final rounds. If Carl finds a competitive strategic edge, then we can talk about him winning.

CHRIS HOOK

He recently came back from a one-year ORG hiatus and has already collected another win a little more than a month after his return. Hooker will find more of a challenge this time when those who just played with him when he won will be sure to come after him and seek revenge. But you know what? Hooker is that good where everyone else may target him for a round or two then they don’t find him threatening whatsoever. If Hooker survives the first two TCs, I will go on record to say he will make Final 3 at the very least. Do I think he’ll win if in a Final 2? As long as one of the more villainous players picks up final immunity and lets their ego grow three sizes too big, Hooker can very well win. It also helps that there is already a slightly less experienced and slightly relatable person in this cast than Hooker, and his name happens to be Carl. Hooker is lucky that way.

DAVE BRONSON

Very few people in this cast will know Dave Bronson. He applied to be in this game from Sono’s camp. I could see him being dragged to 4th or 5th place. There’s no reason why people shouldn’t trust Dave, and I don’t think Dave will suck enough at challenges, nor blow up emotionally at others to send him home early. I am looking for him to be in the end game.

DAVID RACINE

He’s never played an ORG but he is a professional salesman. Last time I checked, a salesman who never heard of Survivor did exceptionally well on TV. I don’t see how this would have any other effect in the ORG world. What I am interested in is how aggressive David goes to control his tribe or if he indeed takes a Heidik approach. I’m very curious.

EAMON J JAWATIN

He has played three ORGs. He quit one over halfway through, won another one, and finished runner-up in another. He is well acquainted with ORGers and non-ORGers alike. I have yet to hear anyone say anything exceptionally bad about Eamon. So what do I think will occur? Eamon will be a figurehead or a sidekick for a major alliance in this game. I don’t doubt that. He’ll make the merge and will either go to the end if his alliance has the majority or will be an early merge boot if his alliance turns out to be the minority.

FEDE ARCE

Fede was set to be in the cast last season but procrastinated with his qualifying questionnaire and completely forgot to send it in. He tried again this season and is in the cast. I can never get a good read on Fede. I’ve seen him go deep in ORGs but that’s because he plays where his friends are. I don’t know if he’ll be successful with a group that he largely doesn’t know. It’s an older age group and a different demographic than he’s used to trying to befriend. Expect Fede to last into the second third of the game.

FRANCISCO GRILO

I will label him as the Aaron Frazee of the season. He is the 2nd youngest player and his best tool will be to shut up in challenges, work hard, and cheer on your tribe. What Francisco will find is that an aggressive player will appreciate this trait and incorporate him into their alliance. Then Francisco will have a buffer zone if that alliance fails and will buy time to find a new player who might approach him for a deal. Francisco needs to utilize these tools to go far, which I think he will.

JAMIE FRICK

One of few females in this cast. I think the ORGers will be after her head immediately and round up the new players to oust her. I think Jamie may fall prey to being the early threat and the others don’t want to have anything to do with her. If she survives, it’s because she forged an alliance with a fellow winning ORGer to reduce the chances of a non-winning ORGer-led coup d’etat of the multi-winners.

KEVIN MENZEL

He is the hardest worker in challenges; he is the most aggressive. He’s a prime target for a late pre-merge or early post-merge boot. His reputation is built around his dominance in challenges. I don’t think this will be a group that will respond too kindly to Kevin though.

Kevin needs to work on his social game. If you can find a way to connect with people and you’re incredible in challenges, you may be able to build a cult of personality around you and carry that to the end. Do I think Kevin will do this? No. I think he’s destined to finish in the 10th to 12th range.

KIM THOMPSON

She is currently a popular person in the ORG world. There’s no denying that. There is going to need to be the presence of a power equivalent to Elvera to take out a personality such as hers. I’m predicting she makes top 8 regardless of which tribe she’s on, and if things go well for her, she can crack top 5. She’ll likely need an immunity run at the end because you’ll have to be crazy to take her with you to a Final Two.

KRISTINE BURLEIGH

Very opinionated person. She has fire that one. I think she’ll go home early. You’ll know where she stands immediately and I don’t think she’ll pick the right side which will quickly expose her as a sore thumb. If she does find a dominating alliance, and she explodes at people throughout the game, she will become a very popular choice to take to the Final Two. I don’t see any middle ground with Kristine. It’s not in her personality to be middle of the road and wishy washy.

LEIF BORNALES

This player is silent. No idea what to expect. I’ll just say he’s 8th and move on.

MARCELO CAMPOS

He seems to be quite excited about the game. Maybe he’ll pull a Mervin from last season and form a tight bond with a fellow Filipino to take extraordinarily deep in the game. Perhaps he’ll make it to 5th or 6th before his number is up? I don’t know. This is my gut instinct. Nobody will let another Marty-Mervin level of slaughtering take place for a second season in a row.

MICHAEL GRAGA

Very eager to play this game. He has never played an ORG before. I’d estimate there’s a 92% chance he’s a pre-merge boot. Something tells me he may fall to inactivity or not get involved or be in tune with the chaos to understand how to control it. He’s the youngest of the rookie players and is a very quiet person on PoS. I don’t see him being socially active to forge a connection that takes him into the merge. Perhaps a 14th or 15th place finish? I’d go with that.

NOAH SPIDERJEW

This guy is very off-the-wall. He’s one who never finishes in any position on a consistent basis. He is in a prime position to be Kevin or Shyam’s sidekick. He won’t fade for a second. However, he does go inactive the odd time. I’m going to predict a 10th place finish just because I can.

SHYAM SUNDAR

Ah yes. He will be the figurehead of an alliance. I’m more certain about that than anything in this game. He is skilled enough to take control. However, his reputation is so strong that facing opposition will be inevitable. In the past, I’ve seen him go home from a purple rock in a TRIPLE TIEBREAKER DEADLOCK and another game where an unmerge twist had players from the opposing tribe choose who goes home to send him out of the game. Luckily, neither of those twists are planned so Shyam won’t have to worry about Lady Luck for once.

WESLEY LANGLAIS

My goodness Wesley is a wildcard. He doesn’t  know and has yet to learn how to properly lead a loyal alliance. Wes needs to change his gears. He needs to learn how to be a good Yes Man. Because he is the youngest player in the cast, this is a prime strategy to use. If Shyam or Kevin or David come to you with an alliance, evaluate if they will dominate the game, then give them your undivided loyalty. That is how Wes will have the greatest chance of being in the winner’s circle.

However, if he goes inactive or pulls an unorthodox play at possessing a leadership role, he’ll be eliminated in three rounds or less. I guarantee it.

Challenge 0: Encryption Redux

Date: January 27, 2012

Winners: Kevin Menzel and Dave Bronson. Individual immunity from their first TC and tribe captains.

Inspired By: A reverse of Survivor: Nicaragua’s day 1 challenge, Survivor: Palau, and the same opening challenge I did last season.

Challenge I:Do Your Own Scramble

Date: January 27 – January 30, 2012

Inspired By: That challenge in day 15 of Survivor: Palau and day 15 of Survivor: Micronesia where tribes put up a blockade for each other. That has always been one of my favourite Survivor challenges.

Winners: Ooc

Voted Out: Wesley Langlais (8-1)

OPENING CHALLENGE

Prior to the challenge the eighteen were divided into two groups. One group of younger players and one group of older players. Each person was given a piece of their code.

The trick is that regardless of which group you are in, you could still trade with others to get more information. However, when the two cryptograms are posted you had to figure out which one belonged to you.

A subtle thing I did is that each person in the younger group was given a letter or letters that would reveal five spots in the code. In the older group, it was 5-6. Therefore, if you went to the opposing tribe’s puzzle and saw nearly half the puzzle was revealing itself before you, you could deduce that I wouldn’t slant the challenge that much and let you realize which cryptogram belonged to you.

Kevin winning the challenge for the older group didn’t surprise me one bit given his reputation. Dave Bronson winning the first challenge he ever participates in blew me away. They’re both safe from the first round they lose immunity, but given what happened to Jenn and Darian last game I don’t have much of an expectation for that immunity to make much difference.

NO TRICK WITH THE CAPTAINS THIS SEASON

Eh, people were expecting a curveball. I decided to just let Kevin and Dave have the rights to pick.

WILL A REVERSAL OF TRIBE NAMES BE A REVERSAL OF FORTUNE?

Kevin won the challenge and immediately left after he sent me his preference order of one through sixteen in terms of who he wanted on his tribe. He picked every ORG veteran or winner while Dave Bronson made a conscious effort to pick those who were at the challenge. In addition, Kevin’s eighth round pick was the first one to be present while Ooc ensured they picked a present player in virtually every round. Apus seems to be the quiet veteran tribe while Ooc is the newbie-saturated fun and louder tribe. Given what happened last season we should see Ooc dominating Apus.

If Apus goes to a Tribal Council I predict a vote that will not have the tribe’s best interests at heart. I think everyone on Apus is employing a strategy of being under-the-radar in the first couple challenges to not appear as a challenge threat. Meanwhile Ooc is working together on understanding ORGs and truly looking out for each other’s best interests. I could be wrong but that’s just my observation.

SHYAM’S FIRST LIE

Dave sent me a confessional that Shyam has already lied. Shyam sent him a false idol code. Uh oh Shyam. Considering Dave Bronson is the inaugural member of Ooc I believe he will round up his tribe to target you at the merge. A deception so early on that has such minor effects in the game is too counterproductive. All you’re doing is ensuring at least one person will hone their focus on labelling you as untrustworthy. Let’s see how Shyam handles this when the rumour begins to spread.

EAMON AND NOAH HAVE EARLY ADVANTAGE

Luckily they are on opposing tribes. Noah and Eamon are the only people to agree to penalize their tribes. If this were last season they’d already have the idol. But guess what? I tweaked the format for the penalty idols.

FORMAT CHANGE

If you are the only one to take the penalty and your tribe wins immunity you will automatically receive the idol. On the other hand if your tribe loses then you will instead be given a mission. The mission is to be the first one to send me your vote for Tribal Council after I post the Tribal Council topic in your camp. This way those who penalized their tribe and still win immunity will be rewarded with their brilliant gamble and those who potentially cost their tribe immunity will be given a tougher route to an idol by needing to accomplish an additional task.

THE THIRD IDOL

Yes, it’s in play. I decided to play the median this  year. That means Fede and Kristine, the two people who were are the fifth member  of their tribes, will be the first ones to know about the idol. They ranked their tribe members from who they most want to have the next clue to those they’d least like to have the next clue.

Instead of random.orging it this year I decided to go 4-6-3-7-2-8-1-9 like we’re a freakin’ tournament bracket. I don’t know why I was attracted to this option. I think it’s because I love tournaments and because it’s aesthetically pleasing.

SCRAMBLING

The closest challenge we’ve had in the history of this series. This is the exact opposite of last season which will make for another memorable season.

These scrambling challenges often see the host screw up which leads to players insulting the host for being so careless and having to correct the challenge (although I scrambled 50 names and countries last game and did not screw up once!). But how often does the host let the players themselves create a scramble? Not many. And boy oh boy did they screw up as much as PJ in organizing a scramble. Jonathan Libby and Kathy Vavrick-O’Brien’s errors by Ooc were my favourite misspellings. They were approximately three characters away. Some of the letters aren’t apart of their actual name regardless if it was in the category where extra letters weren’t allowed!

It’s funny. 99% of the time scrambling all 52 slots should give you a significant advantage. Amazingly Apus almost wins for such a lack of effort because they had fewer chances to penalize themselves. Hopefully this isn’t positive reinforcement for Apus in future challenges.

PREDICTION FOR APUS TC

I think Eamon is too paranoid about being voted out; Wesley SHOULD be voted out. He posted once or twice and neither were of a contributing nature for the immunity challenge. I don’t see Apus making the same mistake as Supa did by voting out the absolute sole contributor.

FALSE UNIFICATION

I thought Wesley should go home but it looked like for the second season in a row that a tribe would self-destruct in the opening round.  If you read Lister’s confessional, you get a pretty good idea of what’s going on. Essentially, Hooker and Lister are controlling this tribe. They try to unite Eamon and Fede/Shyam into a single unit while trying to keep Brian Dub who is helping in challenges. Except maybe Kevin who is undergoing an extraordinarily rare case of inactivity, Eamon and Fede/Shyam put down their arms and come together to sign a pact that sends the youngest home packing.

If you don’t believe me how chaotic this vote was for me to follow, look at all of the vote changes. Note that the round where Scott betrays the newbies on Cooror tribe was the only round to see as many vote changes as we witnessed this round. What’s alarming is that it’s round one. Clearly Apus isn’t cohesive and are likely under the impression that Ooc will be tools to use upon merge rather than opponents. Have these tribes learned anything from last season? Newbies are perfectly capable of being self-led and engineering their own dominant alliances. If people like Eamon, Shyam, and Fede don’t give Ooc respect we could very well see back-to-back seasons of a tribal superpower.

WESLEY GOES

Surprisingly my opening prediction is pretty much right on. For the second season the youngest player in the cast is first out. I find this rather intriguing.

Why? Because the first person voted out in a season of Survivor is never a middle-of-the-road or underwhelming personality. Everyone is looking for whoever sticks out as a sore thumb either by attempting to be a control freak, annoying the tribe, or overscheming beyond the accepted norm of individuals on the tribe. In other words, any deviancy is dealt with on day 3 and the weaklings (unless they absolutely can’t do anything socially or challenge-wise) will be delayed to a day 6 or day 9 situation. Nobody had anything ill to say of Wesley and he certainly wasn’t noticeably more inactive than the others on the tribe. Luckily Lister and Hooker have played with Wesley enough times to know that he won’t be involved enough to help catch Ooc’s extremely active nature.

I hope Apus wins immunity this round because they’ll be under the impression that they’re strong enough and will most certainly pull off some crazy stunts.

EARLY IDOL USAGE?

Judging by how desperate Eamon and Noah were to claim their respective tribal idols, we may have both gone pre-merge. When will the true individual game begin?

17th: Marcelo

16th: Brian W.

15th: Jamie

14th: Fede

13th: Kevin

12th: Michael

11th: Shyam

10th: Noah

9th: Hooker

8th: Lister

7th: Leif

6th: Carl

5th: Eamon

4th: Kristine

3rd: Francisco

2nd: David

1st: Dave

P.S. Thanks to Kristine’s ranking, Marcelo is sitting out next challenge. Luckily for Kristine nobody else will find out about this until after the season is finito.

(BRIAN W.)-(EAMON)-(FEDE)-(HOOKER)-(*KEVIN*)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(SHYAM)-(WESLEY)

At the top of this post each of you will see your name. As you know, as long as your name is listed on your tribe’s roster, you are still in this game. Once your name is removed and thrown to the bottom of the post, you’re voted out which will be the case for one of you this round.

Note that Kevin has asterisks around his name to indicate he is wearing immunity. That is from his win in the opening challenge. You cannot vote for Kevin unless he gives it up.

You MUST answer your assigned questions in THIS TOPIC for your vote to count.

BRIAN W.,

1. At the opening challenge, seven of you didn’t show up. Does that reflect anything on the tribe or was that just pure coincidence that the losing tribe is the one who had no one show up at the start?

I don’t think it matters that much. Once the challange was posted, several of us worked hard, and if it wasn’t for a couple of silly mistakes we would have immunity right now.
2. Is it easier or harder to survive the first round of the game compared to other rounds?

Obviously, towards the start of the game there are many options to vote for, but it’s hard to survive any given round in this game.
EAMON,

1. Have you had a chance to get to know everyone on this tribe? Or is there only so much you can do to catch people online in the first four days?

Heh. To be honest I think this tribe is so quiet :p
2. Anything you’d do in hindsight of your own scrambles to ensure they were spelled correctly?

The thing is.. only several people attempted to do the challenge. What can I say, lack of teamworks. Anyway, good job to us. So close. VERY close 😦
FEDE,

1. What’s the status of the rivalry between the two tribes? Is there any animosity that can be created in one round or are things fairly cordial?

I dont feel any rivalry so far, maybe because its just the first challenge.

2. Any concern over being one member down?

No, we can make it up, we just need to focus.

HOOKER,

1. Ooc sent in their answers over 30 hours before you did. Do you think this tribe will see more of a benefit in taking their time during these challenges or does it create an environment of apathy?

Kind of both! There was no bonus for finishing quickly so there was no reason NOT to take our time (in fact it is smart to take advantage of all your resources so taking time to ensure a better result is a good thing!), however taking our time in part 1 cost us as we only sent them half a challenge 😦
2. You’re four days into a 50-day game. Is there enough information to make a decision you feel comfortable with or will you be kicking yourself before, during, and after?

No, it really isn’t enought time, but it is what it is and I/we will have ot make due!!
KEVIN,

1. You’re safe this round. Guaranteed. Does that change how you would play this round or does a first TC immunity mean very little in the grand scheme of this game?

I think this had no skill involved, well a little, my tribe, our tribe… did very well, and so did the other tribe, we just didnt pull it out this time, but we will… iummunity is great, it always sucks to go first.
2. You sent in an extensive list of who you wanted to join this tribe. Are you satisfied with who you chose or are you doing some Monday morning (or in this case evening) quarterbacking?

in no way am i a QB for this tribe, i had the luck to pick the people i wanted, and i have to say i prolly got 95% of the top people i chose…
LEIF,

1. What do you think you will bring to this tribe in the future?

I hope the tribe can acknowledge im a good team player and that I bring a lot to this tribe when it comes to immunity challenges.

2. Has there been any speculation at camp about who may or may not have agreed to go for the penalty idol?

No I don’t believe so, but then again, I have only talked to a few people lol
LISTER,

1. You were MIA for the first half of the challenge but swooped in to unscramble Ooc’s words and pinpoint some of the penalties. Do you think that’s enough to secure yourself one more round in this game?

Well I would hope that it’s enough to keep me for more than one round but you can never be too sure in Survivor. I’d like to think that I found a decent amount of those scrambled names but if everyone else votes for me anyways what can I really do about that?
2. Was there any finger pointing amongst yourselves in regards to who may or may not have screwed up the challenge?

No, not that I’m aware of. If there was any fingerpointing I wasn’t apart of that conversation.
SHYAM,

1. Has there been any intertribal conflict since the beginning of the game or will this Tribal be the true start of potential dissent amongst the tribe?

It’s not often one witnesses the intertribal conflict at the first four days of survivor and the players seem to be smart enough to keep their opinions to themselves so not to be targeted for being opinionated, out spoken and cocky. I am sure only time and future tribals (I hope we won’t be heading to another tribal for some time) will expose the dissent amongst the tribe.
2. Is it easier to lose when you are a Gaboner contestant away from winning immunity or is it tougher because you were so dang close?

I would say both. Easier to lose because some might have their sight set on the penalty idol (thanks to you) and tougher because we did the best we could and yes we were close but we can only do our level best, rest is out of our hands.
WESLEY,

1. You’re the youngest contestant in the game. Will that help you in this environment because nobody feels threatened by the young gun or does it scream ‘easy target’?

No answer.

***WHAT LOGAN THINKS HE WOULD HAVE THOUGHT AT THE TIME***: No, it won’t help me because that is counterfeited by my inactivity thus far.
2. What is your criteria for this round’s vote?

No answer.

***WHAT LOGAN WOULD HAVE THOUGHT HIS ANSWER WOULD BE***: Whoever somebody would’ve told me to vote for. Probably Eamon, I’d imagine.

Okay, Kevin is immune and cannot be voted for. Everyone else is fair game.

When you vote, please do so in the following format:

– Send a private message to me on this Facebook account.

– Your message should start with the name of the person you’re voting for within the brackets like this:

(LOGAN)

REASON: You’re telling me I have to answer my questions for my vote to count? Ugh. You’re so demanding! Well guess what buddy? You’re going home this round and you don’t even see it coming. Have a nice flight back home. Good day.

Whatever you write in the brackets is exactly how your vote will appear when I reveal the votes unless it’s extremely inappropriate.

Alright, between now and 12:30pm eastern Wednesday, it is time to vote. Apus tribe, you’re up.

TC VOTING ROUND 1

—————————–

BRIAN W.,

(Shyam)

Reason: It’s nothing personal, but you haven’t done much for us around camp.

(Wesley)

Reason: It’s nothing personal, but you haven’t done much for us around camp.

CHRIS,

Vote [WESLEY]

Because it is him or Eamon and there was amajor diff in activity between them and I wanna keep the tribe strong!

EAMON,

I am voting for SHYAM.

REASEON : Because you just so lazy. And I don’t like parasite.

I wanna change my vote.

My final vote is
(WESLEY)

Reason : Just to get rid someone who’s inactive.

FEDE,

(BRIAN)

Because who the f*** are you?

·  alright
·  I think it’s gonna be for Eamon anyway
·  (WESLEY)

KEVIN,

I vote eamon out

LEIF,

(WESLEY)

Reason: Because hes useless

LISTER,

(WESLEY)

You did not participate in the challenge. And no I don’t count you solving our own scrambles. That’s not participating in my eyes. You randomly approach me at the beginning of the game acting like my best friend. We’ve played in one game together. A Mindjolt tournament. I don’t know you. You don’t know me. I don’t trust you. You didn’t do anything in the challenge. Therefore. You go bye-bye.

SHYAM,

Voting (WESLEY)

CONFESSIONALS ROUND 1

————————————–

BRIAN W.: Already I changed my mind haha

CHRIS: right – that is what I thought – all it meant was that penalties didn’t change us going to tribal or not! Obviously some people are speculating and some thought we lost because of it but I didn’t think so.

DAVE: ·  Yes hahaha
·  I really hope nobody picks you or Michael on the other tribe before we get a chance!!

Whoops, wrong person clearly. I’m going to have to be very careful about that! Good thing it was only you! Lol

So obviously you’re not going to tell me who, if anyone, was lying but I thought you might get a kick out of reading who gave me what codes. I know at least one person tried to screw me over.

Here are all the codes I got:

24 and over
Brian Whitehead: ! represents H
Carl Hagemann: + represents U
Chris Hook: ) represents S
David Racine: } represents A
Kevin Menzel: { represents L
Kristine Burleigh: _ represents R
Leif Bornales: % represents D
Lister the Third: = represents T
Shyam Sundar: – represents B (NOPE! – represented W, that sure screwed me up!)

23 and under
Dave Bronson: { represents L
Eamon Jawatin: + represents U
Fede Arce: ?
Fransisco Grilo: ! represents H
Jamie Frick: ; represents N
Marcelo Campos: ) represents S
Michael Graga: @ represents M and % represents D
Noah Spiderjew: _ represents R
Wesley Langlais: ?

Hey Logan, I just have a couple quick questions about my immunity:

Based off of your wording (You both receive immunity from your first Tribal Council), it sounds like the immunity that I have is from MY first tribal council, not necessarily the first tribal council of the game. So if Ooc were to win the next several challenges in a row, I would still be immune from my first tribal council, which could be much later in the game if Ooc does well enough. Is this correct?

Also, can I assign my immunity to anyone at tribal council if I so chose? If so, at what point would I do this? (after votes are cost, but before revealed I assume)

Can I give my immunity to another tribe mate outside of tribal council?

Thanks! I’m really having a lot of fun playing your game so far!

EAMON: This is a game and this idol is a tool to be used in the game, so right now I WANT TO PENALIZE MY TRIBE (a.k.a Yeild of Amazing Race) . Hopefully I have this Idol.

·  lol
·  wait until you see me how i use it

{{{—APUS PENALTY IDOL—}}}

I put this fake immunity idol. Note that there’s an extra “-”

FEDE: 1. Shyam
2. Chris Hook
3. Wesley
4. Lister
5. Eamon
6. Leif
7. Brian
8. Kevin

KEVIN: 8. Brian Whitehead
15.Carl Hagemann
1. Chris Hook
7. David Racine
9. Eamon J Jawatin
4. Fede Arce
10. Francisco Grilo
11.Jamie Frick
16. Kristine Burleigh
12. Leif Rey Bornales
6. Lister Potter III
13.Marcelo Campos
14.Michael Graga
5. Noah SpiderJew
2. Shyam Sundar
3. Wesley Langlais

KRISTINE: Ranking
Fransico
Dave
Noah
Carl
David
Jamie
Michael
Marcelo

LISTER: Well! I certainly didn’t expect to get into this game ha ha ha! I wound up missing the inaugural challenge and following tribe pick’em due to having to be at work. So I feel a little out of the loop after that and even worse I missed the opening half of the first tribal immunity challenge. Luckily for me I was able to swoop in for the second half and start solving some scrambles including both the bonuses so I feel good about that. Unfortunately we wound up losing the challenge and in part I blame myself. I thought the second Michelle Chase was Michael Chiesl. But no way in hell am I going to admit that in front of everyone. So glad that wasn’t pointed out at Tribal Council. *phew*

Anyways, I’ve been in talks with some people who say they want to work with me. Before the tribe division I had Dave Bronson talking to me wanting to align but we wound up on different tribes. I also approached Leif as we have a bit of a connection and so he and I are working together. Then Wesley created a group thread between him, myself, Fede, Eamon and Chris for us all to work together as an alliance and Fede suggested voting out Brian purely because he doesn’t know him. Well that’s a stupid reason to vote somebody out. We played in one game together Fede, rarely if ever talked so do you know me? No I don’t think so. So how do I know you won’t be targeting me after Brian? And besides, with that attitude how are you ever going to work with new people in future games? Then Eamon suggested voting out Shyam saying he did nothing in the challenge. Typically I am all for keeping the tribe strong and voting out the weak challenge performers. However. Shyam did participate. In the first half of the challenge at least. Maybe he didn’t do anything in the second half, but then I didn’t do anything in the first half now did I?

Needless to say when Shyam found out Eamon was targeting him he wasn’t too happy about it. He approached me earlier today talking about it. It was obvious to me that he was trying to make sure I wouldn’t vote for him and I think he wants me to vote for Eamon with him. He never outright said it but from the way he said things that’s the impression I got.

However. I’m pretty sure Eamon isn’t going. And I don’t think it’ll be Brian either. From the way I see things it’s going to be either Shyam or Wesley. Why you ask? It’s simple. Another alliance thread was started. This time by Eamon himself. This thread included Eamon, myself, Leif, Brian and Chris. Between the two alliances, this second one I’m more in favor of. First off it has Leif who I think I could work very well with. Then there is Eamon and Chris who have both been speaking with me quite a bit and I think I could get something going with the two of them. Brian I don’t really know but as I said before if you don’t talk to new people you won’t have anyone to work with in the future.

There are also suspicions of a pre-made alliance in the game. Supposedly it’s between Chris, Fede and Kevin and they might have Shyam as well. It could make sense since everytime someone brought up voting out Shyam in the first alliance chat, Fede was strongly opposed to it and kept saying he’d rather vote out Brian, purely because he doesn’t know the guy which is ridiculous! He says Shyam is trustworthy when from what I’ve seen in other games he CAN be trustworthy but he is also a ruthless snake.
Now Shyam seems to be placing the blame onto Eamon for losing the challenge. He’s claiming that Eamon took a penalty idol, which at the challenge results it was implied that no one had taken a damn penalty idol and he is also claiming that Eamon purposely misspelled Maralyn Hershey’s name. Okay, now we’re just being ridiculous Mr. Sundar. Why the hell would Eamon do that this early in the freaking game? Are you crazy or something? You fall out of bed this morning and hit your head? My god child. The majority was all for voting out Wesley last I heard and now you start pulling this stunt and now things might start swinging back your way.

Now I don’t know which way the vote is going to go. It seems the alliance has some more debating to do. Why can’t people learn to keep their big mouths shut in these games?

MARCELO: ·  Logan
·  I want the penalty idol

Production- Too late. Sorry. You have to do it prior to the challenge.
·  shit
·  haha

did you try to get the penalty idol?

Production: That would be quite the twist. Unfortunately I’m not the Vince McMahon of Survivor and be a contestant in my own game lol.
·  sorry
·  wrong place
·  HAHAHAH
·  sorry
NOAH: Hey if I wanged the idol for my tribe will it be announced and do I have to use it at the first tribal?
·  Ok I want it
·  I want the penetly idol
lol no. i was just nervous that someone else would get it.
My fake idol code is

Ooc hidden immunity idol.
MICHAEL: May I ask what the tiebreaker is? I know there wont be one this time but I have an idea, but I need to know what the tiebreaker challenge is before I excecute my plan.
yeah, like in next round if we go 4 votes vs 4 votes, then in a revote its 3 vs 3, what happens?

Challenge II: Digital Roots

Date: February 1st – February 5th

Inspired By: Playing 9 Hours, 9 Persons, 9 Doors (Junnnpeiiiiiii)

Winners: Ooc

Voted Out: Kevin (8-0)

DIGITAL ROOTS

In December I ordered 9 Hours 9 Persons 9 Doors. This was a game I played during the first semester’s exam period and found the one ending on Christmas Eve. As I was playing the game I found there was a couple aspects of the game that I could incorporate into this season. I fell in love with the concept of digital roots. For anyone that knows me, I hate math and sciences but I adore number systems and statistics.

What appeared as a clever challenge in its current form started out as something that was extremely complicated. I thought I would just put numbers out there and let people assign themselves a number. There was even a point where season 2 would be 9 Hours 9 Persons 9 Door themed all season long, but there was something that didn’t quite feel right to me. A whole season of 9/9/9? Wouldn’t the players get sick of digital roots by then? I eventually dropped it as a concept and focused on how to make it play smoothly as a single immunity challenge. Incidentally I learned from the failed maze challenge from last season and dumbed down every facet to the challenge. Guess what? It worked brilliantly.

In its present form, I figured at least one person from each tribe would be keen enough to research. Hooker solved it in five minutes and set up a structure for all of Apus to follow. On Ooc, I expected some eagerness to start posting s— because they’re newbies but I also thought the less eager newbies would be truly open-minded and look up what digital roots mean. From there, Ooc’s active nature benefited them enough (the challenge hasn’t ended yet but it’s a foregone conclusion).

KEVIN IS INACTIVE?

Out of seventeen remaining players, Kevin is the only one to not post during a challenge. Is this an ORG first? Is he mad because he was the only one who voted Eamon? Did he give up? Did a family emergency come up? I’ll be asking him this in his exit interview.

PENALTY IDOL RECORD

Two people from both tribes attempted to take the penalty idol. Considering it has not changed the outcome in any of the eight total tribal immunity challenges in my series, I am curious to see if requesting the penalty idol will occur on a more liberal basis. It’s funny that both were taken in the first round but from now on everyone will be told “at least one other person took it,” and thus think if it wasn’t claimed in round two then it must still be in existence. Heck, I could see this pattern continuing through to the merge or the tribe will agree on one person to claim it despite it being a fake idol.

FAKE IDOLS

I have a feeling people will think it’s the real deal. Last season and the season before saw one fake idol be played at a TC. In this season, I see the potential for several being played.

APUS LOSES AGAIN

They figured it out much earlier than Ooc but Kevin’s inactivity cost them immunity. However, Apus wouldn’t be too heart-broken as they would get rid of Kevin in an 8-0 vote. I highly doubt they will copy Supa from last season. Both challenges have been really close. Yes, I know it was 16-3, but Apus wins if Kevin showed up to the challenge. The fact the blog ends this quickly for the round means Apus had a very straight-forward vote. That’s a good thing for their sake.

PATTERNS CONTINUE

Last game Jenn goes home in the second round after she won immunity from the first TC and got to pick her own tribe. This game Kevin goes home in the second round after he won immunity from the first TC and got to pick his own tribe. Advice if you’re playing next season—if you are a captain, pick your tribe members more wisely.

16th: Jamie

15th: Marcelo

14th: Brian W.

13th: Eamon

12th: Fede

11th: Shyam

10th: Noah

9th: Michael

8th: Hooker

7th: Leif

6th: Carl

5th: Kristine

4th: Lister

3rd: Francisco

2nd: David

1st: Dave

TRIBAL COUNCIL #2

——–

(BRIAN W.)-(EAMON)-(FEDE)-(HOOKER)-(KEVIN)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(SHYAM)

XXX
(WESLEY)

At the top of this post each of you will see your name. As you know, as long as your name is listed on your tribe’s roster, you are still in this game. Once your name is removed and thrown to the bottom of the post, you’re voted out which will be the case for one of you this round.

You MUST answer your assigned questions in THIS TOPIC for your vote to count.

BRIAN W.,

1. Compare how it feels to lose this round compared to last round.

It sucks to lose for a second time, especially after figuring out the challenge so quickly. I don’t feel as responsible as I did last time though, because there’s no way that I could have done anything different personally.

2. What will be your criteria for who to vote this round?

I feel we need to keep a strong team around, so we can begin to go on an immunity run of our own.

EAMON,

1. You received a rogue vote this round. Does that worry you at all or do you put that aside and focus on doing what’s best for the tribe moving forward?

No worry at all. In fact I know who is that person , and I understand why.
2. What’s the level of trust amongst the eight of you considering you nearly came to a unanimous conclusion last round?
We just need to make this tribe strong, and everyone agree with that. They say our tribe is cursed, well, we’re here to change that.
FEDE,

1. You guys have been a very quiet tribe at camp. Do you think a lack of interaction at camp is why these two challenges haven’t quite clicked for Apus?

No, this challenge didnt click because Kevin dropped the ball
2. Does the fact you guys lose two in a row change the way how you would vote as opposed to losing two immunity challenges later on in the pre-merge phase?
Not really, we just want to come on top!
HOOKER,

1. You led the charge in getting everyone on board with the digital roots solution. Does that hinder your motivation to help this tribe in the future or does it fuel you to perhaps make an extra effort down the road?

It Definitely fuels me to try even harder. We’re down 2 now and that’s not good!! I think we have what it takes to win, and I will surely try my ass off to be a part of that!!! This challenge, well number codes are just kind of my thing (I sucked in the word scrammble), I am glad I was able to contrubute my particular strength to the tribe even though it didn’t turn out to help us.

2. Do you believe there will be as much unity in this vote as much as the previous vote?

Hard to say for sure, but I think probably yes.

KEVIN,

1. You were the winner out of eighteen people in the opening challenge. Yet here we are in the second round and you are the only one who didn’t post. What happened there?

I did post. I am having trouble with knowing bout what is happening with this game, hope it gets better….
2. What do you think is the best plan for the tribe moving forward?
Best plan is to win.

LEIF,

1. How much of this vote will be motivated by individual interests as opposed to group interests?

I think it is mostly a group interest but you can never be too sure in survivor. some people will always have their own motives as to why the vote is such and only time will tell what it is.
2. What do you think needs to change for this tribe to have success in the future?
eliminate the inactives and non-contributors

LISTER,

1. What’s the level of paranoia at camp? Has there been enough paranoia around camp in the first two rounds to make you uneasy?

There is some paranoia around camp and that’s to be expected, however I wouldn’t say it’s an overwhelming amount. As far as me being uneasy. I’m always uneasy at Tribal Council. I know how it feels to be blindsided and ever since I’ve developed a level of paranoia that just loves to taunt me and tries to make me think I’m about to go home.

2. Any theories on where the penalty idol could be? Has it been claimed? Is it hidden?

Personally, I think it’s still floating around waiting to be taken. It’s so early in this game that I’m not so sure that anyone would even try for the penalty idol. There has been talk about maybe this person or that person has it but as for me I don’t think it’s made it’s appearance yet.
SHYAM,

1. Tell this tribe why they should keep you another round.

Have to tell you that this question cracked me up. I mean come on, I did everything in my part to help my tribe in the challenge and I never schemed on going against people in my tribe. I did my part and I do get along well with everyone. So I feel this question is just a last minute desperate “I-can’t- come-up-with-a-sensible-question-so-I-am-gonna-post-a-random-question”

2. Anything else you’d like to say to the tribe before we vote?

I’d like say that Apus tribe got strong and super committed players who are ready to take the future challenge by storm and right now we need to focus on smoothening out the rough edges, that is to get rid of player (s) who can’t contribute in the tribe challenge.
When you vote, please do so in the following format:

– Send a private message to me on this Facebook account.

– Your message should start with the name of the person you’re voting for within the brackets like this:

(l.o.g.a.n.)

REASON: Your questions this round weren’t terribly original. We need a new flavour to conduct our Tribal Councils you bland and uninteresting bloke!

Whatever you write in the brackets is exactly how your vote will appear when I reveal the votes unless it’s extremely inappropriate.

Alright, between now and 12:30pm eastern Saturday, it is time to vote. Apus tribe, you’re up.

TC VOTING ROUND 2

————

BRIAN W.,

(Kevin)

Reason: I can’t figure out whether you are lazy, apathetic, or evil, but I can certainly figure out who needs to go.
CHRIS,
Vote [KEVIN]

This is obvious! He totally cost us the challenge and really hasn’t done anything since the 1st comp!!!
EAMON,
(KEVIN)

You’re such a pain in the ass. First you forced me to be in this lame tribe, then you MIA during the challenge. Thanks for the memories.

FEDE,

(KEVIN)

Really, throwing your own tribe and not take the Penalty idol? You are so stupid.

LEIF,

(KEVIN)

Reason: Because he throws challenges

LISTER,

(MENZEL)

F*** you and f*** every other inactive that ever signs up in a f***ing game.

SHYAM,

(K.E.V.I.N. No idea why you keep doing this to yourself)

If anybody played a hidden immunity idol this round now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
First vote:

Self vote: (KEVIN)
.
.
.

.
Second vote: (KEVIN)
.
.
.
.
That’s two votes Kevin.
.
.
.
.
Third vote: (MENZEL)
.
.
.
.
Next vote: (K.E.V.I.N. No idea why you are doing this to yourself)
.
.
.
Four votes Kevin. Four votes left.
.
.
.
.
Next vote:
.
.
.
.
.
The second person voted out of this game:
.
.
.
.
(Kevin)
.
.
.
Kevin, the tribe has spoken.
.
.
(XXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

Not much point in waiting. Even Wesley sent in a vote last round despite not answering his TC question.

Here’s what you can take away from this vote: In back-to-back rounds you eliminated the one person who self-voted. In fact, an 8-0 vote was your best case scenario and that’s exactly what you got. That means with no inactives left in your tribe you also have no excuses left for not winning immunity. You have an established core of seven, and judging by the vote distribution of the past two rounds, there isn’t anything to indicate you guys aren’t capable of working together in challenges. I highly doubt you’ll go on to copy Supa from last season. You guys can head back to camp. . .BUT FIRST!

For the next challenge I need you guys to divide yourselves into a group of four and a group of three. Please come up with your groups ASAP.

CONFESSIONALS ROUND 2

—–

CHRIS: ·  ok that is what I thought – so if I think we are going to lose anyway and I take it then it is possibel no one will know
·  I DO think we are going to lose – so I am going to go for it….
·  at the least maybe I can stop someone else from getting it (You said if more than 1 person trys that no one gets it right?)

(F***ing Kevin!! I figure out the code right away… and I know the other tribe screwed up but have now figured it out and re-started… if it wasn;t for him pulling a no show we could totally have taken this one)

DAVE: Round 2:
Ooc nearly loses the challenge before David points out that the challenge is called DIGITAL ROOTS. We all smack our foreheads and set to work, David continues to dominate this challenge, leading to certain people starting to view him as a post-merge threat. We pull out another victory and celebrate once again! Our alliance begins to pull in Jamie, who I genuinely really like, and we start to feel a bit more confident that we can take the first vote when/if it gets to that. Shyam continues to feed me information from his tribe, I’m starting to have an idea of what the Apus tribal dynamic might be like.

JAMIE: I want to penalize my tribe.

LISTER: I am going for the penalty idol
*prays this doesn’t screw him over*

Confessional:
So I’ve officially decided that Kevin Menzel is an idiot. No, seriously. He was tagged in comments multiple times during the challenge. He was online during the challenge and had posted in another group so he clearly saw what was going on. He can post from his phone all he wants to but we aren’t stupid. The guy knew he needed to post for the challenge and even if he didn’t know he should have f***ing checked in with someone or *gasp* the group itself! But no he’s an idiot.

The deadline for the challenge wasn’t even halfway over before everyone started talking that we were going to vote him out when we lose. Not IF we lose mind you, WHEN we lose because we all knew he wasn’t going to freaking post. Some of us began to wonder if he was going for the penalty idol so in order to stop that from being a possibility I went for it myself. Why not? We had a 0% chance of winning and if he wasn’t going for the idol then maybe I’d be the only one and I could use it later in the game for myself! Too bad someone else went for it as well.

Chris Hook later approached me saying he got the best vibes from me. Whatever the f*** that means. All I know is he is proposing we watch each others backs. Yeah, I’ve been promised that by people before. It means jackshit. “Oh hi there Amos, you watch my back I”ll watch yours?” “Sure!” Fast-forward three rounds later and I get backstabbed.

Of course I’m not stupid enough to say anything remotely like that to Chris so I just say “Yeah sure I’ll watch your back and I’m open to working more closely as well.” Hopefully to actually get some protection for my backside. We’ll see how long that armor lasts.

My only real alliance in this game is with Leif. The rest of these people? I don’t trust a damn one of them and I don’t see that changing anytime soon. But enough of the ramblings of a crazy man. Let’s get to the vote.

MARCELO: can I request the penalty idol? Thanks

MICHAEL: Okay, well I guess I’ll start day 1. It was pretty cool washing up on the beach. Clothes soaked, enemies everywhere, but at the same time potential friends. I suggested we start work on shelter, but no one responded. We slept in the cold all night. I talked with Noah and Dave, I hit it off with both of them. Fran seems really cool too. No interaction with Jamie or Kristine. Marcelo is a cool guy but there’s somethin about him… I’ve seen Carl in the PoS group, he’s funny. To borrow a quote “Carl’s gay but he’s good”. I hope we can work togetherin the future. Before I know it Dave is telling me we have an alliance with Him, Me, Noah, and David. No interaction with David yet but im not gonna refuse an alliance. Then trouble starts happening. We obviously need a 5th, so I throw out the possibility of Carl, we haven’t personally talked but he seems cool, I think I can get him. Before I get a chance to message him I’m being told to add both Marcelo and Fran to our tribe list, causing confusion. Its all up to me… I choose the one who I’ve heard we can add to our 4, Marcelo. I then get informed of Frans dislike of members of the other tribe, my heart gets the better of me, and I switch my vote. I tell him to get Marc, and he picks Carl. Man have I screwed this up. I like Carl, but we needed Marc. Eventually we get Marc anyway, but this complicates things, as our core 4 start talkin strategy, Kristine wants to be in the alliance, so there’s our 5th, but I guess she’ll be #5 on the totem poll. Then Dave gets a message from Fran I think, saying they have an alliance of Fran, Kristine, Carl, and Marc, and asking if he can be their 5th. Of course he agrees, but were now officially screwed. Thankfully they want to get rid of our target, Jamie. It looks like Jamie will be fist out. Then strategy talk starts. Current game plan is 8-1 with Jamie going home, but as I think the more I hate that. What if Dave gets found out? What if Jamies 1 vote is for me? What if we have a tie next round, they’ll vote for me cause I’m the only one with a negative vote, and I’ll go home. Or what if jamie votes for any one of our 4? Its a 50-50 survival rate for me at this point. I have an idea: let Dave vote for Jamie this round, the remaining 3 of the core 4 vote for Marc, making the vote 5-3-1. Jamie goes home, Dave returns next round, and we throw our 4 at Marc, he has the most previous votes and goes home. Unfortunately no one listens. Suddenly! We catch a break! Jamie is messaging me, she says Fran hates her! She doesn’t want to work with him! We finally have a sweet hardcore 5 person alliance! Of course we’ll cut her off first chance we get, but we have our majority. Now all we have to do is lose a challenge!… that isn’t right excactly… so far were 2 challenges in, we’ve won both, we haven’t gotten the chance to vote anyone out yet, but it HAS helped us meet the other people better. Marc doesn’t do much in challenges, Fran is a challenge master, Kristine can be good, but its hit or miss. Carl is the funny guy, he helps uplift the team. Dave is all about OOC. Noah is quiet. David is really smart, I’m glad he’s on our side. I have a final 3 alliance with Dave and Noah, but diddnt get a huge responce from either. I can’t shake the feeling I’m #4 on the totem poll. 4th isn’t bad, but I want to win. I’d be okay with 3 I guess, but only if no backstabbing is involved. I suggested to the other 2 that final 2 be decided by the last 2 in the final immunity challenge, and whoever comes in last is sent home. I’ll be okay if I go home that way. Pissed but okay. But if I’m #4, and get backstabbed. I’ll be sad. I’m considering messaging David and asking him about the pecking order, but its risky, and I kinda get the feeling he doesn’t like me. I’d be honest with him and tell him what’s what if he tells me what’s what. But there’s not really a good outcome I see. #1: I’m just paranoid, he really is #4, and he’s pissed. #2: I’m right, I am #4, and for some reason he joins with me for a final 3 or 2 deal, and he beats me (cause I don’t think I can beat him) #3: I’m wrong and he joins me, and now I HAVE to screw over someone to get to the finals. Or #4: im right and they know I’m onto them and get rid of me at 5 instead of 4. I’d better keep quiet. That’s all for now, I’ll tell ya more next week

SHYAM: Second challenge/tribal: Pretty short story. Kevin did not help the tribe that had major lead in completing the challenge and he is the obvious vote. And Hopefully he takes the boot. The end of second tribal.

KEVIN EXIT INTERVIEW

—-

KEVIN: 1. Let’s start with the beginning. You solved the encryption in six minutes. Were you wheeling and dealing prior to the challenge or have you had enough experience with cryptograms that you were able to solve it easily?

i am the bomb at cryptograms, i converted the symbols to letters and then solved it….

2. You were the rogue vote for Eamon at the first TC. Did that surprise you given the circumstances or was that you trying to send a message to everyone else on the tribe?

I trusted the wrong person, and they told me to vote that way, the group and game was not very bold as far as letting me know when things were going on.

3. Were there any alliances or relationships that were broken during the first two rounds that could’ve led to your departure?

like i said i trusted the wrong person/people.

4. You were the only one out of all seventeen to be inactive during the second round, yet you have a reputation for being very active. Set the record straight. Did you become disinterested? Did a real life event come up? Were you upset with your tribe’s decision in the previous round that you wanted to throw an immunity as an act of revenge?

i didnt know the challenge was up till to late. i had no notifacations…. plus i have a life and am soon realizing my org days are getting #’d

5. Why do you think Eamon was saved from the first TC?

wes did NOTHING

6. You virtually picked the entire tribe yourself. Any regrets on who you picked? Did it cross your mind that Ooc would go on to be victorious in the first few immunities?

no regrets

7. Who do you think will win? Who do you think will lose? Who do you want to win? Who do you want to lose?

i think i dont care enough about these people…

Production note

—————-

To mourn the loss of Kevin Menzel’s active nature in ORGs, I asked my favourite Quebecois to write a song and weigh in on Menzel’s performance in this game.

Challenge III: Invasion Gamble

Inspired By: Dog fights from World War II. I thought it would be neat to create an immunity challenge based on that concept.

Date: February 4th – 7th

Winners: Ooc

Voted Out: Fede (5-2 vote)

IT’S SATURDAY NIGHT LIVE!

Yeah, I expected the challenge to be semi-live. We had a similar challenge last season where you had to co-ordinate within your own tribe to score points. However, I think it’s the defense aspect that made all of the players geared up to be on for virtually the entire challenge. That’s my fault. I was expecting something like The Mole where players must be stealthy with their strikes. I didn’t expect “postpostossfposp[postosjtpsposopsopsotipostipsitpostpostpost”. Dave racked up 2, 000 posts alone.

Sorry guys. It wouldn’t be a season of SupaCooWackyLand if a unique challenge ends up blowing up in my face. There’ll be a simple revision next season that will really help.

HATE MAIL FROM APUS

Wow. This is an unhappy tribe. Hooker is yelling at me, Shyam is yelling at me, Brian Whitehead says this is his first and final ORG, Fede is pissed, and Lister was angry in general. On the other hand, Ooc was simultaneously loving and hating the challenge. They went out of their way to make the challenge as crazy as it was, and thus I conclude that they enjoyed the experience as it was but at the same time hope to never ever do it again.

WHO IS IN CONTROL OF APUS?

It’s Lister. This round confirmed it. Everyone talked about working with Lister. It’s funny. Lister complains how no one ever trusts him but yet he is the most trusted player on the tribe. Shyam and Fede hate Chris and Eamon; Leif only deals with Lister; Chris deals exclusively with Lister; Eamon is in a corner being too paranoid and clinging to whatever comes his way and still be suspicious about it.

OOC’S STREAK IS TEMPORARY

I don’t buy Ooc will win seven straight. I think they’ll finally lose next round. The challenges have been too close, Apus has been too smart with who they’ve voted out, and Ooc is fracturing before my eyes. Nobody sent me confessionals until the past three days and everyone’s posts ended with distrust of others and figuring out who should be first boot. In the previous season, Coo was relatively mum about a first boot. I don’t think it really crossed their minds until maybe when it was 9 vs. 2. Three rounds in and half the tribe is scrambling  equals a tribe that will inevitably lose.

Also, as Apus drops in numbers, that’s more people on Ooc who can take the penalty idol. Speaking of which. . .

This game has passed the number of times the penalty idol was requested in all sixteen rounds of last season combined. Two requests in the first round, four requests in the second, and six in the last round. I think we only had three requests by this time last season.

LEIF NEARLY SOLVED THE IDOL FOR LISTER

Personally I thought the idol would take longer to sniff out. Luckily I added a last minute trick prior to the start of the season in anticipation of this. I predict it will be around two more rounds before someone picks up on my little trick for the idol. I think Dave will get it. Just a gut feeling.

WHAT’S NEXT?

I’m putting my money on an Ooc loss. Apus will get a breather, and who knows, I could see this game even up at 6-6 three more rounds. Or maybe I’ll be wrong and Ooc will dominate. Apus needs to stop complaining and take it to the mat with Ooc otherwise they’ll put themselves in a defeated mind-frame.

15: Michael

14: Brian W.

13: Kristine

12: Shyam

11: Noah

10: Hooker

9: Leif

8: Marcelo

7: Francisco

6: Eamon

5: Lister

4: Carl

3: Jamie

2: David

1: Dave

TRIBAL COUNCIL #3

(BRIAN W.)-(EAMON)-(FEDE)-(HOOKER)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(SHYAM)

XXX
(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)

At the top of this post each of you will see your name. As you know, as long as your name is listed on your tribe’s roster, you are still in this game. Once your name is removed and thrown to the bottom of the post, you’re voted out which will be the case for one of you this round.

You MUST answer your assigned questions in THIS TOPIC for your vote to count.

SHYAM,

1. You find out you lose this challenge by only six points after you, Fede, and Lister mounted an extremely productive rally. Meanwhile, the group of 4 scored nothing. Is there any division in the tribe simply based on which group you were in for this challenge or are there divisions that exist outside of this challenge?

I don’t think so. For the time was the key factor in winning this challenge. That cost us the win. UNlike the other tribe which has more number of people in US time zone. It was a miracle fede, lister and myself showed up online at same time today. I am glad atleast group 3 scored something for the APUS. There could be division existing outside the challenge but not that I am aware of. It’s survivor there will always be divisions.

2. I’ll get to my obligatory question about the penalty idol. Any theories regarding whether it’s been found or if it’s still waiting to be snagged?

I would like to believe it’s still remain untouched because in my opinion, possessing an idol shortens the player’s run in this game. I have seen it happen most of the time. Very few went far without playing it and wait until the right moment to play it.
LISTER,

1. What’s your diagnosis of this tribe? What has thwarted this tribe’s efforts to attain immunity?

I think we have a strong tribe. We’re active and we know what we are doing. The thing that held us back this challenge was that we couldn’t all get on at the same time in our groups. Plain and simple.
2. You eliminated the people who self-voted in each of the first two rounds. Does strategy change knowing that nobody here has a history of self-voting?
Of course it does. Kinda hard to vote off an inactive when they’re already gone.
LEIF,

1. Do you think an earthquake is an appropriate reason for you to be voted off this round? How do you convince a tribe that’s lost three times in a row to keep you and bank on you to perform in the next challenge?

I dont think the earthquake should be a reason for me to be voted off. Unless of course if I died then that wouldn’t matter anymore and I guess they can vote me off then. Though I might try to come back as a ghost and play still anyway. This challenge was at its best something that needed 4 of us to be online at the same time. So it was impossible to get a good time frame considering we were from different time zones. However, it doesn’t mean that I should be voted off because we couldn’t bring it together this round. I am good at challenges and I have proven that I am here to do them if and only if it doesn’t require me and people from other time zones to be around at a specific time because that will surely screw us up.

2. The past two rounds featured virtual unanimous votes. Will that pattern hold true for this round?
I am hoping so. There is no sense in trying to divide a tribe who is already down in morale. We can only stay as strong as we are unified. If we lose that as well…we will just end up visiting tribal council over and over.
HOOKER,

1. Once again, Ooc’s sheer active nature was very close to being trumped by this tribe’s patient and strategic nature. Is it only a matter before this tribe wins or is it time to change philosophy?

Yes, it is, and thatmatter of time BETTER be next challenge. We HAVE out thought and out strategized them in each comp so far, but they just never ever go away!!!!! lol … They have a cuople people who seem to be online 24/7 and it makes it hard to deal with, but we CAN get them. ALso it’s Monday now, so being the week and that I work online I know I can match any of them for activity in the next couple challenges, and I have full faith in my tribe, we are very strong, we just got burned by such small amounts each time, it’s ours next!
2. After 23/24 seasons of Survivor, everyone knows to be prepared for a tribe switch anytime between rounds 4-6.Has there been any speculation whether I had planned a tribe switch for this game or if you guys are truly on your own? And how does that influence how you vote?
Actually no, as far as I know we havn’t even speculated no that. It is Def something that could happen, but I don;t think it is changing anything about the way anyone is voting or not… if it happens it happens, until then we gotta just try to even things up!!
FEDE,

1.Given the nature of ORGs, you can openly talk to members of the opposing tribe. Will that effect how you vote in the coming rounds or can you isolate your whole thought process to what goes on only in this tribe?
Not really, I dont talk to the other tribe unless strictly necessary
2. What direction do you think this tribe is heading going into the vote?
Getting rid of stupid people

EAMON,

1. Next round Ooc has to sit out three of the people who overwhelmingly posted in this immunity. Does that relax you heading into the next round or does this tribe need to balloon themselves up and prepare for Ooc in any form?

What I see is that Ooc has a very huge luck on their side. They are not THAT strong, they just lucky. Why would I say lucky? because most of the challenge requires a good time management and like Shyam said, most of them are in the same time zone. However I wont underestimate their ability, and I dont feel any comfort feelings whenever I go for challenges because it is the immunity we’re fighting for. Last challenge I was online almost 24hr just to find that narrow opportunity to score some but since I was in the group of 4 and we all have obligations in real life, it is hard.

2. What’s the level of paranoia at camp like?
I think right now everybody feeling uneasy because we dont have any inactive person to vote out. Going to tribal always sucks. But that is how this game works.

BRIAN W.,

1. Where do you attribute your source of frustration to? The challenges? Your tribe? The tribe of Ooc? I’m assuming everyone must be frustrated to some extent.

Let me begin by saying that I am NOT frustrated with my tribemates. Everyone is putting in an incredible effort. I’m mainly frustrated that nothing seems to be breaking our way in the challenges. Ooc seems like an incredible tribe, and will always be hard to beat, but I feel we can do it.

2. Anything interesting that came up at camp that you’re willing to share publicly?
The group of 4 was not quite as pitiful as we seemed. A couple of us were willing to get up in the middle of the night to ambush the other tribe and score a ton of points. If this worked, we would have won big.
When you vote, please do so in the following format:

– Send a private message to me on this Facebook account.

– Your message should start with the name of the person you’re voting for within the brackets like this:

(logan!)

REASON: Nobody appreciates a Dragon Ball Z reference yet you claim that DBZ is lame. What gives? Too bad you’ll be voted out before I can find out.

Whatever you write in the brackets is exactly how your vote will appear when I reveal the votes unless it’s extremely inappropriate.

Alright, between now and 2:00pm eastern Tuesday, it is time to vote. Apus tribe, you’re up.

TC VOTING #3

BRIAN W.,

(Fede – sorry)

Reason: Nothing personal, you are a great competitor, but as far as I know the plan is to vote for you.

CHRIS,

Vote: [FEDE]

Meh, he seems to be the least active left, we NEED to start winning. + he’s not in the group of 5 (not sure if you know about it or not, I assume someone must have mentioned it in confession somewhere but Me/Lister/Brian/Eamon/Lief have an alliance going… I “Think” that within that Lister and I are sticking to each other, and Brian has mentioned being a 3-some with us too) None of this is going to matter a shat though unless we can start winning!!!!!!!!!!!! Half the other tribe thinks I am some super villain with mind control powers, AND they know about me and Jamie… If Jamie and I end up together on a tribe (or merge) and do NOT have the #’s?? I am 1st out….

EAMON,

(FEDE)

Sorry, you’re the only option.

FEDE,

(CHRIS)

Even though it doesnt matter, im getting raped.

LEIF,

(FEDE)

Reason: He needs to go and I don’t have any use for him

LISTER,
[Feeeeederrrricoooo]

“Sorry it had to be this way dude but voting you out will be best for me in the long run than if I were to vote out Eamon. Maybe I’ll see you soon at Ponderosa. Save me a cheeseburger.”

SHYAM,

voting (CHRIS)

If anybody played a hidden immunity idol this round, now would be the time I’d reveal it.

.

.

.

Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the TC group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.

First vote:

.

.

.

(FEDE)

.

.

.

Second vote:

.

.

.

(CHRIS)

.

.

.

Next vote:

.

.

.

[Feeeeederrrricoooo]

.

.

.

Fourth vote:

.

.

.

.

(CHRIS)

.

.

.

That’s two votes Chris, two votes Fede.

.

.

.

Next vote:

.

.

.

(Fede – sorry)

.

.

.

Three votes Fede, two votes Chris. Two votes left.

.

.

.

.

Next vote:

.

.

.

.

.

And the third person voted out of the Apus tribe:

.

.

.

.

[FEDE]

.

.

Fede, the tribe has spoken.

.

(XXXX)

.

It’s time for you to go.

CONFESSIONALS ROUND 3

——————-

BRIAN W.: Confessional: This is my first ORG, and will likely be my last. Over the weekend, I began to see how much this game could take over my life…I saw this at 4:30 a.m. Sunday actually…But now it’s a new week and like Holly Hoffman, I’m back in game mode. Now if we could only win a few challenges…

o    CHRIS: I will take the penalty again….

o     Confessional:
Wow – we are brutal…. we are going ot lose every single challenge it is obvious. Description: https://s-static.ak.facebook.com/images/blank.gif oh well, I hate when I have to watch as game go by and know right from the beginning that I have NO chance at all. I have actually given up. We are going ot be slaughtered in comps and then the other side will take me out as soon as merge hits. oh well, it was fun for a day or 2.

(And I didn’t really give up – I was hung over, pissed off at my wrestling game and also at losing again here… I DO think I am probably f***ed, but meh,we’ll see about that!)

·  well that was obvious – I Def could have told you that would happen

·  not that we would get kicked so bad – I thought we could do it, but that it would be non-stop

we are going ot lose every single challenge it is obvious. Description: https://s-static.ak.facebook.com/images/blank.gifoh well, I hate when I have to watch as game go by and know right from the beginning that I have NO chance at all. I have actually given up. We are going ot be slaughtered in comps and then the other side will take me out as soon as merge hits. oh well, it was fun for a day or 2.

DAVE: Round 3:
Michael mentions to me that he’d like to go for the idol and that he’s scared of Racine down the road, also he’s worried he’s 4th in our alliance. I make a final 2 deal with Michael to keep him from freaking out but he becomes 4th in our alliance and I tell David that he plans on replacing him with Carl down the road. Our Final 5 still looks solid, but I can see some cracks. David and I decide to try to get the idol into our alliance. I tell Michael to go for the immunity this round, and we all talk about it as a group. We all decide Michael should go for it, but it’s for all of us. David informs me that he has the third clue to another immunity idol and gives me the clue in hopes that we can work on it together. I suddenly realize that including the immunity I still have from my first vote, I have the ability to get 2 other things that will grant me or my alliance immunity. Awesome. Michael tries for the idol, but apparently gets turned down, looks like someone else went for the idol this round. We suspect Cisco or Carl, but it could have been Jamie for all we know. Or Michael could even be lying and have it, who knows. David and I continue to work on the clue for the other hidden immunity necklace. We battled furiously in this challenge, it came down to Carl stopping the 4v4 group on his thread, but Ooc pulled out a narrow victory once again.

Our numbers are now 9 – 6. I guaranteed to survive at least one round of voting so I can’t be voted out 4th now (In your face Logan!). All I can hope is that Ooc continues to win challenges and we get as many of our numbers to the end as possible.

Now that we’re all caught up, more casual confessionals to follow. Sorry if I missed anything.

DAVID: Alright, so confessional time… Didn’t realize I had to/could be doing them due to my n00bness, so here’s a recap from me that hopefully will give insight into the Ooc tribe from my perspective.

1) The tribe pick-em. Hopefully it wasn’t too blatantly obvious, but the first 4 picks were pre-planned. Dave B, myself, Michael Graga, and Noah have had a 4-way alliance since a good day before the tribes were even picked. I didn’t want to be seen as a leader AT ALL so i helped Dave figure out the message and let him get the ball rolling instead, taking my chances that it would indeed be a Palau style pick-em.

2) First few days. We had originally wanted Kristine as our 5th but quickly realized that she has had former ties to Fran and maybe Carl in the past. As soon as we found out that Fran was actively talking about Jamie being the first boot over previous bad blood, we quickly ushered her over to our side in a manner that does not seem like it is us 4 + her. We do have some info that she’s inseparable to a certain Chris Hooker from the other side, but it’s something we’ll have to deal with when the time comes. As it stands Dave B and I are committed 100% to each other and tell each other every little detail, and spend an obscene amount of time talking strategy. It will come to the point down the road where our game will be so identical it won’t be in either of our best interest to keep the other, but i’ve planned for that too.

3) My game. I initially wanted to lay low and portray a kind of “i’m just glad to be here guys, it’s my first org lmao!!!1!!1” demeanor, but that’s not exactly working since I’ve had to step up in challenges and display some smarts I was hoping to hide, and essentially lead my tribe in the right direction twice. Not only did I pretty much win the second challenge for the team, but I coordinated my group of 4 in the third challenge to make sure we scored points instead of just showing up whenever as was planned (really guys?). I’m trying to step back and sit the next challenge out, especially since Michael confided in Dave that “I don’t want Racine anywhere near the finals after seeing his game”.

4) Concerns. Michael Graga. He describes himself as being like “Cochran” which worries me since i’ve sort of fell into a Jim Rice kind of role. He switches his opinions of people like the wind, and is just a paranoid kid in general when it comes to the game. I have made some steps to ensure he trusts me by showing him my clue to the third idol, and as far as I can tell it’s working. I have big plans and they require him to stay in my alliance but also get close to Dave B.

I’m also concerned about Francisco; sharp and discreet.

EAMON: ·  Haha. This would take me forever

·  So if I unable to solve this clue, will I have the chance to try to decipher it next round?

·  without requesting any hint?

JAMIE: ·  I want to penalize my tribe.

·  I predict 10 times.

LEIF: I want to go for the penalty idol

LISTER: Episode 3 Confessional

So I’ve done a little reading of our esteemed host’s blog of the last season and I have come to a conclusion. I do not f***ing want my tribe to be the successor to the Supa tribe in anything more than just a name. I just experienced an Ulonging in another game and I do NOT want it to happen again so soon. F*** that s***.

So Logan posts up a challenge which is essentially a live posting challenge and I immediately groaned when I saw it. I’m in 5 games and each one of them have a challenge going at the moment. How the hell am I going to find time for all of them when I’ve also got this posting challenge I have to attend to and prevent the other tribe from scoring? Lemme tell ya, it was a bitch and a half to accomplish but I did goddammit.

When the challenge started I waited out, stalking the page waiting to see if the other 3-man team would get on at the same time. I didn’t want to start unless I had to. If I had my way I would have waited to do my prediction till Fede and Shyam were around so we could just go to town on them Ooc rats. But no. About an hour after Francisco posts, Dave and Marcelo show up so I quickly sent in a prediction of 10 to el-Hosto and for hours and hours I just kept posting stopping them from getting as many points as I could. I did one hell of a job at it too. Some points slipped by me but it would have been a lot worse if I hadn’t been there.

Anyways. Eventually my team got our points and we each scored a set of ten. Unfotunately the other team got all their points too and when the tally went up it was 36-30. Dammit. We lost again. But at least I can take solace in the fact that my team scored and the rest of the tribe didn’t so f*** yeah I’m awesome.

During the challenge Eamon approached me and told me of the idol clue that he received. Now what Eamon doesn’t know, is that I was the individual who received the clue right before him so when he was trying to explain it to me I already knew what the hell he was talking about I just played dumb. I kinda like Eamon, not sure how much I trust him though. Since my first org the level of trust I put in people has been significantly reduced. I don’t trust many people anymore. And even though I don’t trust any of the people on my tribe, the weird thing is… so many of them seem to really trust me a lot. Chris says how he really trusts me. Eamon said he’s put all his trust in me. Shyam and Fede have both said they trust me as well? What the hell is this? This reminds me of Survivor Vanuatu where Chris had his confessional about not trusting any of them women but all of them trusted him.

Of course I do realize that you have to trust someone in Survivor, or at least make someone feel like you trust them and in this game that person is Leif. While Leif and I have never played together in an ORG before we are pretty familiar with each other. We both came from the Survivor Facebook series of games (Shyam did too) so we have a bit of an inkling on how each other players.

So I did something that helped to test my trust in Leif. I gave him the immunity idol clues that Eamon had given me. Leif, quite quickly I might add, solved the clue which basically said I had to solve some math equation, turn it into roman numerals and send the answer to the Host. Leif told me that since I actually had the clue that I should send in the answer to the host which helped to fuel my trust in him. I gave him the opportunity to take the idol for himself but he didn’t do it. Well the answer was 31 which when translated to roman numerals is “XXXI” so I sent that to the Host but haven’t heard anything back yet. I’m assuming he won’t respond till after Tribal Council since on the show you can’t actually find idols at Tribal Council. Makes sense to me.

So now I (hopefully) am about to get an idol.

But. Now we come to the subject of Tribal Council. It’s Fede or Eamon. Shyam is pushing for Eamon and Eamon is pushing for Fede. We have Eamon, Chris and Brian on one side and Fede and Shyam on the other side. Leif and I are in the middle and over the past few days we have debated back and forth trying to decide what to do. Finally. Finally we have made a decision. It’s going to be Fede. Leif and I feel that voting out Fede will cause less fallout to the two of us than if we were to go after Eamon. If Eamon goes that leaves Chris and Brian both very upset with us but if Fede is gone then that only leaves Shyam.

Speaking of Shyam. Shyam seems to have some belief that Chris, Eamon and Leif are this super tight group. Now, I could be wrong but I’m pretty sure Leif isn’t with Chris and Eamon and is actually with me. So Shyam believes that the majority is already voting out Fede because he can’t get Brian or Leif to switch their votes so he more or less gave me his permission to vote out Fede. So the fallout against me is going to be very minimal after the vote… unless of course people read this after the game is over in which case all I can say is game is game and if you want to come after me in the future for what I did here then so be it. I like to try and keep each game as separate as I can. Doesn’t always work, but I try. Anyways, our beloved Host just called me up to the podium to cast my vote. See ya later.

MARCELO: I want the idol

MICHAEL: I want the penalty idol

SHYAM: So we were glad that we got ride of the last inactive player and really looking forward to gain a good lead and hopefully break our losing streak. But looks like not many players are committed enough to be present for the challenge. I don’t want to name names but if you follow through the challenge, you can figure out who that players are. Lister, I got to admit, is the only player who actually stayed through the whole challenge and I appreciate his determination. Me on the hand had to excuse myself half-way through a birthday dinner to be here for the challenge but it’s no use. My group needs one more person and that person hasn’t made any effort to be here.

I wouldn’t be surprised if my tribe heads to tribal again. If only some sort of twist takes place like tribe shuffle or something that takes place would be nice. So far the game is going per prediciton and kinda boring. If my tribe heads to tribal, I would like to see Eamon taking the boot. Right now we need US time zone guys who can contribute more to the challenge. Chris as much as I want him gone, I want to keep him around for a while because he is online all the time. Oh I don’t know…I am just frustrated beyond words!

Confessional: Bunch of spineless jerks.

So myself, fede and lister fought tooth and nail scored something for our ungratefull a-holes in our tribe and the way they repay is targeting Fede. I am damn sure Chris is behind this and that guy always talk his way through anything. I am gonna see to it that he wont last long. Eamon too. I thought it would be perfect opportunity to get rid of stupid empty headed Eamon off the game, who did squats so far in the challenges but Brian being the swing vote proved me he is plain dumbass as other players. Now it’s them four against myself, fede and lister.

I always hate when a worthy player has to take the boot for no effin’ reason! There should be some sort of twist taking place else this lazy ass tribe will lose and with numbers,I will be taking the boot next. I am going to stop my confessional right now before I say something that I would regret later.

FEDE EXIT INTERVIEW

If you’re reading this, it means you are voted out are not too thrilled about it (or maybe you are, who knows). But never fear! This is your exit interview. Once the game is over, all exit interviews will be posted. Answer these questions while your frustration and the would’ves and could’ves are at their peak!

1) I’ll get this out of the way—Why did you vote for Chris?
Because he was not part of my alliance
2) Was Chris your first choice for who you’d vote out that round?
Yeah, I also wanted Eamon out but he was too attached to Leif’s dick
3) You saw this vote coming. How so?
No one talked to me and told Shyam, my only real ally.
4) How do you think things would be different if you wouldn’t have been voted out? Do you think the tribe truly moved forward with a stronger tribe?
Not at all, I was the strongest player in there.
5) You were the first to receive information on the third and final idol. Did you try to use that information to your advantage? Did you share it with anyone? Any speculation where the idol could be?
I F***ING FORGOT ABOUT IT XD
6) What do you think was the causation for the tribe to turn against you and vote you out?
Because they are assholes
7) Do you think you would have had an easier time integrating into the other tribe?
Nah not really
8) Who do you want to win? Who do you want to lose? Who do you think will win? Who do you think will lose?
I want Shyam to win and Eamon to have a f***ing stroke.
9) Any other thoughts?
Thanks for the game, you are a great host dude! But make less confusing challenges!
On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for participating in this game!

ROUND FOUR

YOU HAD ME AT MAZE

Yes. I’m sure when past players saw I was doing another maze that it was going to prove to be a huge mistake. I made another simple version but the tribes still struggled with the rules again. Last game it was saturated with rules so I thought I’d cut back this time. I provided an example for how I want to see the posts and a rule that you couldn’t move diagonally. Despite my efforts I was bombarded with questions for 36 hours straight.

My take: Newbies haven’t done any maze challenges, and veterans on Facebook don’t do mazes either. Therefore, nobody can take a leadership role if nobody has experience with this format. I think it’s why I will go out of my way to incorporate at least one maze in each season. Everyone is on a level playing field.

JAMIE – ONE PERSON WRECKING CREW

Not only did she take the penalty idol but Jamie also moved diagonally. She single-handedly lost five points and the challenge for her tribe. Unfortunately the worst part is that she is heading to TC without a penalty idol and is forced to scramble in the hot seat. I don’t envy her position at all. She has taken the penalty idol in three consecutive rounds without success. It had to backfire one of these days.

MICHAEL IS AWARE OF HIS POSITION

His tribe members have told me that Michael will be first out because he’s too wishy washy. This was as of the end of round two. Starting with round three Michael starts requesting the penalty idol. Did Michael’s alliance mates telegraph their perspective of thinking he’s paranoid to him or did Michael start requesting the penalty idol of his own accord? I don’t know. I’ll ask him when he gets voted out. Wait, I didn’t say he has a shot at winning? Oops. My bad. Looks like he could be voted out this round if Ooc loses.

SHYAM FINDS AN IDOL. . .THAT’S FAKE

Okay Shyam, be prepared to hate Eamon more than you already do right now. That idol I sent you? It’s Eamon’s fabricated creation. Yes, it’s a fake. And yes, it’s a fake. I’m going to ring doorbells of random houses until someone lets me in to lay back on their La-Z-Boy so I can take in all of the action next time Apus goes to TC. If I were Shyam, I’d pick one person I could trust and show them my “idol,” praying that it’s real and if it’s not real that the person will be too scared to show it. Imagine a world where Eamon gets blindsided with an idol in his pocket because everyone else wanted to trick Shyam into playing a fake idol that they thought was real. Did I mention how much I love my twist? I could do this twist for twenty seasons and never get bored with it. Unless people get progressively more liberal with requesting it like we have observed with the Ooc tribe. Way to get in before the rush, Noah.

SUPA/APUS CHALLENGE STREAK IS OVER

I thought the really long results post that includes a mock Phoenix Wright trial was appropriate for the occasion. The SUPA/APUS permutation has suffered ten immunity challenge losses in a row. I think we needed an epic reveal to present the significance of this event.

NOAH PULLS A MARTY PIOMBO

I thought Noah was a dead man. He gets into a fight with Kristine prior to a vote. Kristine looked like the obvious victor of the fight and Noah should’ve gone down in flames. If I were him I’d play that idol within four seconds after realizing Kristine is outfoxing me in the topic. At first Noah says “I’m playing my idol, here’s my code!” It looked to be the straightforward and only move he could make as the first three votes I received were for Noah except for Noah who voted Francisco. Franny, really? You’re not even going to target Kristine who doesn’t get what’s going on with the idols and isn’t the best in challenges? Fran is the loveable guy in the tribe who is quiet, passive, and is active. Noah then tells me he’s not going to play his idol anymore. I almost wanted to say “are you sure?” but thought that would be too intrusive as a host. I let him have his wish and here’s what happens. . .

NOAH IS SAVED

Yeah. It wasn’t even a tricky 4-3-2 or a 5-4 split. It was a decisive 6-3 split. Noah rallied miraculously to have everyone go on his side and take down Franny. I think this is a bad move by Ooc. Why him? The reasoning I received to vote out Fran didn’t make too much sense either. Essentially the comments are “we all love you and you help us win and are the least threatening to the dynamics of our tribe but we have to vote you out, sorry”. I refuse to believe Noah not playing his idol when he was in obvious turmoil gets rewarded and suddenly Noah is branded as being the biggest goat in the game.

REMEMBER MY PREDICTION ABOUT KRISTINE PRE-SEASON?

Go check. Her storyline is playing out exactly as I thought it would. 😀

WHERE DO WE GO FROM HERE?

Everyone knows their position and the mutiny twist returns. I know at least one person who will want to switch. I’m not sure if all that will happen is Kristine getting Jeanne’d though.

P.S.

Michael Graga? Where you be at. I have a feeling you have much more of a pulse on what’s going on than what you’re letting on. Don’t be shy giving me a confessional. You were a key vote last round and you aren’t aware of it.

14: Kristine Burleigh

13: Shyam Sundar

12: Carl Hagemann

11: Lister Potter III

10: Chris Hook

9: Leif Bornales

8: Brian Whitehead

7: Marcelo Campos

6: Michael Graga

5: Jamie Frick

4: Eamon J Jawatin

3: Dave Bronson

2: Noah SpiderJew

1: David Racine

TRIBAL COUNCIL #4

—-

These questions were written while I sat in the campus bar drinking a root beer and eating a mushroom veggie burger (the patty is a mushroom as opposed to beef!). I’m cool like that, I know.

(CARL)-(*DAVE*)-(DAVID)-(FRANCISCO)-(JAMIE)-(KRISTINE)-(MARCELO)-(MICHAEL)-(NOAH)

XXX

(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)

Please note the asterisks around Dave’s name. That means he is immune from TC this round.

You MUST answer your questions for your vote to count.

Above you is a name of each person on your tribe. As long as your name is displayed at the top of the post you are still in this game; once your name is gone so are you which will be the case for one of you tonight.

1. Do you think anyone has found the penalty idol? There must be four rounds of theories out there.

The way some of these guys are at this shit, yeah, someone prolly has it.
2. Is there going to be more of a sense of rivalry with Apus heading into the next immunity?

The Rivalry was already at a high pitch and am sure this will just notch it up!

DAVE,

1. A challenge you participated in weeks ago now comes into play this TC. Do you expect the attitude towards you will change once you lose your individual immunity?

I don’t think so. This loss only shows us Oocers that Apus isn’t as disorganized as we thought they were and that we’ll have to try twice as hard at the next challenge if we want to win. Every member of Ooc has been incredibly friendly towards me and I doubt that attitude will change after this vote, we’re just a friendly tribe!
2. It’s no secret you’re one of the most eager people to play an ORG. Take me down what the pros and cons to that are.

I am a huge Survivor dork, and this is my very first game ever, so yeah, I am pretty excited. I’ve honestly never stopped to think of what the pros and cons might be, I’m just being myself and hoping that my tribe will respect me for it.
DAVID,

1. All four challenges have produced some extremely close results thus far. Yet you guys have polar opposite strategies. Why has this tribe’s overactive quick working method that is saturated with newbies has trumped Apus’ patient veteran thinking?

First of all, I think that our tribe was blessed with being formed of people who are willing to participate and devote large chunks of time to this game. I’m not sure if it has to do primarily with the fact that a lot of us are newbies, but at least at some level us new people feel the need to stand up and prove our worth. On the other hand, I think a lot of it has to do with the fact that quite a few inactives landed on Apus, and now that they’ve resolved that problem i think we’re on more even ground.

2. What’s the most obvious difference of strategy between playing on a real island compared to playing in a virtual space?

Well, on a real island players get to see who’s walking alone on the beach together, who sleeps next to whom, etc. I think some types of players actually thrive in a virtual space since it could be easier to hide an alliance.
FRANCISCO,

1. There is a heavy presence of season one players commenting on everyone’s actions. What are your thoughts on their intrusions into a game where none of them are contestants?

It’s actually pretty fun. they seem to love this series, and I…

PRODUCTION NOTE: The rest of Francisco’s TC answers weren’t archived properly. I forgot to click the ‘see more’ button apparently because the only two words left are ‘see more’ in his answer. It’s gone forever. Sorry. 😦
2. How does the criteria of your first vote change when your first loss is in round four as opposed to Apus who had their first loss in round one?

JAMIE,

1. As far as you know, the diagonal move is what lost the challenge for the tribe. Do you think that will affect the outcome of this TC? Why or why not?

It could very well affect how things play out this TC. It was the reason why we lost the challenge.
2. If there is any attention on you for your challenge performance, how do you deflect that?

I don’t think I’m going to deflect it too much. I was the one who made the diagonal move, so it’s my fault. I completely take the blame. Yeah, I screwed up and we have to vote someone out now, but I don’t think it should be me.
KRISTINE,

1. Although you guys are 3-1, the fact you guys are at TC implies there’s room for improvement. How can this tribe improve?

Room for improvement? I dunno, sometimes @#!*% happens. Guess we should have double checked everyones moves. Ya win some, ya lose some.
2. On the surface, it looks like Jaime’s move is the reason why you lost. But you never know that for certain. How uneasy does the penalty idol make the tribe feel knowing it could be penalty idol requests that determine the outcome of challenges rather than the effort presented?

The penalty idol makes me feel pretty uneasy, doesn’t help that I really don’t get what it is. lol..just pretty sure it isn’t a good thing!

Carl Hagemann I don’t ‘Get’ it either!!!

Kristine Burleigh So glad I am not alone. I’ve read it over a few times and it still flies over my head.
MARCELO,

1. You have the distinction of being the first one to sit out two immunities. Although the first was pre-determined. Has that come up at all? Or have people viewed you sitting out as being a team player for those extremely eager to play in the games?

Yes. Idk ask them, lol
2. How do you balance voting someone out based on your own self interests versus the group’s interests? Do you find yourself at a crossroads this round or does one win out over the other?

I will vote based on the group’s interests. No.
MICHAEL,

1. It’s your first loss. Have you noticed the level of chatter reach an unprecedented level or is it the same ol’ Happy Go Lucky Ooc tribe?

Well, were all bummed, but I don’t feel there’s been a crazy level of chatter, yeah people want other people gone, I’ve been asked to vote certain ways, but I know well come out still OOC strong.
2. Do you think there will be any surprises in this vote?

there could aways be surprises, but personally I doubt tonight will be one of those nights, its gonna go pretty smoothly I think
NOAH,

1. You stepped up saying you’re sorry for losing the challenge, yet your mistake did not directly produce the eventual outcome. How does that speak to tribal unity when several people say ‘Wow, geez, I didn’t mean to screw up like this or screw up like that in challenges’ regardless if they are at fault?

You stepped up saying you’re sorry for losing the challenge, yet your mistake did not directly produce the eventual outcome. How does that speak to tribal unity when several people say ‘Wow, geez, I didn’t mean to screw up like this or screw up like that in challenges’ regardless if they are at fault? i know i felt like the challenge loss was my fault. i couldnt see the videos from my phone so i had no clue and i thought i was the one who lost it bc of my crazy work scheduele. me saying sorry and feeling like i screwed up may be the reason im going tonight. ive asked Carl who the vote was for and he said it was me or Jamie. so clearly its one of us 2.
2. What is the long term impact for the other tribe as a result of winning this challenge?

i doubt it. i think they just got the only taste of winning they will get for a while.
Okay, you’re about to vote. Do so in the following format:

(logan!)

REASON: Seriously, dude? You go all out with the Phoenix Wright montage only to announce we lost? We’re the sequel to Coo. We were supposed to win every challenge!!!!!11111oneone. We’re just gonna vote you out tonight and find a new host to rig challenges for us. Buh bye.

Note that what you type within the brackets is exactly how your vote will appear unless it is excessively inappropriate.

Alright. Between now and 1:00pm eastern Saturday, it is time to vote. Ooc, you’re up.

Carl Hagemann ?”Just tell me who everyone’s voting for, I promise I won’t tell anybody.’
I’ll never by tricked by that again.
Friday at 11:34am · Like · 2
Noah SpiderJew lets be honest, u honestly didnt think i would try and fight when you said that the votes were between Jamie and I, but you never made up your mind, But you still never gave me a straight answer.
Friday at 11:40am · Like
Carl Hagemann oh, and so I lied and said it was between him and Jamie.
Friday at 11:40am · Like
Noah SpiderJew so you lied? and you did say your only ally was online and he asked you to vote for me, and that was francisco. so you basically outted your allience with him. and i havent done shit to francisco at all this game im have no f***ing clue why he would go after me.
Friday at 11:42am · Like

Kristine Burleigh Ignored you? I worked all night, and just got up. So I wasn’t trying to.
Friday at 2:12pm · Like · 1
Noah SpiderJew we messaged back and forth until i asked about the vote, then you stopped talking.
Friday at 2:13pm · Like · 1
Kristine Burleigh This is how the conversation went…
Friday at 2:14pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh Noah SpiderJew
So sorry I screwed up. Now I’m so nervous about the vote.

17 hours agoNoah SpiderJew
Hey girl
Friday at 2:15pm · Like · 1
Michael Graga This is betting good 🙂
Friday at 2:15pm · Like · 2
Michael Graga ?*getting
Friday at 2:15pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew i accually sent u a message about the vote and yet nothing. regardless im going anyways
Friday at 2:18pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh No, Noah you didn’t I just posted the last 2 messages I got from you. No need to lie.
Friday at 2:19pm · Like · 1
Noah SpiderJew i sent you a message from my phone.
Friday at 2:20pm · Like · 1
Kristine Burleigh It got lost in megabite land because the last thing I saw was Hey girl.
Friday at 2:20pm · Like · 1
Noah SpiderJew well i sent it to you.
Friday at 2:30pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew either way im going. i dont care. i pulled my weight and was nice and cool to everyone but im getting f***ed over. its s***ty but whatever.
Friday at 2:31pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh F***ed over? It is a game Noah. You win some you lose some. People will vote how they vote, probably to keep the tribe strong and active. You shouldn’t take it so personal, but I know its hard when sitting on the hot seat.
Friday at 2:40pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew im just ready to go. im tired of the lies and people trying to be sneaky and underhanded.
Friday at 2:40pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew so you are voting for me?
Friday at 2:41pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh Yes Noah I voted for you, sorry.
Friday at 2:41pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew and what was the reason? ive been active and social.
Friday at 2:42pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh So has everyone else.
Friday at 2:43pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew ok and what is the reasoning? did you join the banwagon?
Friday at 2:43pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh It wasn’t an easy vote Noah. In the end of the day I had to vote for someone.
Friday at 2:49pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew but there was no reason for it.
Friday at 2:50pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew and im guessing that Carl is voting for me also.
Friday at 2:50pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh its because you smell funny
Friday at 2:51pm · Like · 1
Noah SpiderJew whatever bitch.
Friday at 2:51pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh You made people worry in the last challenge. Was the very last moment we got done due to you. People want the tribe strong and active, and sometimes finishing first matters. I think that played a huge rule in the votes.
Friday at 2:52pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew get a facelift.
Friday at 2:52pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew but time had nothing to do with it, you said so yourself.
Friday at 2:52pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh Omg it was a joke Noah. I am done you need to chill out.
Friday at 2:54pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew accually, this has been a rough day. i just found out that my mother in law has 3 months to live. her cancer went to her brain. so im not in the mood.
Friday at 2:55pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh And I knew that? I’m sorry your day sucks.
Friday at 2:56pm · Like
David Racine Sorry to hear that Noah…
Maybe we should all just take a breather for a bit
Friday at 2:56pm · Like · 1
Noah SpiderJew and you are not helping it. so please f*** off.
Friday at 2:56pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh Go f*** yourself Noah!
Friday at 2:57pm · Like
Kristine Burleigh You asked, and I was the only one willing to answer. I joked, you freaked out.
Friday at 2:58pm · Like
Noah SpiderJew no you. thanks
Friday at 2:58pm · Like
Michael Graga
And Probst would say “Wow… Michael, whats your thoughts on all of this?” and I say “Well, I feel really bad for Noah, That really sucks dude. I’m sorry. But at the same time none of us knew that, Were sitting and joking, not knowing his…
Friday at 5:23pm · Like · 3
Noah SpiderJew ?^hmm
Carl Hagemann Holy s***!
Yesterday at 9:35am · Like
Carl Hagemann <—– mouth open in amazement.
Yesterday at 9:35am · Like
Francisco Grilo lol, okay. bye everyone
Yesterday at 10:17am · Like

Logans Hosting-Org
Despite some obvious tension that came out this round between a couple of your tribe mates, someone who was not involved in the discussion at all takes the axe. Wise move to remove a harmonious tribe member? If you’re able to continue coming together in challenges, then maybe you won’t see repercussions for this decision. If the division causes a split that puts you guys on tilt, you may find this vote as the source for your doom. I hope for your sake it’s the former.
Yesterday at 10:23am · Like
Carl Hagemann Me too.
I’m still a member of OOC and will try my best.
Well played.
Yesterday at 10:25am · Like · 2
Carl Hagemann for however long that is.
LOL
Yesterday at 10:26am · Like
Kristine Burleigh Wow. Talk about dysfunctional tribe lol
Yesterday at 1:02pm via mobile · Like
Carl Hagemann One of the ‘Invites’ I got to Mutiny said he had to ask someone and thought I was the best chance of switching.
I looked again and WE all have to ask at least one person to Mutiny.
17 hours ago · Like
Noah SpiderJew Honestly, switching may be the worst thing any of us could do. They would target anyone that flips.
17 hours ago via mobile · Like
Carl Hagemann totally.
But we have to ask.
17 hours ago · Like · 1
Noah SpiderJew Oh I know. I’m not leaving.

TC VOTING #4

CARL,

(Noah!)

DAVE,

(Francisco)

Sorry Cisco, I honestly really like you. You’re a cool guy and you’ve done nothing but help our tribe. Unfortunately, I think my best option tonight to ensure my future in the game is to write your name down. If this doesn’t work, then I will be seeing you tomorrow. Hopefully you won’t hate me.

DAVID,

My vote is for:

(Francisco)

Reason: You’re the glue that holds the other alliiance together, nothing personal, just looking down the road and if you were to stay and know you’re on the outs you would be too dangerous.

FRANCISCO,

I vote Noah.

Reason: This is about keeping the tribe stronger. and I feel like he’s the weakest member. Nothing personal at all.

JAMIE,

Vote: Fransisco

Reason: Francisco needs to go! He has too much power and that doesn’t fly with me!

KRISTINE,

·  I vote Noah Description: https://s-static.ak.facebook.com/images/blank.gif: (

·  Sorry voted before i read all the details…oops

·  (noah Description: https://s-static.ak.facebook.com/images/blank.gif: ( )

MARCELO,

FRANCISCO

MICHAEL,

(Franny)

REASON: i diddnt want to lose you, but i was outnumbered. Ill miss you man, enjoy the Mole

NOAH,

(fran)

CONFESSIONALS ROUND 4

CHRIS: ·  at the moment I have NO idea how to read into ANYTHING! lmao … however you can expect me to solve this….

·  this is my kind of thing and I WILL figure it out!

DAVE: I just realized I’m in an alliance with a preachy Christian dude and a gay porn star. This is going to be AWESOME.

JAMIE: I want to penalize my tribe.

MICHAEL: I want to try for the penalty idol again

NOAH:  (((–OOC PENALTY IDOL–))) ok im not using my idol

SHYAM: asking for the penalty idol

Fake Immunity Idol

{{-APUS PENALTY IDOL–}}

The changes made in this code is one extra { } missing and one extra – missing on either side.

Questions regarding the Fake immunity idol.

So say, someone from my tribe ask for penalty idol and obviously you will send him a faske idol code BUT will the tirbe be penalized at the challenge???

SUPA YTLANEP LODI

There ya go for the coding

Is it 100% compulsory that I send an invte to someone from the other tribe?

FRANCISCO EXIT INTERVIEW

If you’re reading this, it means you are voted out are not too thrilled about it (or maybe you are, who knows). But never fear! This is your exit interview. Once the game is over, all exit interviews will be posted. Answer these questions while your frustration and the would’ves and could’ves are at their peak!

1.       How do you feel knowing a diagonal move is the reason why you’re out of this game?

ohmygod. you can even begin to imagine the frustration. especially because I was the one that called out most of the mistakes. and I can’t believe I MISSED THAT ONE!! omg. it’s crazy when I think about it. But yeah it is fishy though. like the only rules was to not make diagonal moves, how do you make one? i get you can make a mistake, but it’s not too much to ask to be a little cautious.

2.       Some, including you, were surprised you were gone. What was your position in the game that made you feel safe from this round?

So here’s the deal. I had a tight alliance with Carl and Kristine. and supposedly with Marcelo and Dave. We created that very early on. but apparently dave had an alliance with noah, mike, david all along. And when we lost the challenge, I thought, since we had 5 people, I was safe for sure. I was blindsided and betrayed. I always felt a bit insecure towards Dave though, so when i saw that I was voted out, i was like “crap, I kinda felt this was coming”.

3.       I’ve noticed that you’ve been an early boot from another ORG very recently. Do you think there’s a consistent flaw in your gameplay or do you attribute this to bad luck?

I’m not a veteran. In my first 2 games, one I got to final 2 but lost and the other got 4th place. I guess I now deserve to see how early boot feels like hehe. if it’s a flaw in my game, I don’t see what it is. Maybe because I’m too good. haha, who knows. HATERS GONNA HATE RIGHT?

4.       Ooc for the most part was a largely successful tribe. Do you think that will change now that you’re gone or can they move on without you?

I was a very essential member of that tribe. I really dedicated everything to the challenges. I was always trying to help us win. So yeah they will definitely lose that. SUCKS FOR THEM, LIKE I CARE.

5.       Is there anyone you hold responsible for why you were voted out?

oh yeah. Dave is responsible. for sure. He was the one that really backstabbed me and betrayed me. So yeah It was Dave.

6.       Why do you think you were voted out?

I was voted out cause I was too much of a threat to that alliance. that’s what they keep saying to me. they are newbies and were afraid of me apparently. They tohught i was the king of my alliance. Well they were kinda right. Iw as really planning to play my ass of in this game. So, gujab to them!

7.       What was the highest high and the lowest low (minus getting voted out) that you had in this game?

highest high – winning all those challenges
lowest low – first few days. marcelo told me I was being targetted by michael, and I freaked out. that’s when I started talking to dave, and we created that alliance. little did I KNOW IT WAS ALL BS! oh lawd.

8.       Noah and Kristine had a big blow-up at TC. How do you think it will effect the game in the long run?

kristine I love her so much. I think it will show how Noah really is. He’s unstable, he can be very offensive and very untrustworthy.

9.       Who do you want to win? Who do you want to be voted out? Who do you think will win? Who do you want to win?

I want Carl or Kristine to win. FOR SURE . I love them. I definitely want MARCELO to be voted out. geez, he’s a terrible player. he backstabbed me for no reason, i really hope he gets voted out soon. Such an inactive player. barf. at this point I have no idea who might win or not. well, I feel like Dave is really smart and may win, but I also think he’s playing too hard and that might hurt him!

10.   If you have any other thoughts, let us know.

I just wanna say I absolutely loved thhis game. the challenges, the host. everything. It sucks so much I was out so early. but that’s what you get for helping out a tribe. anyway, I just wanna finish this by saying “haters gonna hate, floatters gonna float, bye bye bitches!!!”.

On behalf of the production team for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

f***ing liars, it’s all I have to say. FLOATERS GONNA FLOAT, dave. great great game logan, crazy challenges. it sucks I won’t be able ot be on it anymore, but you know what. I do think that tribe is gonna be seriously f***ed up now. So yeah. I say my goodbye now.

Challenge V: Black Sheep

Inspired By: Guess Who? and that there are 39 days in Survivor.

Date: February 13 – February 16

Twist: Mutiny Invitational. Marcelo, Kristine, and Carl switch to Apus while Shyam switches to Ooc.

Inspired By: The unaired ‘mail a letter’ twist used in the original All-Stars.

Winners: Ooc.

Eliminated: Chris Hook (5-2 vote)

NOAH AND KRISTINE’S BLOW-UP

That is the most entertaining blow-up I’ve seen since Elvera vs. Marty. The first real battle. Carl played it smart and stayed out of it for the most part. Kristine, however, told everyone on both tribes what she thinks and went at it for Noah for over twelve hours. Again, I think Noah posted some poorly worded arguments (C U Next Tuesday comes to mind) but yet came out as the victor of the skirmish. Kristine is doomed and both tribes don’t seem to think of her too much. I’ll be surprised if Kristine can survive a Tribal Council after her next immunity loss.

MUTINY

I knew Kristine would bite. Carl possibly. But Shyam and Marcelo? I would’ve never guessed. Eamon was a more likely candidate than either of those two given Eamon’s paranoia and his flighty state. This is easily the most memorable mutiny I’ve ever gone through. The most people I’ve seen flip in an ORG is two, but ninety percent of the time no one will flip. When four flip I am certain that equilibrium was induced.

For anyone who doesn’t know what equilibrium in Survivor means  it is when everyone knows the hierarchy within their tribe and therefore re-organizes themselves based on this assumption. If you keep other players in doubt of theirs as well as everyone else’ position, you can maintain power without anyone deflecting. However, when boot orders are telegraphed on both tribes, that’s when you have 8th, 7th, and 6th flip on Ooc and 6th flip on Apus. Anyone who feels they are in a prime position to be top five or better will stick with their alliance. This couldn’t be more of a textbook Survivor flop. What’s the worst case scenario for Shyam, Carl, Kristine, and Marcelo? They’re sixth or worse again?

IMMUNITY CHALLENGE

A quick battle of wits. I love having at least one of these challenges per game. It’s quick, you don’t need too much involvement, but look at it long enough and you can beat the other tribe. To demonstrate how even this challenge was, the tribes chose relatively the same number and used an identical line of questioning. All I’ll say is that there are further strategy they could’ve used to finish earlier.

Marcelo must be happy about Ooc winning by two guesses. If it was a tie I believe he would have been exposed. Speaking of Marcelo. . .

MARCELO FINDS A FAKE IDOL

There’s a lot of Supa penalty idols floating around now. I certainly hope Marcelo plays his followed by Shyam. Or if someone finds Marcelo’s then I’d like to see a player play the THIRD fake idol. I’m curious how much longer I have to wait for a fake or real idol to be played.

OOC GOES BACK TO THEIR WINNING WAYS

A mixed tribe but the tribe with fewer minds pulls out the win. Did Apus help them at the last minute? I don’t know. I don’t think so. What I do know is that Kristine and Carl need to scramble. Now.

WILL CARL AND KRISTINE SURVIVE?

Carl will. But my gut tells me Kristine is done. I don’t see her meshing well with her new crew.

BLINDSIIIIDE

I was wrong. I didn’t see this coming. I can’t think of many examples of the first person eliminated after a switch/mutiny where an original member of the tribe holding the majority gets sent home. It’s very unusual come to think of it.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #5

(BRIAN)-(CARL)-(CHRIS)-(EAMON)-(KRISTINE)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)

XXX
(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)

Above the X’s are each of your names. Once your name is gone so are you which will be the case for one of you this round.

You MUST answer your questions in order for your vote to count.

BRIAN,
‎1. Four losses in five immunities. I don’t think I’ve seen a tribe consistently lose this many nail biters. What fuels you to go into the next immunity challenge and rally again?

The fact that we’ve been so close fuels us to continue. We have some great competitors on our tribe, and if we keep up this effort, eventually things will start to break our way.

2. What’s your take on the mutiny.

Judging from what I heard, most, if not all of the mutiners made the decision that was in their best interest. Personally, I am glad that Apus now has the numbers advantage going forward.

CARL,
1. You mutiny. Then you lose immunity. What difficulties do you face integrating into a tribe with barely a day before you are forced to vote?

Every difficulty!
LOL
It’s tough but I hope I seem like someone who can help the tribe.

2. How do you feel about your decision to mutiny?

I feel great. I may be low man here but I feel sure I was next on OOC as the alliance was clearly targeting the people trying.

CHRIS,
1. You seem to be the spokesperson for this tribe in challenges. How do you speak for the tribe now that you’ve lost four out of five challenges?
Well that is kind of unfair! I guess I have been alittle more vocal on the tribe wall, but it’s not like I am the one doing it all. Also, our losses have been pure bad luck, this last challenge we did everything right, but unfortunately they used the EXACT same strategy as us and got lucky on the final guess where we did not. IN fact 2 of our losses were due to inactivity (Which we cleared out) and the other 2 were dumb luck in challenges that we actually did perfectly. Most of my speaking up has been with solid info, so I hope that I am not somehow perceived as being any kind of CAUSE for losses!!?!

2. This is the obligatory penalty idol question for the round. Is it hidden or do you think it’s been claimed?

Well yea, most people know my thoughts. I think Shyam took it.
EAMON,
‎1. Why do you think so many people mutiny? We usually see no one mutiny, maybe one person mutiny, rarely two. But four may even be a record. Did the invitation format have anything to do with it?

It is a great migration. Why would birds constantly move to another place in particular period throughout the year? According to the National Geographic, there are three basic reasons. Food, weather and of course, reproduction. Whether they will survive or not, it’s up to how they can adopt the new environment.

2. I’ll take a question that Jeff asks at nearly every post-switch Tribal Council. There’s five former Apus and three former Ooc. What’s to stop former Apus from picking off your new members one by one?

Of course by winning the challenge so that no more TC. P/s BTW it is so hilarious how we keep on losing, not to mention, in a very suspicious way.

KRISTINE,

1. Let’s bring up your favourite topic — Noah. How does tangling with him benefit you moving forward? Or does the game enter your mind when the two of you dance for everybody in the game to see?

Not sure if it benefited me or not, But I think it might have. Definately stirred some things up at Ooc. The next day Noah was talking about quitting. So I must have done something right. Either way I enjoyed the dance.
2. What does Apus need to do to move forward and start winning immunities on a regular basis?

–Apus needs to keep strong and hold out. I see things improving in the near future!!

LEIF,

1. Your tribe went from six to eight members without necessarily doing anything to deserve that advantage. How does voting with eight people in the tribe this round compare to voting with eight people in round two?

The difference is we’re not voting out inactives anymore.

2. Besides challenge performance, what has been this tribe’s biggest weakness?

I guess we are weak at luck based challenges but then again it is luck.

LISTER,

1. You’ve been a bit quiet in camp. How valuable are Carl, Kristine, and Marcelo in this new tribe?

It’s difficult to judge the value of someone when they haven’t been around all that long yet and the one challenge we’ve had since their arrival has been primarily luck-based.

2. What do you think has changed as a result of the mutiny?

Everything. 4 people mutinying? Are you kidding me? That might as well have been a tribe switch.

MARCELO,

‎1. You are one of the mutineers. What was the catalyst for your decision to jump?
I thought I would be the next to be eliminated
2. What would be your reaction if you are voted out this round?

I would not be surprised

Okay. When you vote please do so in the following format:

(Loganator)

REASON: Eh, I don’t really have a good reason this round. He’s a bit of an odd fellow and I don’t find myself meshing with him too well. He’s awkward around camp. I doubt he’ll go this round, but I am 150 to 200 percent satisfied that this will be his fifth past vote. It’s all in the plan. 😀

Alright, between now and 2:00pm eastern Thursday, it is time to vote. Apus, you’re up.

If anybody has played a hidden immunity idol this would be the time I’d reveal it.

.

.

.

.

.

Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.

.

.

.

.

.

First vote:

.

.

.

.

(Marcelo)

.

.

.

.

.

.

Second vote:

.

.

.

.

(CHRIS)

.

.

.

.

That’s one vote Chris and one vote Marcelo.

.

.

.

.

.

Next vote:

.

.

.

.

[Marcello]

.

.

.

.

.

.

Fourth vote:

.

.

.

(Hooker)

.

.

.

.

We’re tied. Two votes Chris and two votes Marcelo.

.

.

.

.

Fifth vote:

.

.

.

.

(Chris the snake/MOLE!)

.

.

.

.

.

Three votes Chris and two votes Marcelo.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Next vote:

.

.

.

.

.

.

(CHRIS HOOK)

.

.

.

.

.

Four votes Chris and two votes Marcelo.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Next vote:

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

And the fifth person voted out of this game:

.

.

.

.

(CHRIS)

.

.

Chris, the tribe has spoken.

.

(XXXXX)

.

It’s time for you to go.

Kristine Burleigh Am I really sorry Chris Hook? lol part of me is!! You kicked my ass in the last game and I never saw you coming! Never thought this would work. Sorry dude!! Good game!

Chris Hook Lol – Brain has the 3rd idol everyone (Really Brain??? I get it from everyone else, but even you??? I f***ing give you the clue and you turn right around and boot me????)

Anyway no biggie, kinda saw it coming… haev fun getting raped by OOC in comps!! I was the only thing that even made this tribe come close!!!

And if you thought I was the one giving them info?? wrong guess – try again?
Brian Whitehead Great…first I was the only one not to have any clue what was going on, and then I get accused of having an idol which I certainly don’t have…Looks like my first ORG is heading south lol

Carl Hagemann Chris, I believe Brian voted with you.
Brian Whitehead Now is that something I wanted to admit right now…

Well, you just eliminated the ‘spokesperson’ of your tribe. Who knows, maybe after four losses a regime change is in order.

But it seems according to what was put in the brackets, that the biggest issue is trust. The good news is that you’re trying to deal with that — the bad news is that it’s already an issue by round five.

TC VOTING #5

BRIAN W.,

(Marcelo)

Reason: I’m not going to turn on my original allies…yet

CARL,

(Hooker)

CHRIS,

Vote:

[Marcello]

Reason: 😦Description: https://s-static.ak.facebook.com/images/blank.gif too bad, nothing against him, he just seems to be the least active of the new members.

On a side note, I am getting really pissed off about the fact that it appears we have a mole, I already thought someone had leaked my code back in challenge 2 which allowed them to beat us, and the rumor now is that they knew what our # was this last challenge before making any guesses at all and only did 5 to make it not obvious (knowing we could not possibly get theirs in under 5 anyway) If this is true then it MUST be one of the other 4 original Apus, as the former OOC were not here for challenge 2 and I know it aint me!! (Although I fear some people might be looking my way due to Jamie…)… right now I am strating to worry about Lief and Eamon as I think one of those 2 is the most likely culprits… I am starting to consider flippign things up and making a deal with Carl and Kristine to remove one of those 2 if we lose again, let them eat that if they think throwing comps is good for them!!!!

EAMON,

This is my vote

*drum roll*
*music start*
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ti3t7MAwaaM

(CHRIS HOOK)

Rumor has it. oooh Rumor has it! You’re the mole. Please dont rig the tribe.

p/s Logan, if somehow he got that Penalty Idol, please check it very carefully. The original is still with me.

KRISTINE,

I vote (Chris the snake/MOLE!)

LEIF,

(CHRIS) because he’s a hooker lol. idk people are saying he’s the mole so whatever. im not gonna argue. we still have the upper hand. plus it makes the ex-ooc people relax.

LISTER,

[Chris]

“Welp. It seems some people suspect you of having a cross-tribal alliance and that you are feeding them challenge information. Not quite sure that I buy it or anything but Eamon is in control right now and he’s got the majority. Catch ya later Mr. Redfield.”

MARCELO,

(CHRIS)

CONFESSIONALS ROUND #5

BRIAN W.: Confessional
I’m not sure I will be on tomorrow to officially except or decline any mutiny offers I may receive…but it doesn’t matter. I am happy with my position in this tribe, have started to make some good game relationships, and will not mutiny no matter what.

CARL: First brief confess

I hope to be asked to Mutiny!

DAVE: Well, it was my first vote ever and I couldn’t have been much more nervous. When the results were finally posted I was ecstatic and relieved, but it was a bittersweet victory. I was sad to see Cisco go because I liked the guy and he was a great competitor.

Noah is acting even more dramatic than I could have possibly hoped. Everybody thinks he’s an ass and wants him gone, but that’s only made me realize he might be the perfect person to bring all the way to the end. Basically, I want Noah to be my Phillip Sheppard. As long as Noah remains in the game, he willingly takes the target off of my back and puts it onto his. How can I say no to protection like that?

However, Carl and Kristine aren’t the only ones on Ooc that want Noah gone. I just hope the cracks in my alliance that have slowly been forming aren’t as obvious to my enemies as they are to me.

Just once I wish you’d say “There’s a learning curve!” during one of our challenges.

DAVID: Confessional:
What an obvious rookie mistake; making the tribe hierarchy so transparent that three different people choose to pack up and leave. We’re in a tough spot as a tribe, and i’m in just as much of a tough spot, as it’s clear to me that I aligned myself with the wrong people at the beginning of the game. If i could go back in time i only would have set an alliance with 1 out of the four people i’m committed to. That’s the game I guess and I have plenty to learn…

EAMON: ·  I will write some confessional based on what just happened.

·  It was my plan Description: https://s-static.ak.facebook.com/images/blank.gif: )

·  One of my biggest move. I hope it work

MARCELO: I WANT THE IDOL ·  hahah

·  this can be a fake idol?

FAKE IDOL:
SUPRA LUPA TUPA

CHRIS EXIT INTERVIEW

If you’re reading this, it means you are voted out are not too thrilled about it (or maybe you are, who knows). But never fear! This is your exit interview. Once the game is over, all exit interviews will be posted. Answer these questions while your frustration and the would’ves and could’ves are at their peak!

1.       Let’s go back to the beginning of the game. Kevin is responsible for virtually every pick on the tribe. What was your initial reaction to the make-up of the tribe?

I hated it

2.       Are there any regrets to the boot order on your tribe?

Nope- the whole f***ing tribe sucked… there is only ONE person on it who is worth anything at all anyway, so it wouldn’t have made any difference.

3.       This game featured a plethora of newbies or sophomores to the ORG world. Explain how that contrasts playing with the same core group of veterans before your hiatus from ORGs.
I hoped it would mean I could play a game without pre-conceived notions, but it – in fact – was the exact opposite, people latched on to things they may have heard or were told (Most of which wasn’t even true) and that was that, I was labelled (As 1) a snake – I was 100% straight up with everyone in this game and 2) guaranteed to flip on everyone in favor of Jamie – we had already talked and agreed we were NOT allying in this game) Idiots are too narrow minded to see anything for themselves, or some blinded by thoughts of revenge without a thought to this game at all….

4.       What’s your assessment of the penalty idol twist? You’ve seen some ludicrous twists in ORGs on Proboards and Facebook, so I’m curious as to your take.

It is an interesting twist for sure, I personally hated it, because I am a competitor and knowing people were purposefully throwing stuff makes me mad.

5.       Do you think a tribe switch or no mix-up at all would have protected you this round as opposed to the mutiny? What was it about the mutiny that sent you home?

Yep – for sure, it was Kristine hell bent of burning me for beating her in Benin who told a bunch of lies to the tribe and they – like the fools they are ate it up and believed all the crap (They were told I was guaranteed to flip on them for Jamie – as I said already – WRONG… they were told I was the one feeding info to the other tribe and making us lose – OMG that couldn’t BE more wrong, I was the only person on the tribe trying their ass off in comps!!!! It was a great move for her (maybe- I had offered and straight up promised – and you know me – if you get my word out of me I always keep it.. you just gotta be sure you actually got my word! that I would take her to final 4… and I woulda been easy to get out at that point obviously since the whole cast seemed to think I was some kind of Super-villain with Mind control powers … she could have won this game with my offer… I bet not anymore! HAHA)

6.       I don’t think we can go through this interview without mentioning the topic that annoyed you throughout the game: Jamie. Set the record straight. What exactly was your relationship with her in this game?

Jamie is awesome! She is without a doubt my favorite person I have ever met in Orgs… that said, I had no idea she applied for this game until I saw the cast, we were NOT allied and I never gave her info on the comps – in fact we talked about it and we both agreed that we couldn’t be allies this time and that we were both staying loyal to our own alliances… so the rest of you who think you f***ing know everything – think again, I have ALWAYS said I HATE when people just have the same alliances every game – you really I would do that MSELF?? Dumb-asses…
Now again – that said, now that I am out – GO JAMIE, DESTROY ALL THESE STUPID F***S FOR ME!! lol

7.       One of the votes received said explicitly that you’re a snake/mole. What do you make of that? Does that vote surprise you?

I think it is funny cause whoever wrote that was the snake clearly since I did exactly what I promised I was doing and exactly what I told them all… if it was Eamon (who is who I think wrote that) then he is the biggest snake in the game!! If it was Carl or Kristine – well you guys just don’t know, at all apparently (but I cannot blame them- they did what they had to do I guess, I can’t call them snakes for surviving) if it was Lister or Brian then I simply do not understand at all because I was closer to those 2 than anyone (yes EVEN JAMIE) in this game… enjoy your hypocrisy losers.

8.       You said you saw this vote coming a mile away but in your vote reasoning you seemed quite confident that Marcelo was going. What transpired between casting your vote and the announcement of going home? Or is this hindsight where you start thinking about all the cues that makes it obvious you were going home?

I was confident!!! I saw the sneakyness of Lief and Eamon coming. I had know for days that they were turning against me and I tried to jump things and turn it on them, but it didn’t work, I guess I waited to long and they had already worked things against me… that was what I saw coming – I knew it was happening, but I didn’t expect it to happen so soon!

9.       Do you think gaining the numbers advantage hindered your game? Do stronger players in challenges no longer become necessary when you get a 2-person advantage with only fourteen people remaining?

No because Apus does NOT have the #’s if they think they do they are even dumber than I thought (And as you can tell right this minute my opinion of their collective intelligence is VERY low)… I have had many messages from players on both tribes (And a few booted ones) already this morning and it is clear that the alliances are NOT what anyone thinks they are – lmfao…. I can’t wait!

10.   Who surprised you the most in this game?
Lister. He was my 1st main ally, I had every intention of having him at the end of the game (at this point it was close between him and Brian, but I don;t think Brian flipped on me anymore… although maybe he did who the feck knows!) and he flipped on me

11.   Do you think Apus will continue to slide or are there bound to win a couple immunities given how razor close all challenges have been?

HAHAHAHAHAHAHA, They are dead meat! I was doing all the work on that tribe in challenges, had any of them actually supported me (besides Brian – he did, but now he’a all alone) we wouldn’t have been losing! They are going to get hammered on in challenges even worse now.

12.   Who do you want to win? Who do you want to lose? Who do you think will win? Who do you think will lose?

I want Jamie, or Brian to win… I want Kristine and Eamon to lose… as for what i think?? I have no opinions on that.

13.   If you have any other thoughts, let me know.

Meh… not really – sorry this wasn’t as horrible as I was being earlier… you took too long and my rant wound down! haha

On behalf of the production team for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

Challenge VI: Phrases of Immunity

Inspired By: Uhhhhhh, are you serious?

Date: February 16 – February 20

Winners: Ooc.

Voted out: Kristine (5-1-1)

ROUND SIX BLOG

WHEEL OF FORTUNE

I had a different challenge in this slot but saw it was highly flawed. Luckily after reading a Pat Sajak story about him hosting drunk, making a Wheel of Fortune joke in university, and watching the ‘Let Me Ride’ music video with Vanna Black, I believe it was divine intervention that the sixth immunity challenge in an ORG needed to be Wheel of Fortune. The only problem I found with constructing it is how do I bridge the gap between being too easy and being too difficult? Given I have done 500+ puzzles on Facebook, I thought the best solution would be to fire up a cartridge of WoF and play through twenty-two puzzles and record the moment I solve each one. I took my own success and rewinded it 2-3 turns. Apparently I suck at WoF because both tribes solved it easily and tied because nobody asked for the penalty idol.

TIEBREAKER

One final puzzle remained. I re-opened the penalty idol requests to add in another safeguard to prevent the “whoever sent in first” to decide who wins immunity. My god I didn’t even need the penalty idol there because Carl is so dang good at filling in the gaps that he took one glance and solved it. On the other hand, Ooc was stumped. After they requested two letters that filled up a total of four spaces, Jamie was heralded as their own genius for solving it thinking no one could POSSIBLY do it any faster. Both tribes were gloating at this point. Little did Ooc know they should start packing their bags and prepare the knives. Their happy group of six (with the exception of David) would be broken up.

LEIF ME ALONE

Most controversial decision anyone in this series has made since Elvera voted out Arun, Jenn, and Jay before Kosek and RyLis. I think this loss stung the worst for all of them. The people who mutiny have racked up three losses following three wins. The original Apus members have lost five out of six. In addition, they thought eliminating Hooker solved any trust issues the tribe had. Three people in the game have claimed a penalty idol on Supa which means there shouldn’t be anyone who believes it is up for grabs unless they are completely oblivious. Leif waits until the tiebreaker to break Apus morale and unity once and for all. The whole tribe erupts. You know what gets to me about the whole situation?

POKER FACES

Eamon leads the charge in exposing who the evil-doer is that took the penalty idol. Really, Eamon? I can’t buy you seriously mean that when you were the first one to take the penalty idol. Shyam is on Ooc and brags about how loyal their tribe is and that they would never stoop that low. Oh, what’s that in your pocket Shyam? That’s Eamon’s fake idol. Marcelo is quiet about the situation because he feels guilty that he can’t help defend who inevitably screwed their tribe and instead resorts to a private expression of empathy. Leif, the bluffer that he is, knows how pissed everyone is and does not dare to expose his secret. He didn’t expect this much hell to be stirred. So he opts for the route of ‘like’ing any comment that deals with opposing the sonofab— who took the idol. How would I attempt to provide proof who took the penalty idol? I’d do the following:

1) Intentionally post a comment opposing whoever took the idol. Anyone who ‘like’s my comment is instantly a suspect. If the guilty won’t confess, then that means they’ll do whatever it takes to not give that impression. 20/20 is hindsight though because I knew who did it before the witch hunt began.

2) Rule out anyone who assumes they will be the next one voted off. Brian is at the bottom. Taking a penalty in a tiebreaker essentially means you will go to TC. TC is the last place you want to go if you are on the bottom and believe the merge is looming.

3) Because of #2, then anyone who feels secure are the only possibilities for who took the idol.

Kristine, Eamon, Carl, and Marcelo all accuse Brian of taking it. If you look at the voting this round, Brian had a majority before the vote changes. I think people started thinking along the same lines as me and deduced it didn’t make sense for Brian to do it. He’s too easy of a person to finger for doing this. So then the tide began to turn. The angry mob untied Brian from the stake and went after the next heretic in sight.

SALEM SURVIVOR

I made this reference in the final words but thought I’d address it now. The witch burnings in Salem is what I thought of as the post-IC strategy was taking place. Last round going after Hooker was more like an episode of The Mole. This round the players seemed to treat whoever punished the tribe as one with supernatural powers and may infect everyone with warts. As a Mole and Survivor addict, seeing these two games combine into one is a hosting orgasm for me. The mob pursues Brian then Carl then they set their sights on Kristine. Poor Kristine. She has claimed for three rounds that she doesn’t know what the heck the penalty idol is about. And I believe her. Can she deflect attention off of her before she gets Joan of Arc’d?

THE WITCH BURNS

She found out she was the prime suspect for the sabotage. Kristine expresses the epitome of her upfront personality to deny the allegations, but when the leader of a mob doesn’t want to listen, then the mob doesn’t want to listen. Brian was saved by a miracle not in the form of idol but by chaos that Leif caused. The TV is on pause for a few moments as Brian scrambles to dig up the third and final idol in the game.

NON-ENGLISH PEOPLE AND IDOLS?

Fun fact: Elvera, Mervin, Marty, Eamon, Marcelo, Shyam, and Leif all have either possessed a fake idol or the real deal. That debunks any theories from last season that those who don’t have English as a mother tongue or don’t speak what Mervin coined “Einstein English” perfectly won’t understand how to possess my complex idols. There are far fewer non-English people in the two seasons but yet they have absolutely dominated picking up idols. In fact, Elvera and Nelson were two of the final three in Supa while Mervin and Marty were the Final Two of Coo. How many Eastern hemisphere-based players have been eliminated thus far from season two? None. Is there anything to Eastern dominance of Westerns in my series? No clue. But it’s a neat pattern to spot and try to extrapolate any philosophical significance from it. Noah is so far the only American to break this trend. That’s right. Noah.

KRISTINE

She’s gone. A moment of silence for her. Shhh, pipe down Noah! Okay, a moment of silence from the other eleven players then. I apologize for how accurate my pre-season assessment was of Kristine. Recall my prediction that she wouldn’t pick the right alliance and ultimately not integrate into the majority if she found herself in the hole early and be booted in 10th to 13th place. I should go on the Power of 10 because I picked the perfect range for her finish. Although I have a feeling my prediction could have been wrong if Leif didn’t penalize the tribe–it would be Brian who I’d be talking about right now. Oddly enough, Brian is another player who I predicted would finish in the 10th to 13th range. I’ll look like a genius if that’s the case much to Kristine and Brian’s chagrin.

Anyways, I’m going to talk briefly about each of the twelve players because the game is heating up as we approach the second half. Also because I’m bored.

BRIAN

Although this may be the only ORG you will ever play, no one can say you’re not putting in the effort. You’ve guessed approximately twenty roman numerals in your quest for the third idol. If Apus loses this round, you are most likely gone. If you survive this round, you will be able to lay low under the radar for at least three to four eliminations.

CARL

You haven’t held any power all game. That’s a fact. You rarely send in confessionals. However, your participation in challenges, your attitude towards me that echoes any complaints the others weren’t willing to express, and not hiding a single motivation has gotten you this far. I don’t think you’ll win but I think you’ll be surprised how well you’ll do.

DAVE

Francisco, Kristine, and Carl dislike you for you appearing to be a floater and trying to imitate Bee Rob but the people you’re allied with are the ones that count. If you do merge and alliances clash, I highly doubt you’d be the initial target. Shyam, Noah, Michael, and Jamie all have higher bounties on their head than you do. What’s better is that if Ooc does go to TC once or twice pre-merge that you will be safe both rounds. In my opinion, you are in the best position of anyone who is idol-less.

DAVID

You know you’re in a crappy position but you’re having a fun time. You’re also scrambling to pick up the third and final idol. If you can get to the merge I think you could be the Jan of this season. You can stick with your original tribe that had you sixth in the hierarchy but you’re not an individual threat and thus find yourself bumped up ahead to potentially Day 39.

EAMON

You blew it last round. You took out Kristine who I think would’ve been very loyal to you. There’s no way Kristine would work with anyone associated with Noah. You messed up, in my opinion. You let Lister control the vote and are completely blind to Leif being in Lister’s pocket as opposed to yours. Your grip on the rope to the winner’s circle is loosening dear Eamon. But you are an exciting player to watch.

JAMIE

The only person who I see willing to take you to the end is an overconfident version of Dave. Your own tribe mistrusts you, the veterans view you as a threat, and Apus feels you’ll want revenge for booting Hooker. You won’t be so much in control as you will be at the mercy of your alliance mates. If you want to rely on your social game and use emotional responses to carry you into the next level of the end-game, then stop what you’re doing and begin to employ that right now. I personally believe it will be your best strategy once victors in the initial clash have been made explicit. Good job on acknowledging the penalty idol is gone so you stopped abusing your tribe with it. Impressive that you lost the maze for your tribe without any repercussions to be seen (for now). You have to possess a heckuva social game to pull that off.
LEIF

You must have a lot of information concealed from you if Eamon nor Shyam nor Marcelo told you that the Supa penalty idol was already taken. I hope yours is the first fake idol to be played followed by Marcelo’s followed by Shyam’s to make everyone really confused. I’m impressed that nobody considers you as the true traitor for this episode.

LISTER

The true mastermind of Apus. Why do I say that despite him being the last to vote out Hooker? Because Lister was clearly the first to vote for Kristine. I learned this from Elvera leading every vote and having everyone follow her in vote changes from Supa’s TCs. Marcelo, Brian, Eamon, and Leif all vote change’d shortly after Lister threw the dart at Kristine. That’s absolute power right there, ladies and gentlemen. The best part is I don’t think anyone has caught on to Silent Lister being the one to direct the tribe’s focus in strategy. However, Lister is a self-proclaimed untrusting individual which is the last thing Apus needs after two executions based on trust issues.

MARCELO

You’re floating around. You might be eliminated if you perform poorly in this challenge, but otherwise you’ll likely drift into a 6th or 7th place finish. I don’t know. Everyone hasn’t mentioned you as being tight in their alliance, you mutiny, and those who have been voted out view you as spineless. I’m not sure if you have any time left to wriggle your way into a solid end-game pact.

MICHAEL

Heh, I typed down all of the write-ups and counted eleven. You were the one I forgot. Thanks for the confessional. What’s confirmed for me is that you’re making Final Four if your alliance wins the clash at the merge. If you’re invisible to me then you’re likely invisible to anyone plotting to get rid of you. Your quest in this game is very much alive and the fact you didn’t switch tribes put you in a better position than Marcelo. Your social game is dynamite thus far.

NOAH

You are the Phillip/Clay/Neleh/Katie/Danielle/Coach/Phillip/Chase/Russell/Mick of this season. Everyone is looking to take you to Final 2 because you’ve incurred a plethora of enemies who wish to target you because they don’t trust or like you (but the host likes you!). However, like with all the names I mentioned, you have a chance at FTC to turn things around and be awarded the victory. Things are looking up when you know Kristine isn’t sitting on the jury. You have time to discreetly pick up five jury votes along the way. Will you do it? Personally, I don’t think you’re aware enough of your own position to start rallying like this.

SHYAM

If you take Noah to the end, you’ll win unanimously. You’ve telegraphed your intentions of allying with Noah by switching tribes. So if you can get to the Final 2 when everyone saw it coming, it’ll be like Mervin and Marty from last season. Everyone will kick themselves for not splitting you two up. Keep in mind that if you do get targeted to use Noah’s idol and not the one Eamon planted in your pocket.

12th: Brian Dub
11th: Marcelo
10th: Leif
9th: Lister
8th: David
7th: Carl
6th: Shyam
5th: Eamon
4th: Michael
3rd: Jamie
2nd: Noah
1st: Dave

TRIBAL COUNCIL # 6

(BRIAN W.)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(KRISTINE)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)

XXX
(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)

Above the X’s are each of your names. Once your name is gone so are you.

You MUST answer your TC questions in order for your vote to count.

BRIAN,

1. For the first time ever, the penalty idol requests make the difference. You don’t know if it was one or if it was six people who covertly betrayed this tribe. Just give me your thoughts on that.

Whoever requested the idol made an incredibly shortsighted move, so I have to assume that if it was still there, only one person requested it, and the idol is now in play. I was unable to come online all day, but wasn’t worried, since I knew there was no way Ooc could have beaten us in that tiebreaker. This really sucks for me, since it appears that I am perceived to be one of the more likely candidates to have betrayed my tribe.

2. Last TC somebody from your own tribe went home. Has Ooc integrated or is there an importance to maintain Apus majority?

We’re all Apus now…unlike most tribe swaps, this mutiny sent over new members who are not on good terms with the current Ooc tribe, so this tribe should remain united into the merge regardless of who goes home.

CARL,

1. How the heck do you solve the tiebreaker puzzle with so little information? Does that increase your worth in this tribe?

Well, the guys had figured the 4th word was Survivor or Survival so I started thinking of M words that would follow. I got hung up on the 3 letter word being Rob and the 5th Mariano, which didn’t work. It let me to think of Marquesas and then Vecepia. Her last name was easy and she did win.
I would hope it would help to show I can help. I think the tribe knows how determined I am to win the challenges.

2. How do you feel about your decision to mutiny after losing immunity back-to-back on your new tribe?

I love the tribe but think I may be a threat or something now. No one’s talking to me like they were last week.

EAMON,

1. How does the fact of knowing with 100% certainty that at least one person took the penalty idol to directly lose the challenge affect the tribe? Can you recover from this?

It’s sucks. For real. It’s like building one heck of an awesome combination of dominoes and then a little kid runs through it and then destroy it. It sucks. I really don’t know if I can recover from this anytime soon.If we could have won that immunity, that means this is where we could have slay that OOC one by one and go to the merge with numbers. It’s one of the dumbest move. An Idol got requested and at the same time it will be used in this TC. Your ass got busted and no one will trust you, even if you’re safe this time.

2. Last round you guys vote out Chris because you thought he was a snake. Here we are for round six and you have secret sabotage. Does this exonerate Chris or is Apus truly full of untrustworthy people?

The fact is that anyone could have been THE SNAKE. But all evidence was pointing to him last time so can’t really help it. I just have to do what I have to do. And this time I have a clear evidence to who might PENALIZED this tribe. Even if I am false, you’ll expose everything at the end of this game in your blog. Guess we’ll see how. Hahaha I am still in shock, this is crazy crazy crazy. Oh God I need to go to the beach and meditate like Phillip.

KRISTINE,

1. Speaking of trust, how in the world do you trust anyone right now? The person you’re plotting with to eliminate someone may be someone who is at least partially responsible for putting you in this situation. How do you trust someone in this environment?

-Trust? haha what is that? Just when you thought things were going good, BAM someone slaps the tribe in the face from within. Makes it really hard to trust anyone in this environment, but you have to if you want to get to the next round. You can’t win it alone. So you toke it up, and keep your fingers crossed. In the end it is just a game, you win some..you lose some.

2. After this round twelve people will remain. What’s the overall sentiment over whether next round will feature a switch, a merge, or if the tribes will continue competing?

-I would assume that there will be some merge coming in the near future, but you know what they say about ASSumptioms!! Pretty happy to have made it this far, so just gonna keep flying by the seat of my pants!

LEIF,

1. If only one person was responsible for your immunity loss, that person could have the idol, which now creates whole new set of problems. How do you counter that?

We just have to plan carefully so we don’t get fucked up by whoever got the idol.

2. The person(s) who requested the penalty idol may very well be some of your stronger or some of your weaker players in challenges. You’re in the bigger pickle of going into next round 6-6. Do you intend to put forth your strongest tribe in challenges or do you wipe out whoever you don’t trust in case you merge?

A tribe can never be strong if there is no trust from within. So even if you have strong members if there is no trust it will still fail. A strong tribe needs trust to be even considered that they are strong.

LISTER,

1. You guys are given an enormous gift of being up two members after the mutiny without really winning any challenges. Fast forward two rounds later and that lead is erased. How do you want this tribe to proceed?

1. I want us to proceed by winning every remaining damn challenge there is until the merge. I’m sick of the constant losing. We had this challenge we had it! Then somebody fucked it up.

2. What are some of the theories over who may or may not have requested the penalty idol?

2. Theories are flying all over the place. Everyone is under suspicion.

MARCELO,

1. You have sat out three out of six immunity challenges, and you were hit with multiple votes last round. Do you feel people are looking at you for being too weak to carry forward or do you present some valuable that may go beyond challenge participation?

Ipresent some valuable that may go beyond challenge participation

2. Do you think the penalty idol has been taken?

Yes

Okay. When you vote please do so in the following format:

(SHADY LOGAN)

You shady. Nobody on our tribe requested the penalty idol. It was really you. The funny thing is you think you’re safe tonight. Blindsiiiiiide.

Alright, between now and 11:59am Monday, it is time to vote. Apus, you’re up.

If anybody has an idol and they decided to play it this round, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
First vote:
.
.
.
.
.
(Brian)
.
.
.
.
.
.
Second vote:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(KRISTINE!)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Next vote:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Eamon the puppet-master)
.
.
.
.
.
That’s one vote for Brian, Kristine, and Eamon.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Fourth vote:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(KRISTINE <3)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Next vote:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
[Kristine]
.
.
.
.
.
.
That’s three votes Kristine, one vote Brian, and one vote Eamon.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Next vote:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
And the sixth person voted out of this game:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(KRISTINE)
.
.
.
.
.
Kristine, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

Since the mutiny Apus this tribe has lost both challenges in a dead heat. The outcome?

This tribe revives Salem, Massachusettes practices. You accuse Chris of being The Mole and tie him to the stake in hopes of building a more trustworthy tribe.
However that didn’t seem to work because you lose this round thanks to the penalty idol twist. Kristine takes her turn at the stake and I’m sure there’s only one thing is on your mind:
Hope to God we burned the witch.
The only question is “Did you?”

I’ll see you guys very soon for your next challenge.

Carl Hagemann Ef Off Probst!
Logans Hosting-Org Carl…frustrated by me.
Carl Hagemann I’m sorry
Carl Hagemann I forgot Anne Curtis isn’t here.
Carl Hagemann FUCK OFF Probst!

TC VOTING #6

BRIAN,

(Kristine)

Reason: I don’t know who I can trust anymore…I hope it wasn’t you.

CARL,

(Brian)

EAMON,

My vote for this round

(WHITEHEAD – BRIAN)

P/s That Idol is fake. The real one is with me LMAO. [;)] Anyway, enjoy playing with it. Aww

Oh I have to change my vote.

Sorry

(KRISTINE ?)

Sorry, see you in my game [:D]

KRISTINE,

I vote (Eamon the puppet-master)

LEIF,

(CARL) I think people are voting you because they think you went for the penalty idol lol

changing my vote to (KRISTINE) since these people change minds like they are changing clothes

LISTER,

[Kristine]

“Bliiiiiiiiindsiiiiiiiide!”

MARCELO,

(BRIAN!)

I want to change my vote

(KRISTINE!)

Confessionals round six

BRIAN,

XXXI
Does this mean the idol is already claimed?
Fair enough…I’ll try once more for my (probably fake) idol, and then give up

IX
well that’s what I deserve for just sending random crap to you without ever getting a clue lol
ANSWER THIS EQUATION : 18 * 3 / 2 – 4 + 8 = 31
TRANSLATE YOUR SOLUTION TO ROMAN NUMERALS AND SEND IT TO YOUR BELOVED HOST TO CLAIM THE HIDDEN IMMUNITY IDOL. GOOD LUCK.
XXXI
CDXXII
haha I was really grasping there…changing numbers to letters to numbers..oh well. Are you allowed to tell me whether both 18’s in the 3rd part of the puzzle are meant to be 18?
One more ridiculous idol guess…because I can…
Ok…18 stands for C and V, which is 100 and 5 and there is a 31 somewhere, so why don’t I try 100 + 31 + 5 = 136

CXXXVI

I just skimmed your entire 1st season blog, and I wonder whether I look like an idiot in your blog right now…
Please don’t tally the votes until 11:59…weird things are still brewing

DAVID,
ANSWER THIS EQUATION: IX
XCIX

ANSWER THIS EQUATION: 18 * 3 / 2 – 4 + 8 = XXXI

TRANSLATE YOUR SOLUTION TO ROMAN NUMERALS AND SEND IT TO YOUR BELOVED HOST TO CLAIM THE HIDDEN IMMUNITY IDOL. GOOD LUCK.
Answer for the 3rd idol:

XV

EAMON,

There is two division on Apus now. The Mutineers and The Original. I guess I control them all. Could be.

What I hope now is that from this point we will win the challenge, and get rid of that OOC. My first guess is that Shyam will be their first boot after mutiny twist. And go to the merge with numbers. After merge, yeah game on!

There are*** two divisions**

LEIF,

i want to ask for the penalty idol

as long as i would get the idol in the process…i dont care lol since these people would rather risk it tying than ensuring a win *rolls eyes*

thanks! but i have a question. if i play the idol on someone will everyone know im the one who played it or will you make it so that the person i played it on will seem like he played it?

also i want to make a fake idol code and its SUPA WACKY COO

also i wanna clarify something just to make sure

so if someone who played the idol receives the most votes. the people who voted on them goes to another tribal council to vote one of themselves. correct?

MICHAEL,
So alot has happened since last time, mainly the flop. Carl, Kristine, and Marc flopped to Apus, making the tribes 8-6, I considered quitting cause at the time I felt like it was 10-6 and knew we were gonna lose. After thinking about things I realised it was actually not bad, then Carl messaged me and said he was gonna try to come back to OOC after the merge, so in reality the tribes are more realistically 7-7, then we kept winning, the tribes now are about to be 6-6, we can take this game! The tight 3 of D Bron, Myself, and D Rac are still tight, I believe either will take me to the end. Were left with 3 choices if we lose, bring our 5 alliance to shoot Shyam (who switched from Apus to OOC) or use shyam as a vote and get rid of the traitor, Jamie. Or we can lose Noah, but him and his idol will come in handy later so I’d say he’s safe for now. I just hope Carl stays strong over there, he’s in my final 4, and I may take him to 3. If I win the last challenge he just might be final 2 depending on how the game works out. I hate Kristine, she lied to me and screwed up my game all over, she can die. At least APUS voted off Chris, he was tight with Jamie and would have swayed her had he had the chance, but Jamie might be OOC strong now that he’s out, only time will tell…

KRISTINE EXIT INTERVIEW

If you’re reading this, it means you are voted out are not too thrilled about it (or maybe you are, who knows). But never fear! This is your exit interview. Once the game is over, all exit interviews will be posted. Answer these questions while your frustration and the would’ves and could’ves are at their peak!

1. Let’s travel back to the beginning of the game. What was your initial assessment of your tribemates?

2. Was there anyone on Ooc who surprised you with their actions in challenges or in terms of strategy?

3. What was responsible for sparking the feud between you and Noah?

4. Why did the feud get so heated?

5. You voted for Noah and seemed surprised that Francisco went home. What politics do you think were in play that sent him home?

6. Take me through the process of weighing the options for the mutiny. It’s a big move.

7. Besides Ooc continuing to win immunities, do you think that move put you in a better position?

8. Do you think you had any chance of surviving to the merge whether you were on Apus or Ooc post-mutiny?

9. You write a clear message in your vote that Chris is a mole/snake. What information you were given to lead you to this conclusion about your new tribemate?

10. The next round it is made explicit at least one person requested the penalty idol. Any revelations as to what happened there?

11. Why do you think you were voted out?

12. Do you regret anything you did in this game or one move you wish you made differently?

13. Who do you think will win? Who do you think will lose? Who do you want to win? Who do you want to lose?

14. If you have any other thoughts, pleas share. 🙂

On behalf of the SupaCooWackyLand production crew, we thank you for playing this game!

Challenge VII: Jeopardy! Wacky’s Obsessions Edition

Inspired By: Jeopardy! and the things I hold dear to me and love. A winning combination, right?

Date: February 20 – February 23

Winners: Ooc

Voted out: Carl Hagemann (5-1 vote)

EAMON VS. CARL

This is a feud I don’t think anyone thought would happen. Both have been playing it pretty calm. Eamon, yes, he can come off as a bit excited and too paranoid for some of the original Apus’ players liking, but isn’t known for heated battles like Elvera, Scott, Fiona, Noah, or Kristine. Man. Two games and our list is that long? How this game gets to “day 39” in such a condition that everyone praises my hosting is beyond me.

You know where this controversy stems from? Eamon arguably using the ol’ B-word in what he claims is a playful manner. Carl, who is in possibly the worst position of anyone in the game, puts himself further out on the chopping block and defends Kristine’s honour. In real life that would earn respect and brownie points. But in Survivor, you’ll get crap all. All it does is further isolate yourself from the others. If I were Carl, I’d put everything I could into winning next immunity. But Carl makes a curious move. . .

SUPA PENALTY IDOL: PART FIVE

This is the best storyline at this point in the season. In seven rounds the penalty idol on Supa has been claimed five times. You would think one of the first four would have confessed to saying they possess it. Maybe people have finally learned how to keep hidden idols a secret. How else could you have people trying to claim an idol in round seven that has been in Eamon’s pocket since round one? What’s funnier is that the heading I typed was “SUPA PENALTY IDOL: PART FOUR” but then I remembered Shyam has one. Too many fake idols are floating around when you can’t recall who has them. Eamon-Shyam-Marcelo-Leif-Carl. ESMLC. I have a feeling that mnemonic won’t stick.

So Carl penalizes his tribe a grand. I ignored it for the time being because I wanted to share in on the surprise if it would affect the outcome of the challenge or not. Personally I think Carl assumed he had zero percent chance at winning and was merely trying to mess with the game as much he could. Taking the penalty idol was a ‘F You’ for Apus’ selfishness and for executing Kristine without just cause.

The greatest part about this move is that the people who benefit the most from this move is anyone who is tied to Noah—the very thing Kristine despises in this game. Carl makes a move that makes Noah’s decision to confess to having the idol look like a saint, and instead paint Eamon as a devil.

C’mon, you’re loving season two more than season one at this point, aren’t you?

If Carl was playing to win, taking a penalty idol everyone else is 99% sure is taken at this point would be the last thing I’d do in his position. I’d try and pray I’ll get a Jan Gentry miracle and win tribal immunity to get to the merge. Brian Whitehead has been in the same frame of mind since Hooker left. Shut up, put all your efforts into helping your tribe, and hope you either get immunity until merge or there is enough conflict and struggle between the stronger personalities on your tribe.

I need to take an aside. Brian Whitehead is playing one of the best come-from-behind games I’ve seen. No matter where Brian finishes when his torch is snuffed, I’m giving the guy credit for clawing his way. People have initially voted him approximately ten times then changed it. Why? Because a bigger issue or power struggle comes up before everyone gets in their vote to cue me to post results. Brian fades enough when he’s most vulnerable. He fulfilled the role I assumed he would pre-season but is playing it in a much better way than I thought an ORG rookie could. You’re fixing the problems where our previous invisible rookie, Ryan Flynn, had issues.

Also I think Brian has sent me every roman numeral between I and XX except for the one that holds the idol. Classic.

DAVID’S CONCERNS

David sent me a letter stating his concern regarding eliminated players trying to weasel their way into affecting the outcome of the season.

This is one of those things that Facebook ORGs can’t control. Sure, there’s Darian Rockefeller’s games and other proboards where hosts program a site so everyone plays under fake accounts so nobody knows who’s who and delete a profile once they’ve been voted out/evicted/executed/Philiminated. That’s the only time in ORGs where this problem is resolved.

So David, who is playing in his first ORG, has a legitimate concern because he hasn’t played in a setting like this before. It made me think about the impact of eliminated players on the game so I’ll take this aside in the blog.

Over the past ten years, whether I’m the one who’s been eliminated or dealing with eliminated players while I’m still in pursuit of Sole Survivor, I don’t think it really impacts the game. Especially amongst veterans, there seems to be some non-verbalized code that you don’t let eliminated players take control of YOUR game. They’ll try to coach you and mess with you from beyond the grave but it rarely does anything. You’re gone. Nobody cares about you. They’ll be friendly to you if you’re on the jury and pretend to listen to your concerns. The worst thing you can do is buy into the ‘if you vote out X I’ll give you my vote on the jury’ from an eliminated player. Their motivations are entirely different from your perspective and most of the time they’re doing their best to mess up your game. Eliminated players want you to think about them and give them power after their torch is snuffed. So ORGers of the past, present, and the future: don’t listen to a word the eliminated players have said. They’re out and you’re still in. Why listen to someone who has played worse than you?

Also, Kristine isn’t even on the jury. So there’s not even  a jury vote that you can even think about catering to there. Block her if it gets too much. I’m sure Noah already has.

NOAH – SECOND PLACE LOCK

Even though the jury hasn’t started yet, I have a feeling Noah will find a way to piss off many people until the end of the game. Why? Because everyone on Ooc is doing their darndest to take him to Final Two. This means Noah will receive a lot of Final 2 offers which I no doubt he will be forced to accept. From there, he will be breaking these Final 2 deals because he can’t keep them all and will no doubt play spoiler to several Ooc players who want the title of Sole Survivor so badly. I don’t think Noah pouring on the charm once the jury phase starts will help. His position of ‘goat’ is assumed by all players, and therefore Noah will become the goat even if that isn’t his intention once merge starts. Perception is everything.

If you’re a kind and passive individual, you won’t receive enough deals for you to screw people over and don’t have to worry about looking like a goat. Unless you’re “feckless”. That’s why it pays to not openly call other players the c-word.

JEOPARDY!

Six-on-six for Jeopardy! Thanks to these even numbers, we managed to keep the challenge extremely realistic. Six categories in real Jeopardy! So one category per player. I debated about whether it’d be head-to-head and whoever scored the most money in this match-up would score a point and first to three wins or if it should go by accumulated total for the tribe. I chose the latter.

I apologize to Lister and Dave for screwing up Zombies! Ate My Neighbours.

I apologize to Shyam and Carl for ridiculously screwing up Bytown’s clue.

I apologize to both tribes last round for screwing up A Clockwork Orange.

I’m not used to making that many detailed errors. That was something I prided myself upon. Instead I am just another PJ.

Besides these errors, the challenge turned out great. Some of the “answers” were difficult enough that even Google couldn’t save these players. If players are complaining to me a challenge is too difficult then I feel I’ve done my job. These challenges aren’t “come up with 1000 facts about pudding” or “who has more ORG friends to ‘like’ their status update to win immunity” or “the host and three judges use their subjective judgment to declare which flag is best’. It ain’t my style.

MARCELO GUESSES I HAD A SEX CHANGE

I send a curse to Marcelo that he will not win this season. I send another curse that the dang guy will send confessionals for once!

CARL WANTS TO GIVE THE PENALTY IDOL TO DAVE

Although in the instructions upon receiving the penalty idol, and in the rulebook for idols in the main document, ‘an idol is considered dead when the original player who found it is voted out’ slipped past him. This was a move to give an idol to Dave who is working the hardest to take Noah to the Final Two.

I know the complex rules in this ORG are a bit too difficult for someone as new as Carl to ORGs, but I think the players tend to over-think any little rule changes I make compared to other ORGs. As a player I do the same thing and hosts get frustrated. Maybe that’s why I’m so patient with people like Dave, Elvera, RyLis, Carl, Chris, Noah, and Shyam who tend to ask me much more questions than others. My reasoning for putting up with it is that the people who constantly ask questions are the ones who are typically the most active.

As soon as Carl figures out the rules to the idol, he’s disappointed and I think I detected a hint of regret for taking the penalty idol. If he didn’t take it, he would have made it to the merge where he could’ve found a way to survive. Instead he finishes in twelfth where he only has himself to blame. Marcelo is set to be the next one gone if Apus loses again. But there’s going to be a merge, right?

WHAT APUS NEEDS TO DO IF THEY MERGE

Target Noah. Play on the emotions of other Ooc players. Because if Noah doesn’t go, it’ll be Noah who gets to control who goes to Final Two. And it ain’t going to be anyone from Apus. Noah will never be with you so best get rid of him.

11: Marcelo

10: Leif

9: Eamon

8: Lister

7: David

6: Brian

5: Jamie

4: Michael

3: Dave

2: Noah

1: Shyam

ROUND 7 TRIBAL COUNCIL

TRIBAL COUNCIL #7

(BRIAN W.)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)

… XXX
(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)

Above the X’s are each of your names. Once your name is gone so are you.

You MUST answer your TC questions in order for your vote to count.

BRIAN,

1. You are one of two people to ace your category. Is that enough to keep you in the game one more round?

Acing the category was a team effort…I only knew the $400 one and was able to google $1000, but so was David. I hope I will be kept around, but no one ever knows.
2. The tribe burns Chris because they think he’s leaking information. You then burn Kristine because you accused her of picking up the penalty idol. And here we are and another request has been made. Why has it been so hard to determine who you can’t trust in this tribe?
It’s a lot easier to lie to someone over the internet than it would be face-to-face…
CARL,

1. Next round you’re down to eleven. The literal halfway point of the game. Is this tribe at the point of begging for a merge or begging for one more chance to bring Ooc down to five members and make things even?

I think this tribe is more f***ed up then OOC ever was.
They have no plan other than Eamon carrying Marcelo as a vote around and collecting penalty idols to screw his tribe over. Look, this is my second ORG and like the first one, I kick ass in any competition I’m in but I guess that’s why people like Eamon and Marcelo play them cause you can suck at it and then just get by by lying and saying whatever to anybody or screwing your team by taking one idol after another to get to the end.

2. Do you think the penalty idol has been claimed or do you think this tribe has made so many requests that it’s still waiting to be pocketed?

Oh, I’m totally confidant a couple of the idols have been claimed. It’s the only way Eamon can win.
EAMON,

1. You received a vote that read ‘the puppet master’. Any response to that vote?

Kristine is my friend and we agreed to make some drama in this game. Everything that happened is under control. We laugh and we cuss to each other. But we’re still friend. She will be playing my game and it is her plan to just go out from this game and start playing new one. And someone did took it seriously. That is what happened when you’re getting old, some joke just didnt work for them.

2. You have been the most vocal about cussing out those who may or may not have requested the penalty idol these two rounds. Do you think that’s the wisest strategy to coerce a confession?

Because I am tired. I’m tired of trying to make this tribe win and then someone screw it in order to get attention. And the best action of his was playing the innocent card. LOLOLOL. I dont buy that. You can say you work hard (AS IF) but you’re only helping your self, you dont even care about your tribemates , not all people in this tribe can answer their questions like you, eh eh arent you the one with the highest IQ of all human ?? Parasite.
LEIF,

1. Hip hop and rap was not your cup of tea but you Google’d your way to slaughtering Jamie and claiming what should have been the win for this challenge. Does that help you or hurt you this late in the pre-merge phase?

Well to be fair Logan, most of my answers was not me. It was all thanks to Eamon and his hip hop loving friends but in the other tribes point of view I guess you could say they would think I came up with all of that. It could become a means for people to target me but only because they would be small minded to think so. But I don’t think this one feat of brilliance will compare to other people’s showmanship of excellence.
2. Under what circumstances do you think those who requested the penalty idol would come forward?

I have no idea if there will be any circumstance where it will end well for them when they come forward with such an act.

LISTER,

1. You have a tribe that’s struggling, sabotaging their own efforts in challenges, and everyone must be thinking about a possible merge next round. How do you find an outcome you’re happy with when taking all of this into account?

1. Well I don’t know about everyone Logan, I’m no mind reader, but a merge would be nice. Obviously I’d like a chance at knocking Ooc down another member so that it’s all even but it is what it is. I would be happy with an outcome where the strong remain and.
2. What do you think is the best approach to dealing with back-to-back losses because of penalty idol requests?
2. First off you gotta take a step back, not react on a snap judgment. I think whoever this was was two different people. My theory is that someone claimed it last round and got it and that this round either one of two things happened, 1. The person who claimed it thought more than one went for it last time so tried to get it this time or 2. THe person who went for it thought maybe Kristine really did have it and since she got voted out then perhaps it would be re-hidden. So then after stepping back and thinking on it, you deduce logically who you think may have it. Who would have the balls to try, especially after last round. I have my theories but the only way they’ll ever get proven true or false is for it to be played or for me to read it in your eventual blog.
MARCELO,

1. You did the worst in this challenge. Noah’s score was much higher than yours. Does that help you now that people might be thinking about the merge and not believing you’re a threat?

Yes.
2. Does losing two immunities in a row because of sabotage shatter any ability for this tribe to work together post-merge or is there a way to reconcile that?
There is a way to reconcile
3. Why did you guess that I had a sex change?
Idk
Okay. When you vote please do so in the following format:

(LOGAN -_- )

Two immunity losses in a row because of penalty idol requests? You’re making this s— up. We can’t have that type of behaviour in our tribe. Have a nice day.

Alright between now and 4:00pm eastern Thursday, it is time to vote. Apus, you’re up.

If anybody has a hidden immunity idol and they played it this round, this would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be asked to leave the Tribal Council area immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Marcelo)
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(CARL-HAG-MAN)
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Carl)
.
.
.
Two votes Carl, one vote Eamon.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
[Carlito]
.
.
.
Three votes Carl, one vote Eamon.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
The seventh person voted out of this game:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(CARL)
.
.
.
Carl, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.
Unlike previous votes, Carl was expecting that vote from a mile away and you were all unanimous in sending him home. Who knows, that could be the best thing to happen this tribe after losing six immunities and looking to find a way to stay in this game. The only problem will staying in this game require you to work together as a tribe in challenges or test your ability to manipulate in a free-for-all setting? Only time will tell.
TC VOTING #7
BRIAN,
(Carl)

Reason: I wish you could stay, but to keep a low profile I need to vote for you.

CARL,
(Marcelo)
EAMON,
MY VOTE

(CARL- HAG-MAN)
Liar, cheater, delusional, attention seeker, NOT COOL

LEIF,
(CARL) I’m so sorry you have to go Carl. There is just no other way for this. If you did indeed go for the penalty i’m sorry that you got the fake one.
LISTER,
[Carlito]
Its you or Eamon and I think I can survive longer in the merge with Eamon
still in the game as opposed to you. Good luck in future games dude.

MARCELO,

(CARL)

CONFESSIONALS ROUND 7

BRIAN,

When this game depresses me I do one of 2 things…write a calculus exam for my students, or write a roman numeral to you. Right now, I’m experimenting with the mathematical symbols meaning different things…which gives us today’s entry…
V

XX

CARL,

would you explain the Penalty Idol?

Thanks

so I can’t ask for one now that you’ve posted the challenge?

oh really?
It maybe time to end Eamon’s misguided adventure.
I promise I won’t ask after that time.

Thx

No worries.
I’m trying to help the little weasel.
Why, I don’t know.
He’s lied to me at every vote.

I would like the Penalty Idol.

Accepted. Lol

If I decide to give it to someone, do I have to do that by a certain time?
Not a fake one, but this real one.

Hey man, I know you prolly have to be all official from lawsuit threats in the past and stuff, but I really am new to this ORG s*** and don’t understand.
Let’s say I want to give the Idol to Dave Bronson (I’m giving it to someone on OOC). He can use it with all the rules above right?
I just have to give him the code before the next tribal and he has to confirm it to you?
What if he wants to hold onto it and use it later, or can he not?
When you have a chance, please let me know in simple, I’m an old man that won’t sue you in front of Judge Elbee terms.
Loving the game and hope my unnecessary drama is a little fun for ya.

Thx man.

So you would have no way of knowing if I got voted out with it and gave it to someone like Dave (I’m Giving it to Dave).

That would not matter?

See that’s where I feel confused.
It’s only good this round then, no?

F***. I didn’t think this out right, did I?
Oh well.

DAVE,

It never ceases to amaze me how many people entertain the idea of throwing challenges. It seems like every single time Ooc gets a challenge there’s at least one person who wants to throw it. Maybe that’s why we only ever barely win. Today I had to once again do my best to convince somebody that being safe from the vote and going into a merge with numbers is a good thing. Shouldn’t it be a no-brainer?

DAVID,

Hi Logan,

I kind of have a question/concern about some things going on in the game. As you know, it’s my first Org so i’m not sure how things usually are, so if it’s a common practice please forgive me. The thing is myself and a few members of my tribe are concerned about the activity of certain players after they’re voted out of the game.

When little comments are made by people who are voted out, fine. But it’s gotten to the point where Kristine in particular is still playing the game basically, spilling information left and right and trying to change the outcome of the game from beyond the grave. I just don’t find it fair that she has the ability to potentially alter the perception of existing players, and i think there should be some sort of guideline for people recently voted out.

Again, if this is just part of the game please forgive me, just wanted to adress it.

LEIF,

and you would think people would know by now that the idol was gone and yet they still proceed to f*** us up…? right good move…

on another note, i will find it laughable if whoever got the fake one will play it at our tc

CARL EXIT INTERVIEW

If you’re reading this, it means you are voted out are not too thrilled about it (or maybe you are, who knows). But never fear! This is your exit interview. Once the game is over, all exit interviews will be posted. Answer these questions while your frustration and the would’ves and could’ves are at their peak!

1. What were your expectations of this ORG heading into the game?

2. After the tribes were divided up, what was your initial take on how the tribes stacked up and where you fit in?

3. Did you have any pre-game alliances? Do you think anyone else had any?

4. Do you think the idol rules were phrased in a way that was too confusing?

5. You and Eamon fought inside and outside the confines of this game. What’s the status of the relationship?

6. You took the penalty idol In round seven after it already cost you guys immunity. Why throw another immunity challenge?

7. You were ONE round away from making the merge. Do you think winning that last immunity could have given you a chance to win the whole game?

8. If you didn’t merge next round, do you think Apus would have crumbled in challenges without your presence?

9. What was the most surprising thing about this game?

10. What are your thoughts on the Francisco vote and how it related to the mutiny?

11. Who do you think will win? Who do you think will lose? Who do you want to win? Who do you want to lose?

12. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

From the production crew of SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for participating in this game!

Challenge VIII: Garudoh Endurance

Inspired By: Traditional Survivor where the first immunity post-merge is a ridiculously difficult endurance challenge.

Date: February 25 – February 28

Results: Players voted to merge by 10-1 vote.

Winner: Dave Bronson

Voted Out: Eamon Jawatin (6-3-2 vote)

EPISODE 8 BLOG

MERGE OR NOT TO MERGE

I love how much my games truly put the fate of the players in their own hands. Mutiny is a choice; tribe switches is just you crossing your fingers hoping to be lucky. Pre-determined merge is all about luck; voting whether you merge or not is entirely up to you. Idols at camp make you hope you’re digging in the right spot at the right time; the penalty idols force you to make a tough decision in terms of your own self-interests.

I hope that’s how my series will be remembered for. A place where the person who wins will deserve it without argument. I don’t think you can complain about any elimination because of the ‘luck of the draw’ thus far. There’s a clear cut reason why they’re out.

WHY DID THEY MERGE

Anxiousness and a craving to be on the jury. Personally if I was Ooc I wouldn’t be merging unless I have connections with the other side. Why? Because if you lose you’ll have to betray someone and they won’t be on the jury but it’ll still be 5-5. If you win, your tribe gets an even greater advantage in numbers.

The key here was whether you would be happy with the jury starting this round or if you wanted the jury to delay two rounds. If you can eject two people who you know won’t vote for you and/or ally with you, not merging would have been the perfect opportunity to pull off this maneuver.

DAVE ONLY ONE TO NOT MERGE…BUT WINS IMMUNITY

Dave has yet to be vulnerable. He’s tied with Scott Grensted’s record from season one. Dave was the only one to not merge, and in that case would have won the challenge for his whole tribe, but instead he gets to appear as an individual threat. I have a feeling this challenge alone puts Dave in a position to be first one removed from Ooc.

By the way Dave, I picked Garudoh’s list because like with the Survivor Guy series from last season, I thought no one had heard of it. My goodness was I wrong. You turned a challenge that would be impossible for people to complete in 24 hours into a 20-minute speed round. Yikes.

BIGGEST BLINDSIDE OF THE SERIES

Eamon has an idol. He knows Ooc is tight and Ooc has majority. For whatever reason, Apus agrees to trust Noah. Even David doesn’t trust Noah and he’s an Ooc member!

Eamon goes to Brian and tells Brian he’ll play an idol for him. Little does Eamon know that Brian has one of his own. If I were Eamon I would be very uneasy about knowing so few things within a tribe I supposedly control. Ooc says they’ll target Brian. Too good to be true? Not according to Eamon. He’s celebrating in his vote and is determined to keep the idol in his pocket. And in true Survivor fashion, Ooc wipes out any advantage Apus could have gained.

I need to give props to Ooc. Apus could have easily gained the majority. Save one person with an idol then Ooc has to eliminate one of their own, and in addition rack up past votes for their people. So it’d be 5-5 with Marcelo as the only vulnerable one on Apus with past votes. We go to a tie next round and an Ooc member likely goes home due to past votes if Noah doesn’t know how to play the idol. That’s how close I realized Apus was to winning this game. But under Eamon’s leadership, they screwed up. Both idols they possessed are wasted and now it’s 6-4.

Do I think we’re in for a boring few rounds like last season? I’d say so. I see the parallels between RyLis’ elimination and Eamon’s. Although Apus had two real idols get flushed as opposed to RyLis’ two fake idols. I personally wish Apus succeeded this round to make it 5-5, then Ooc loses a tie to make it 5-4, then Ooc rebounds next round with playing the idol to make it 4-4. A scenario I doubt will happen in twenty seasons but one can always have hope.

THIRD IDOL CLAIMED

It took eight rounds but someone finally figured out to request a symbol. Brian’s hard work pays off and he claims the third and final idol of the game. It was a good decision to sit out after all. The answer is VIII. 18*3 = 6

6 /2 = 12

12 – 4 = 16

16 + 8 = 8

Translate to roman numerals and you have VIII.

MARCELO

You’re going home next round. Hopefully your final words aren’t a final WORD. Maybe you’ll elaborate on questions in this TC.

10: Marcelo

9: Leif

8: Dave

7: Brian

6: David R

5: Jamie

4 : Lister

3 : Michael

2 : Noah

1 : Shyam

TRIBAL COUNCIL #8

(BRIAN W.)-(DAVE)-(DAVID)-(EAMON)-(JAMIE)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)-(MICHAEL)-(NOAH)-(SHYAM)

XXX
(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)

BRIAN,

1. You had the dilemma of whether to merge or not. Take me through the process of opting to merge.

I was personally ready to join a merged tribe and move to the next stage of the game. Plus I’m guaranteed a jury spot in my first game.

2. How does eleven people in one tribe change the dynamics?

10 people have to be worried about going home instead of 5…

DAVE,

1. If you guys hadn’t merged, Apus would’ve been sent to Tribal Council once again. What do you think led people to overwhelmingly vote to merge?

I think a lot of people were probably just anxious to get the second half of the game started. A guaranteed spot on the jury also played a part in that decision, at least for me.

2. You have immunity. How do you think that affects how your new tribe views you?

They’re probably starting to realize what a collosal video game nerd I am. XD I mean, I’m probably the only player who had even HEARD of Garudoh’s videos before, never mind obsessively watching them for years. I feel like I was given a really unfair advantage coming into this one, but I’ll still take it! 😀

DAVID,

1. The jury begins this round. Do you sense a shift in how people are treating each other or is there little change?

I don’t see that much of a change actually. I can’t speak for Apus but the players who didn’t get along with members of our tribe (ie. Carl/Kristine) are no longer in the game so everyone speaks to each other cordially; we’re just so used to working together.

2. Explain the integration of two tribes into one.

There hasn’t been a whole lot of integration yet actually. I guess it’s because of the weekend but from what I see everything is the same as before.
Sophie/Probst=Marcelo/Logan

EAMON,

1. Ooc has six and Apus has five. What are the cracks in Ooc that you can exploit to your advantage?

I haven’t pay much attention about the game for the past few days, maybe because it’s weekend and I got a lot things to do in real life..or maybe because I’m in the other game.. I did the challenge and I planned to resume it but I totally forgot to do the rest of it.. well back to the question honestly I dont know. We’ll see how it goes. From this point I think anything can happen.

2. What are the longterm benefits in fighting for immunity versus those who didn’t?

Those who always fight for immunity probably need to slow it down a little bit because when they always win, they will definitely put a target on their back and people will wait for the moment when he/she fail to win immunity and vote them off. If they succeed and go to the final, well good for them because that will make a huge testimonial to win this game.

JAMIE,

1. You were one of the ones who didn’t participate. Did me posting the ‘you must answer at least one question’ rule at the bottom of the page make it too hidden for people to see or was it a conscious decision to ignore the challenge because of how unpleasant it looked?

I read the challenge, but I don’t remember seeing that part at all. I must’ve skipped over it. I would’ve sent something in, but I was busy all weekend, so I didn’t have much time anyway.

2. What do you base your vote on this round?

I’m going with the obvious answer of what gets me further in the game. Each round I have to consider the pros and cons of voting a person out and try to decide if by voting them out it well get me farther in the long run or not.

LEIF,

1. Is it fairly well known who the targets are for this round or is there a cloud of mystery hanging over this tribe?

I don’t think the targets are fairly well known. It seems no one has a clue what’s going on. I truly dont know myself and it’s kinda giving me an uneasy feeling because anything could happen at this point.

2. Do the questions I ask at Tribal Council ever have any bearing in what goes on during the game?

Yes and No. I mean we’re only really answering this to comply with your rules 😛 but I know some people read up on it and try to decipher the meaning beyond the words but who knows maybe they really don’t read anything at all lol

LISTER,

1. How was your birthday? Was it fun?

It was fantastic Logan thanks for asking. One of the best I’ve had.

2. Ten percent chance you go home but some probably are more vulnerable than others. Where do you fall in vulnerability this round? Or is there comfort in ten options that there’s enough distraction from it not being you?

2. I would love to say there is comfort in there being nine other people who could be voted out tonight beyond myself. However. This is Survivor and the moment you get too comfortable in this game is the moment you find a knife stuck in your back. So no Logan, I do not feel comfort in there being 10 options tonight and if this Tribal Councils falls down tribal lines tonight, then there are really only 5 people who could go home. So with that I do feel pretty vulnerable. Do I hope this vote won’t fall down tribal lines and do I hope that it won’t be me tonight? Of course. However I am no fortune teller so let us wait to see you pull those votes out of your little urn there and tell us who’s being kicked out the door. That will be the answer to everything tonight. This vote tonight could spell out how the next several votes will go down.

MARCELO,

1. Three rounds ago you switched tribes. Now you’re playing with the people you vacated earlier. How are those relationships being mended?

idk

2. What advantages do you have being a duel citizen of both Ooc and Apus?

None

MICHAEL,

1. What’s the state of the union on who may or may not possess hidden immunity idols?

There’s talk of who may or may not have one, but I don’t think its a big deal, I assume someone from both past tribes has one, so I see it as only a 20% chance a played idol would count tonight, givin the perfect circumstances. I wish the odds were smaller but its still a 4/5 chance idols wont matter. So its no big deal.
2. Do you think the person who gets voted out this round deserves it?

I always think the merge boot doesn’t deserve it, they play their game to their greatest exctent, and then everything can flop at the merge. They very easily go from top of the food chain, strait to the jury. Its juts business, nothing personal. I feel I’ve played a very good game so far and don’t deserve to go home, but if that happens then its just bad luck, not justice.
Just saying, Marcelo has THE BEST answeres

NOAH,

1. You’ve been one of the more controversial figures this season. Does that make the game more fun knowing there’s attention on you or are you in a state of worry that it could be you who is ousted this round? Why do you feel that way?

I think it is wonderful. I’m the kind of person who everyone knows who I am in my real life. It’s nice knowing that people know who I am but also it is a worry due to the fact that it may target me.

2. Are allegiances difficult to assess when you’ve only been to one Tribal Council in the first seven eliminations?

I think we all know we’re each other are in terms of friend ships. I think everyone left in the game is wonderful 🙂

SHYAM,

1. Three rounds ago you mutinied. Were you uneasy each of those three rounds if you didn’t win immunity or were you confident in your decision to jump?

I wouldn’t say I was confident of my move to switch to OOC but it wasn’t a foolish move either. I knew my position in Apus tribe and I knew I was the next to take the boot if Apus headed to TC so I figured why not start playing this season all over again with new tribe and new players. And I can say I get along well with players at Ooc and we all share a great rapport.

2. What advantages do you have being a duel citizen of both Ooc and Apus?

Uh…That I know everyone from both the tribes prior to merge. I really can’t come up with an answer for this question…too much food and wine at the Oscar party.

Alright. When you vote please do so in the following format:

(Logan >_>)

Truth be told I’ve never been particularly fond of the guy. There’s something off about him. And that hair? He’s trying waaay too hard to be Ozzy 3.0 I think it’s best we all come together and boot the foo. I hope the cooks at Ponderosa cater to your food cravings. You can relax now because your adventure ends here. Sorry ‘bout that.

Alright, Dave has immunity. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 2:00pm eastern Tuesday, it is time to vote. Wacky tribe, you’re up.

If anybody has a hidden immunity and they decided to play it this round, now would be the time I’d reveal it.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

{{{___8-FINAL IDOL-8___}}}

.

.

.

Who’s there?

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Oh, it’s

.

.

.

.

.

Brian. Brian is playing the hidden immunity idol for himself.

.

.

.

.

.

It is indeed a hidden immunity idol. If he receives the highest number of votes, the idol will activate.

.

.

.

.

.

.

FIRST VOTE:

.

.

.

(DAVID R)

.

.

.

.

.

SECOND VOTE:

.

.

.

.

.

(DAVID)

.

.

.

.

.

That’s two votes David.

.

.

.

.

NEXT VOTE:

.

.

.

.

(DAVID R)

.

.

.

.

That’s three votes David.

.

.

.

.

.

.

NEXT VOTE:

.

.

.

.

(Jamie)

.

.

.

.

.

[Jamie]

.

.

.

.

.

.

Three votes David, two votes Jamie.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

NEXT VOTE:

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

[EAMON]

.

.

.

.

.

SEVENTH VOTE:

.

.

.

.

.

(Eamon)

.

.

.

.

Three votes David, two votes Eamon, and two votes Jamie.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

NEXT VOTE:

.

.

.

.

(Eamon >_>)

.

.

.

.

Three votes Eamon, three votes David, two votes Jamie.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

(eamon)

.

.

.

.

.

.

Two votes left.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

NEXT VOTE:

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

The eighth person voted out of this game and the first member of our jury:

.

.

.

.

.

(Eamon)

.

.

Eamon, the tribe has spoken.

.

(XXXXX)

.

It’s time for you to go.

BRIAN,

(David)

Reason: I don’t want to vote for Noah, just in case he wasn’t lying to me…I hope my idol is the real deal.

{{{___8-FINAL IDOL-8___}}}

I am playing this idol for myself.

(Jamie)

Reason: I don’t want to vote for Noah, just in case he wasn’t lying to me…I hope my idol is the real deal.

{{{___8-FINAL IDOL-8___}}}

I am playing this idol for myself.

(David)

Reason: I don’t want to vote for Noah, just in case he wasn’t lying to me…I hope my idol is the real deal.

{{{___8-FINAL IDOL-8___}}}

I am playing this idol for myself.

(Jamie)

Reason: I don’t want to vote for Noah, just in case he wasn’t lying to me…I hope my idol is the real deal.

{{{___8-FINAL IDOL-8___}}}

I am playing this idol for myself.

DAVE,

(Eamon)

Sorry E-man, I never really had time to get to know you, which is a shame, I’m sure you’re a cool dude. We’re trying to let Shyam feel like he’s in charge of this vote, and Shyam wants you gone, so that’s the way it has to be. Thanks for playing, enjoy Ponderosa! I’ll be seeing you soon if I’m not careful!

DAVID,

I’m voting for:

(Eamon)

Hopefully people bought Noahs acting routine, which is doubtful, and we see an idol flushed as well this round…

EAMON,

(DAVID R)

So I planned to use my Idol on Brian, turns out he has his own idol LMAO.. so yeah I still have mine.

Sorry, just random vote.

JAMIE,

(Eamon)

I don’t get a good vibe from you. Plus, it would be really nice if an idol or two was flushed out this round.

LEIF,

(DAVID R)

voting for david tho we’re hoping the idol in play is real and that the old OOC are forced to vote for each other. Shyam you just made a stupid move if this ever works

LISTER,

[Jamie]
I don’t think you’re going home, but god I hope you do. From my perspective you are right in the middle of things as far as the Oocs are concerned. You might not be number 1 or 2, but you are no lower than number 3 when it comes to who is in control. So hopefully, it’s you and then Apus stands a chance again at a tie vote.

MARCELO,

DAVID

MICHAEL,

[EAMON]

No real reason, It’s just business. later man

NOAH,

My vote is for eamon

SHYAM,

(Eamon >_>)

EPISODE 8 CONFESSIONALS

BRIAN,

Due to previous commitments …
I am sitting out of the Imunity Challenge tomorrow.

What does first * stand for?

VIII

Well that took long enough…based upon the clues you have given out I feel there is a decent chance this may be the real deal.
Here is my fake idol code:
<<<___FINAL-IDOL___>>>

DAVE,

Pfft, so much for endurance :P. Do I win?

The answer to the idol clue appears to be XV. I’d like to submit that answer:

Official idol clue answer: XV

But you’re going to tell me that’s incorrect, and WHY?! I don’t get it.

DAVID R,

Time to try again for this Gee-dee idol:

XVIII * III / II – IV + VIII = XV

If someone casts a vote, can they change it before the due date is expired?

EAMON,

This time, It is 5 vs 6. Leif confessed to me that he penalized the tribe but got a fake idol LMAO.
I think I have a good idea how to use my idol. Finger crossed!

JAMIE,

I want to sit out of this challenge.
Guess: XXXI

If I guess correctly, but someone has already claimed the idol, would you say that the idol has already been claimed, or just say nope?

This is so hard!

LEIF,

Answer to 3rd Idol: XV

can i guess again? if so, XXXI

  • Answer: XVIII * III / II – IV + VIII = XXXI
  • and if that’s wrong XVIII * III / II – IV + VIII = XV

MARCELO,

I want to sit out

  • hints: what is 19 and what is 5
  • ?

the first

NOAH,

I think I’ll sit out

SHYAM,

  • i wanna sit out
  • for the next Immunity challenge
  • And I request for additional idol hint

how about now?

I-11-111-IV-V-VI VII-VIII-IX-III V-X-XI-I-VII-IX-XII-II : XVIII*III/II-IV+VIII =

VII-VI-I-II-III-XIII-I-VII-V XIV-XII-XI-VI III-XII-XIII-XI-VII-IX-XII-II VII-XII VI-XII-XV-I-II II-XI-XV-V-VI-I-XIII-III I-II-XVI III-V-II-XVI-IX-VII VII-XII XIV-XII-XI-VI XVII-V-XIII-XII-XVIII-V-XVI VIII-XII-III-VII VII-XII XIX-XIII-I-IX-XV VII-VIII-V VIII-IX-XVI-XVI-V-II IX-XV-XV-XI-II-IX-VII-XIV IX-XVI-XII-XIII XX-XII-XII-XVI XIII-XI-XVIII-XXI

I-11-111-IV-V-VI VII-VIII-IX-III V-X-XI-I-VII-IX-XII-II : XVIII*III/II-IV+VIII =

VII-VI-I-II-III-XIII-I-VII-V XIV-XII-XI-VI III-XII-XIII-XI-VII-IX-XII-II VII-XII VI-XII-XV-I-II II-XI-XV-V-VI-I-XIII-III I-II-XVI III-V-II-XVI-IX-VII VII-XII XIV-XII-XI-VI XVII-V-XIII-XII-XVIII-V-XVI VIII-XII-III-VII VII-XII XIX-XIII-I-IX-XV VII-VIII-V VIII-IX-XVI-XVI-V-II IX-XV-XV-XI-II-IX-VII-XIV IX-XVI-XII-XIII. XX-XII-XII-XVI XIII-XI-XVIII-XXI.

Proper spacing and the periods are mentioned.

VII-VI-I-II-III-XIII-I-VII-V XIV-XII-XI-VI III-XII-XIII-XI-VII-IX-XII-II VII-XII VI-XII-XV-I-II II-XI-XV-V-VI-I-XIII-III I-II-XVI III-V-II-XVI-IX-VII VII-XII XIV-XII-XI-VI XVII-V-XIII-XII-XVIII-V-XVI VIII-XII-III-VII VII-XII XIX-XIII-I-IX-XV VII-VIII-V VIII-IX-XVI-XVI-V-II IX-XV-XV-XI-II-IX-VII-XIV IX-XVI-XII-XIII. XX-XII-XII-XVI XIII-XI-XVIII-XXI.

  • now?
  • if this is going to be incorrect. I would like to request for additional hints

I wanna know about letter E

Earth to Mr. Host

Number 9 please

Can’t I say all?

jesus…
the 1st please

Requesting for another hint.

I want to the second number 18 please.

EAMON EXIT INTERVIEW

—-

If you’re reading this, it means you have been voted out and likely not particularly thrilled about. Answer these questions while your frustration and the would’ves/could’ves/should’ves are at your peak.

1. I have to get this question of the way first. You published posts saying how angry you were in rounds six and seven that people dared to penalize the tribe. However, you were the first one in the game to penalize the tribe. How much of your anger was an act? And if it wasn’t an act, what’s the difference between what your tribemates did compared to what you did in round one?

I am not good at faking my emotions. Yes I am so angry about that. Because it’s literally destroy my plan to go to the merge with numbers. There’s a difference between my penalized and their penalized. On the first day of the game, I was picked by Kevin who I have no idea of who he is. And I was picked second last, and I instantly pick Leif to be part of the tribe because he played with me before and I really trust this guy.
Because I really don’t care about my tribe, I just choose to penalize them KNOWING that we will , of course, lose the challenge because there’s so many inactives here, including the one whose responsible about choosing me to be part of this cursed tribe. Ugh.
Day by day, I started to think that maybe I can make this game a bit entertaining by trying some of my moves such as trying to take the lead and make them listen to my opinion. I had fun though. LOL
In the beginning I analyzed every single person of who will they probably gonna align with. I spot right on with Fede & Shyam, and Chris and Brian. I didn’t know much about Fede, but I heard about him being such a bro to Branden Billy. So I decided not going to take him as part of my alliance. About Shyam, I’ve heard several rumors about him. I was told that he is a sensitive person, always wanna fight and most of all, he is a drama queen. Sometimes he will not going to do the challenge and will say “guys, I had to go to gym, I will online soon” which is TRUE. HE DID said that on the challenge thread LMAO!!! Okay thank you so much guys for telling me the stories!! HAHHA.
Back to the question, well yeah the difference between my penalized to the tribe is that I did that because I see no hope for me at the beginning. Heck I don’t even care about the people in my tribe last time as I don’t even recognized them. So who cares. As the game progress, I managed to find some power to control the tribe. I lead the majority alliance and thought we’re are solid. But when Leif (he confessed to me that he’s the one who penalized the tribe on round 6) did that, I was thinking WTF? Dude we’re this close to win, what was that for??? Plus I am ABOUT to share this idol with you. But maybe it was my mistake after all since I didn’t tell him earlier.
But of course I didn’t know that it was him until we’ve merge.

2. You hated your tribe, but it appears that the vote was split down tribal lines. Do you still hate your tribe?
I hated my tribe because I dislike negative energy, like losing twice, thrice or more in a row. Plus there’s no girl in our tribe ! I would take any girl, even if it’s Elvera to be part of my tribe just to keep me entertain!! HAHA

3. What went into the plan to get not one not two but THREE Ooc members to jump over to your tribe?
Well the thing is Francisco , Carl and Kristine are the reason why I sign up to play this game. I was hoping I could be on the same tribe with them But turns out I was “taken away” by some unknown dude Kevin.
Marcelo is my no.1 alliance in this game.
I managed to get 3 members from the other tribe to mutiny. How powerful is that? Heh. The plan is to merge with numbers. But things get seriously fucked up when someone decide to penalize the tribe. Shit I didn’t see that coming.

4. You claimed in the opening round that you were screwed in Apus. Yet fast forward to the merge and you appeared to be the ring leader. What is the reason for this turnaround?

This is my 3rd game of Survivor ORG, pretty much I can say that I dislike being in a tribe that doesn’t have a chatterbox like me. I like to talk, make jokes, sharing conversation publically and entertain my tribemates,ONLY if they are the same person as me. What I have in APUS is just a bunch of “game-on” people which is really not my cup of tea. Well hell yeah, you wanna “game on” on me, I’ll “game on” on you.

5. Are there any voteouts pre-merge that you regret?
Kristine and Carl.

6. You were the only one to be present to pick someone to join Apus at the beginning of this game. Do you think factual evidence of you being there on the first day helped you?

Maybe yes, maybe no.

7. How do you feel overall about the penalty idol twist in the game?
It’s good and I like it. At the same time, it’s frustrating when you got “double edged” from it :

8. Do you think your reputation from finishing 1st and 2nd so early in your ORG career was responsible for why you were targeted so early in the merge?
Heh. Could be. Thanks God this is a free game. If it’s about $1M, I would play like you have never seen it on TV before.

9. What move would you have made in hindsight to save the Apus tribe outside of idols?

10. Speaking of idols, I am sure this is the question everyone wants to know. . .

WHY DIDN’T YOU PLAY YOUR IDOL?!
I lost focus on that day. I didn’t communicate with people, I just do whatever people wants me to do. Plus I’m running my own ORG, so yeah. I lost my focus basically.

11. What’s the status of the relationship you have with Carl?
Carl is a great man who I met in POS. I’ve known him for years. So it’s a bit intense when he accused me for penalizing the tribe on round 6. I am a person who will just get loud and make some great TV when people lure me into it.

12. Who do you want to win? Who do you want to lose? Who do you think will win? Who do you think will lose?
I want Marcelo to win. Haha. But I’ve heard that he knew that I will be voted out that time. IDK. You recruited some great liars to play your game. If it’s true or not, I still want Marcelo to win ! 😀 He amuse me with his simple answers haha.
I want Noah, Dave Bronson, David Raccine, Jamie Flick and Michale Graga out from the game. I will only stay loyal to my tribe. If one of the could make it to the final, automatically my vote will be for him!
13. If you have any other thoughts, please share.
Please go to salon, and have some new haircut 😉

On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

Challenge IX: Remember Remember the awful staches of Movember

Inspired By: Terrible mustaches on my university campus that I witnessed during the first season of SCWL.

Date:February 29 – March 3

Have I ever had a mustache: Nope. It’s either beard or nothing.

Winner: Michael Graga

Voted Out: Shyam Sundar  (5-3-2)

ROUND NINE

PREVIOUSLY ON…SURVIVOR!

Eamon is voted out with an idol in his pocket. However, everyone assumed (including Shyam) that Shyam possesses the Apus penalty idol. Shyam arranged for Eamon’s blindside thinking it would lock him into control of his tribe. He’s in a prime position to lead fellow ORGers Jamie and Noah to get to the end of the game. Dave, David, and Michael are presumably playing along with the idea of this top six.

Marcelo approached Shyam last round that Brian was going to be playing the idol so tricking Apus and voting out Eamon instead should prove to Shyam that Marcelo will be a great goat to carry. Essentially, Shyam should have an alliance of seven that resembles Coach’s control in Survivor: South Pacific. Shyam makes a deal with Lister so he is running an alliance of veteran ORGers and an alliance of his original tribe. Shouldn’t he be on cruise control?

MUSTACHE CHALLENGE?

It was November. Season one was reaching its conclusion and I tossed the idea around of hosting a season two after people suggested I should host another one. If you’re on a university campus in November, you know how the majority of males are growing their finest mustaches or participating in No Shave November. Around the third or fourth day I thought I would play on The Mole’s challenge of identifying celebrity noses and instead opted for the more ridiculous idea of identifying celebrity mustaches.

I need to thank Michael for identifying all ten mustaches so the four-way-tie of nine points was broken. You’ve got an eye for facial hair, my friend. Michael is crowned with immunity and everything seems to be going smoothly as Apus sits on death row waiting to be led down the green mile.

SHYAM’S FIRST POOR DECISION

Confessing to Ooc a few rounds ago that he recovered Apus’ penalty idol. The last thing I’d do as a member from the outside is to enter a new harmonious tribe and present any information that could cause dissention. What Penner and Candice did well after they mutinied is that they faded into the background and refrained from strategizing. All they did was work as hard as possible for the tribe in challenges and hope the strategizing of everyone else who is jockeying for a higher position will wipe each other out. Kristine and Carl failed to do this by stirring up conflict after they did the mutiny.

Shyam failed to do this when he said “Hey guys, I have an idol! Want to let me into your alliance as the sixth man even though I have a blatant tool that can break up your pretty little group? Okay, thanks.”

SHYAM’S SECOND POOR DECISION

Marcelo only goes to Shyam, David, and Michael. What does Shyam do? Agree to boot the one guy who has pledged allegiance to him. David and Michael however see the potential of a Cochran-like figure in Marcelo and acknowledge the value he has to advancing into the game. Why boot a guy who will never win challenges and has betrayed both camps? Hmmm. David and Michael think about what to do.

CONNECTIONS COME OUT

Nobody has told me this explicitly but I think Noah and Shyam’s connection surfaced and then Noah and Jamie sharing an idol made this a dangerous trio. David, Michael, and Dave likely pressured Noah and Jamie that the looming outsider needs to be booted. If I’m Noah and Jamie, the last thing I want to do is piss off enough people who could flop sides next round and eliminate us all in a row. Why not sell out Shyam this round to keep our top five in place rather than guarantee we’re 9-8-7? I think Noah and Jamie were bright enough to think along these lines. Suddenly Shyam’s power trip is evaporating quickly.

APUS THINKS THEY HAVE A SECOND CHANCE

Leif, Lister, and Brian are all promised by Shyam and other Ooc members that Marcelo’s betrayal will be avenged and they all will be bought one more round of time to come up with a new plan.

PLAN IS IN MOTION

Shyam votes Marcelo and tells him to vote Lister. Marcelo votes Lister. Lister self-votes. Leif votes Marcelo. Brian votes Marcelo. It’s 3-2. Marcelo and Lister are the two up on the chopping block. But as mentioned before, the plan to oust Shyam is in motion and out of nowhere a 5-3-2 vote takes place. Shyam is snuffed and suddenly the game is 5-3-1 with the 5 being as tight as the 5 from last season. Their allegiance is as certain as Noah asking when challenges and results will be posted.

WHERE THE CONFESSIONALS BE AT?

Very few confessionals have been sent lately. Where they be at? :/

SHYAM’S GONE WITHOUT PLAYING HIS FAKE IDOL

I have to say Shyam does a good job of always trying to make games exciting. He frequently mutinies, he aggressively works for control, he sends in great confessionals, and confronts other players. Am I allowed to consider him for an all-star? How about a season down the line featuring Scott, Elvera, Fiona (who has since left the ORG world), Anton, Kristine, Carl, Shyam, David, Noah, and Eamon? Even Mt. Vesuvius would be saying “Daaaaamn” if that made up the cast. Of course I doubt that can happen when we’re trying to find a reason for mixing 13th, 14th, 12th, 10th place finishers with those who in the top five. Sorry. Ain’t happening.

Just musing with ideas 5-10 seasons down the line. Hopefully whoever has played in an earlier season and is reading this blog will be motivated to seek out new players for future seasons. That’s the key to having a successful season involving past players.

I WAS BLINDSIDED TOO

I didn’t expect Shyam to go. Considering Eamon and Shyam both thought they had the Apus idol and didn’t play it, I would say that these were the two biggest blindsides of the series. I think Jay’s elimination is the only one I can recall where the victim absolutely didn’t see it coming.

WHERE DO WE GO FROM HERE

Much like what we saw in season one. Apus will all go in a row and the core of Ooc players will be battling for the title. But who knows. We’ve got an experienced player in Lister and an extremely smart newbie in Brian who could turn it around. I don’t think they will, but hey, how fun would my blogs be if I acknowledge nothing will happen for four rounds?

Oh, and note to the Ooc 5: Don’t quit if you guys make up the remaining five. That killed the possibility of a great climax last season. I can’t handle a letdown like that back-to-back seasons.

9: Leif

8: Brian

7: Marcelo

6: Lister

5: Dave

4: Jamie

3: David

2 : Noah

1 : Michael.

Heh, the only person who I kept in the same position as the previous round was Noah. I can’t think of a scenario where he doesn’t finish second. The reason why Michael is so high is that he seems to be the Marty of last season – a lot of people can beat him in the Final Two but unlike Marty, Michael won’t see the biggest goat quit right before the end. Michael won’t have to worry about facing off against super duper challenge threat in Dave, the charming player in Jamie, or the strategically savvy soon-to-be-villain David.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #9

(BRIAN)-(DAVE)-(DAVID)-(JAMIE)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)-(MICHAEL)-(NOAH)-(SHYAM)

XXX
… (WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)-(EAMON)

We will not bring in the first member of our jury, Eamon. He will see the transcript of this TC when the next person heads to the jury house.

You MUST answer your questions in order for your vote to count.

BRIAN,

1. What rumours were you hearing that led you to play an idol?

Eamon told me that he thought votes were going my way, and I believed he was being truthful. I wasn’t shocked that he was misinformed, but I decided to play it safe.
2. Any regrets about the decision knowing you don’t have an idol to protect yourself in the future?
Do I wish I still had the idol?…yeah, but I still feel I made the best decision I could knowing what I did at the time.
DAVE,

1. This is the first round you’ve been vulnerable at Tribal Council. Any strategy change because you’re vulnerable this round?

Nope, my strategy has stayed pretty consistent since we started this crazy game. Vulnerable or not, I don’t see how it makes much of a difference.
2. Describe the position the former Ooc members are in.
Good, I guess. Yeah, good.

Well that was boring.

3. How are the waves? (Not a question asked by production. Dave asked himself this.)

Brah, it’s just like, dude. You get the best barrels ever, dude. It’s like, you pull in and you just get spit right out of them. You just drop in and smack the lip WABAM! Drop down, BAhahhhh. Then after that, you just drop in, ride the barrel and get pitted. SO PITTED.

DAVID,

1. How much do you think about the jury at this point?

1. How much do you think about the jury at this point?IDK
2. How secure do you feel this round?IDK

Just kidding…

1. How much do you think about the jury at this point?

I’ve started thinking about it more and more. I mean, I just realized I’ve never even talked to Eamon so for him to get a feel for my character and gameplay might be extremely hard. It is something a lot of us have to think about now; how we’re perceived by others. Someone could be doing literally nothing on their tribe strategy wise, and still look like a mastermind; or vice versa, they could be calling the shots and look inactive. It’s all about perception.

2. How secure do you feel this round?
Well it looks like we have a majority alliance, but i’ll never ever feel sure or cocky of my position. Things can change in two seconds in this game, and I did receive the majority of the opposition votes last tribal so I can’t feel too safe.

JAMIE,

1. How do you think the others perceive you at this point?

I’m not really sure. Hopefully they perceive me in a good light.
2. What has surprised you the most about the game thus far?
The challenges have surprised me the most so far. They are very creative, unique, and challenging. It makes for a great game!

LEIF,

1. Does someone from Apus have a shot at winning this game?

If you mean original Apus, then yes there is still someone who has a shot at winning this game from our old tribe.
2. How certain are you of who’s being voted out this round?
I am not certain as to who it will be, but I’m fairly certain it will be someone from new Apus sadly.

LISTER,

1. Why do you think Brian wasted an idol?

Well clearly Brian thought he was going to get voted out so I don’t think in his mind he was wasting it when he decided to play.
2. Why do you think Eamon received the majority of the votes last round?
Well my best guess would be that he was perceived to be the biggest threat so what do you do with your biggest threats, you vote their asses out.

MARCELO,

1. Describe why you typically type less than five or six letters in response to Tribal Council questions.

IDK
2. Why or why not do you think not participating fully in the first couple individual immunities works in your favour?
IDK

MICHAEL,

1. Your first individual win. Would there ever be a time where you’d give it up to somebody else in this game?

yeah I definately could, I could see it for a few reasons. There’s many ways to use a necklace, its kinda like a HII except more outspoken. It can bring more than immunity to situations, so I could totally see myself giving it away in the future
2. Is there a part of you hoping the other two remaining idols are exposed this round while you yourself are immune to its effects?
I am totally hoping the idols are gone and out of the way, but I don’t think they are. So I’m hoping they get used pretty dang soon. They scare me

NOAH,

1. Describe the position that the Apus tribe is in.

I think the Apus tribe is trying to pull anything they can out of there hat to try and break us up. Who can really blame them?
2. Where do you fit into this group of ten individuals?
Well I fit in with the group somewhere in the middle. I feel like if I sit in the middle then I’m protected from wind,rain, hail, bats, snakes, rats, drive by shootings, zombies but maybe not a grenade.

SHYAM,

1. Do you think there’s anyone remaining who hasn’t lied?

People lie all the time be it in survivor or outside survivor. We are humans after all. So far I caught some on their lies and some I hope they don’t prove me wrong. Only time can answer to my curiosity.
2. Is it annoying to know that because your name is the last one alphabetically that you will usually end up with the lamest questions possible?
Thank you for bringing up this question. I have been the victim to the lame question in the TC for most of this season. Come on, you can do better than this.
BRIAN: Hey, if you flop on your tribe I bet Logan will find some interesting questions for you lol

Alright, when you vote please do so in the following format:

(R.I.P. Logan)

Reason: His cat’s breath smells like cat food.

Michael has immunity. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 9:00pm eastern Saturday, it is time to vote. Wacky tribe, you’re up.

If anybody has a hidden immunity idol and they want to play it, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be asked to leave the Tribal Council area immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
.
First vote:
.
.
.
.
Self-vote: (LISTER)
.
.
.
.
.
Second vote:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(LIZZZZTER)
.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(MARCELO)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(MARCELO – IDK)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Two votes Marcelo, two votes Lister.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(R.I.P Marcello)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Three votes Marcelo, two votes Lister.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SIXTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Shyam Sundar)
.
.
.
.
.
.
Three votes Marcelo, two votes Lister, one vote Shyam.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Shyam)
.
.
.
.
.
.
Three votes Marcelo, two votes Lister, two votes Shyam.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Shyam)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Three votes Marcelo, three votes Shyam, two votes Lister.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NINTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Shy)
.
.
.
.
.
.
Four votes Shyam, three votes Marcelo, two votes Lister, one vote left.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
TENTH AND FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
The ninth person voted out of the game and the second member of our jury:
.
.
.
.
.
(SHYAM)
.
Shyam, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

Well, Shyam was in such shock that you managed to leave him speechless.

Two votes into the merge and we have two of the biggest blindsides in the history of the series. Always be careful of who you trust in this game.

TC VOTING #9

—–

BRIAN,

(MARCELO – IDK)

Reason: Why is he probably going to beat me?

DAVE,

*Throws jacket over shoulder*

(Shyam Sundar)

To be honest Shyam, I still think you lied to me in the very first challenge before tribes were even picked and I haven’t trusted you since. I have to thank you for helping our alliance in the first post-merge vote, but your time has come. So unless this plan leaks out somehow and you play that supposed idol of yours, this is goodbye. Thanks for playing! You’re an interesting guy, it was fun playing with you.

DAVID,

I vote for:

(Shyam)

You’ll hate me for this and even more when you find out I initiated it, but it’s all about gaining back control when you see it being slowly taken away. Hopefully this works, if not it will be my downfall.

JAMIE,

VOTE

(Shyam)

You are trying to call the shots and you are getting too cocky. It’s time for you to go!

LEIF,

(MARCELO) Because he has been a traitor all along

MARCELO,

LIZZZTER

MICHAEL,

(Shy)

Reason: you got an idol dude, that’s dangerous. Its been fun but honestly? You came in here, tried to take over my house, and we played your little game. It almost worked too, until you revealed too much to the wrong person. Later man

Hey Logan, how do I give my immunity away?

NOAH,

My vote is shyam

SHYAM,

  • (R.I.P Marcello)

  • oh btw please edit my confession if you can. I usually do confessionals late night so grammatical error might be a frequent sight.

CONFESSIONALS

—-

BRIAN,

What can I say…Eamon agreed that I should play my idol for myself, yeah it was kinda a waste but now I can just play without being paranoid over whether to use my idol.

DAVID,

CONFESSIONAL:

The merge was a lot of fun and a lot of planning was involved for the former Ooc tribe. We figured we’d hit two birds with one stone and try to flush Brian’s idol at the same time and thankfully it worked. I’m really fortunate in this game to be with an alliance that see’s the value in communication, and I think we only make each other better.

As for Brian’s idol being played, 2 things were involved. First, Noah wanted to just plainly drop that we were voting for Brian to Leif. What may come as a surprise to many people including the Apus tribe, is that the difference at last tribal was Marcelo! Yes i knew he was voting for me, and yes he leaked false information to his tribe.

As much as he pretty much acts uninterested and completely non-chalant about the game, he came up to me and we actually had a good strategy talk. I told him I could get the Ooc to trust him again if he proved it, and HE told me Brian had the idol so we should vote for someone else. He then assured me that he would tell them we were voting Brian and vote for one of us anyways so they wouldn’t know, and the rest is history. He really surprised me… What’s next, long flowing text in response to a TC question?

Today’s challenge couldn’t have played out better. I’m glad Michael won, and I have a new plan set in motion that will (hopefully) make next tribal crazy as hell. Like, this person will be in complete shock unless someone leaks.

I will not exit this game well-liked, because i’m lying like there’s no tomorrow and actually creating friendships with a lot of them… If i win, cool; if i lose or leave soon because i’m over-strategizing, that’s fine too.

MICHAEL,

You gotta do something about the past vote-outs, they ruin the games of the people still in the game. Kristine did it, and now eamon is doing it. This can’t happen. They’re voted out, they are out of the game, they are not in the game anymore, if they can reveal this info then why not let them vote in the tribal councils from now on? Its crazy! I know you can’t moniter private messages, that’s ok. But you shouldn’t let them post in the main topic either. Kick them and make a “ponderosa” thread where you update them on the game, and put in the tribal Q and A’s. But don’t let them reveal vital info to those still in the game

This isn’t really your fault, its theirs, they shouldn’t be so angry at a bunch of internet strangers cause we voted them off of a fake survivor game with no real prize. but you’re the host so you gotta do something about it to keep the game as pure and real as possible

SHYAM,

Confessional: Tables have turned baby!

It has been a while since my last confession father…uh logan. Let me take you back to the tribal when fede was voted out. Well yea, fede took the boot and I voted with him against Chris knowingly that Chris won’t be going home. And I also knew I would be taking the boot next but I wasn’t scared because I stick to what I believe is right, whatever the consequences I will have to face. And now having being the odd man out (I am not involving lister here because I don’t want him to be a target for aligning with me. I appreciate his effort in being ready to help me.) I thought that I have nothing to lose in trying to get the penalty idol. Because the APUS will be losing the next challenge and I will be the taking the boot. So why not make it easier for them to lose? And I ended up getting the penalty idol and made things more interesting by making a fake penalty idol. I was readily armed to play the idol and take Chris out in the next tribal but survivor Gods favored me by making logan to announce the munity twist. And I jumped to it. I knew I might be the target if the OOC loses the challenge but it was risky worthy of taking. And already having a good rapport with Dave, David and Noah somehow made up to my insecurity.

Day one in OOC was great and I got myself acquainted with everyone and we worked really well as a tribe in the challenge and we won! My first time not having to sit in the tribal which felt great. And I was curious about who in APUS will take the fake idol. I kind of predicted it would be Carl or Eamon. And I want to see either one of them play the idol and make a fool of themselves. And I was doubly happy when I saw APUS lose because they requested for penalty idol. My only concern was Lister’s safety in APUS. He is really a great guy and I want to see him go far in this season. I knew before the munity that Noah has the penalty idol in his tribe and we both made final 2 deal in day one. He seemed like a good candidate to go to the final because of several reasons. He cannot be diplomatic to the jury which is the key for winning. He loves being vocal and stepping on other people’s toes. He does not have patience to answer to the jury’s mind numbing questions and statement. So he seems like a good candidate, right?

I worked myself being sociable with everyone in the OOC and had private chat with Dave, David, Noah and few times with michael. Jamie I know what she is capable of and her strategy. Jamie is not a threat…for now. I was surprised to see Chris taking the boot and the funny thing, Chris told me he solved the hidden idol clue with Brian and he got blindsided. Sounds like Boston Rob giving saying he won’t vote you out and next thing you know you are taking the boot? And third victory for OOC in a row and it was good to see “all talk no game” Carl take the boot. Oh how I loved to see him taking the boot. Next we know, both the tribe was asked to vote on merge. I try to persuade the ooc on not merging because I seriously do not want to give another chance for APUS members to to gain momentum (sorry Lister!). But the majority in the OOC wanted to merge so be it. Post merge there was hidden immunity idol wit clues in my mailbox and I tired to solve it but no luck and I approached David because he is smart and sane minded like myself and we share a great rapport. Thats when he surprised me by telling me that he solved the clues long ago but everytime he sent the answer, it was turned to be wrong. So I felt betrayed but after learning he solved before the munity made up to my wrong assumption of being betrayed.
So we both solved and tried with different answers but all turned out to be wrong answers. We both gave up for good. I could not participate in the first challenge post merge because I requested for the hidden immunity idol. And Dave won the challenge, further cementing people’s fear that he is a challenge threat. And when it came to vote, Noah pushed LIster’s name and ooc have the numbers seem to consider the idea of voting out Lister. I acted at very instant to get lister’s name out of people’s mind by vouching for Eamon. Everyone knew Eamon was a threat and it felt right moment to vote him out. Next I hear Brian’s name being thrown around and idea of flushing out his idol. That’s when Brian approached me to talk about the voting strategy. He confirmed my doubt about him having hidden idol by indirectly threatening me that i would be in trouble if he plays the idol because in this season it states that the people who votes for person, who in turn plays an idol, will be heading to another tribal where they will have to vote one person out. Me being the only non-original ooc, Brian said I would be in trouble if the entire ooc clan heads to tribal. In a way, he stopped me from warning him not to play the idol because I was about to warn him that the vote is actually going for Eamon not him. I have zero tolerance for threat or cocky attitude. So it happened, Brian wasted his idol and Eamon took the boot. I lied to Brian that it was last min change of plan and I did not have the time to warn him. And I also told him how Marcello knew about the OOC’s plan through David and purposely did not warn Brian. This way I made Brian know that I have nothing against him or Lister. Which is the truth. Now I don’t have to worry about the idol because there is only two left in the game, one with Noah and other one with me. Next target in the TC will be Marcello. He needs to go. Players like him have are spineless, only concerned about his chances of going far in the game.

SHYAM EXIT INTERVIEW

—-

1) How was playing an ORG with predominantly new ORGers compare to typically playing with the same 25-30 people over and over again?
It added the excitement, thrill and insecurity which made being part of the game worthwhile.

2) What was your strategy in the initial challenge with the cryptogram? Do you think that was a smart move?
I SUCKED major in the cryptogram and that’s ok. Some people are good at certain things and some are not. My strategy was to get hold of another idol but solving the cryptogram by teaming up with David Racine. He surprised me by confessing that he already solved it but he did not get it right so we both worked together in trying to get hold of it but no luck. And I am on a tight semester which made it hard for me to give my 100% in this season. I think it was a smart move to team up with someone to find an idol and share it while I still have an idol in my pocket.

3) What was your take on how Kevin picked people to be on Apus?
I thought he was upto something…he is always unto some scheme (s).
4) Why do you think Fede is targeted on Apus? How would you rank your tribemates decision to boot Fede in terms of good gameplay?
Fede was targeted because of his inability to be social with some players and of course my tribe had some pretty stupid players who can never think straight or use their head for instance. I was disappointed with Fede’s vote.

5) You sit out and sure enough pick up a hidden immunity idol code. Did you share that you found it or the code itself with anyone else in the game? If so, why do that?
I did…with David Racine. Because I could’t solve the cryptogram by myself.

6) Explain the thought process behind deciding to mutiny. And why did you end up jumping ship to the other tribe?
Simple. Because after Fede’s vote I pretty much figured out i was next on the chopping block.

7) You were lucky enough that the tribe you switched to won three immunities, and instead two mutineers on Apus were voted out instead. If Ooc had lost 1-3 immunity challenges, would you have been in danger? If not, who would’ve been gone?
I highly doubt it because I was on good terms with key players like David Racine, Noah and Dave Bronson. And I was active in the challenges…and an idol in my pocket provided that extra security.

You voted to merge. If you hadn’t, and the tribe phase lasted an additional two rounds, you wouldn’t be here right now. Any regrets over that move? Do you think it would’ve made a difference to get you to the end of the game?

Only regret was my inability to constantly interact with the tribe mates. My tight school schedule was reason behind that. Had I had ample amount of time? I would have sensed that I was about to be blindsided.

9) You had an idol code in your pocket when you were voted out of the game. What made you feel so safe and not to play it? And how do you think they blindsided you?

Like my previous answer. I did not have time in my favor to sense a blindside coming. And of course Noah screwed me over.
10) Is there anyone you hold solely responsible for your elimination?
I would say Noah. He knew I had the idol and he could have warned me and I would have played the idol and probably gone all the way to the final tribal.

11) How do the twists in this ORG contrast with twists in other ORGs you’ve played? Is the game tougher because so many of the twists are relying upon the players themselves to take advantage of it?
The twist here is more realistic like the actual show than other ORGS I played. I hate it when there are 5 twists in one season or some mundane twist made up by the host. Players can hope for the twist to work in their favor, like it did for me this season. One may never know.

12) Who do you think will be voted out next? Who do you want to be voted out next? Who do you think will win? Who do you want to win?
I am so sorry that I was busy with my mid terms prep during the week you sent me this questionnaire. I hope for the best man to win.

13) If you have any other thoughts, please share.
I had a blast with this season and I hope to be selected, if there is an all star season in future.

Challenge X: You Only Have to Pay Shipping and Handling!

Inspired By: Those flawed ORG challenges where you are required to buy stuff.

Date: March 4 – March 8

Winner: Brian W.

Voted out: Leif Rey Bornales (6-2-1)

ROUND TEN BLOG

SO…NOW WHAT?
If contemporary Survivor has taught us anything, it’s that an alliance on day one does not break whatsoever. We are long past the days of Africa, Marquesas, Cesternino, and Fairplay who all tried their damndest to switch up the game and found their closest allies to be chess pieces. Fast forward to Survivor 2011 and the game has reverted back to the earliest stints of Survivor where everyone is too scared to jump ship or else their game is sunk. Hopefully Survivor: One World changes this and inspires the players of today by switching alliances and still end up in the winner’s circle.
It’s funny. Thousands of online games and 24 seasons of TV Survivor later and the person who jumps ship from the majority NEVER wins. Think about it.

BORNEO: Kelly loses after working with Pagong. Richard wins for loyalty.
MARQUESAS: Neleh loses after going back on her agreement to root for John Carrol’s success. Vecepia wins for not having close loyalties to anyone in the end-game.
PEARL ISLANDS: Lil loses after re-entering the game to eliminate Savage and Ryno. Sandra wins for not betraying anyone.
ALL STARS: Bee Rob loses after betraying his alliance with Lex, Kathy, and Shii-Ann. Amber wins for having no say in those alliance agreements.
VANUATU: Twila loses for eliminating Leann. Chris wins because he was willing to go the death with the men.
GUATEMALA: Stepheme loses for burning Jamie, Judd, and Lydia. Danni wins for going to the death with Newkum. (See what I did there? Newkum.)
EXILE ISLAND: Danielle loses for slitting Terry’s throat. Aras wins because he was just doing what was necessary to thwart Terry’s almighty challenge prowess.
FIJI: Dreamz loses for going back on a promise he made to, well, every single juror except Stacey and Michelle. Earl wins because he never flopped from his intentions.
CHINA: Amanda loses because she made unnecessary promises with PG and Denise that she couldn’t keep. It was enough to put the win in Todd’s pocket who despite receiving votes was openly against PG and Denise prior to their eliminations.
GABON: Sugar loses because she went wherever the Sugar Shack blew. Bob is rewarded for taking Kota to the bitter end.
SAMOA: Russell is penalized for his millions of alliances and cussing out everyone in the process. Natalie wins because she never committed to any alliances outside of whatever Russell seeds were planted in her. Shambo was dumped shortly after flipping.
HEROES VS. VILLAINS: Sandra wins because she didn’t try nor associate with the blindsides of Candice, Danielle, Rupert, and Jerri. Candice and Rupert were dumped shortly after flipping to the dark side.
NICARAGUA: Fabio wins against super wishy washy player in Chase and mortgage broker in Sash o’ Frash.
RI: Players refuse to flip. Anyone who had relations with outsiders such as Ashley, Grant, Matt, and Andrea aren’t even allowed to be in the Final 3.
SOUTH PACIFIC: Cochran flops alliances. Goes home in seventh.
SCWL1: Scott knows he has zero chance of winning because he dumped his initially pledged allegiance to Aaron, Ryan, and Brian.
SCWL2: Shyam, Kristine, and Carl went home in three of four rounds after mutiny. Marcelo has a CNN projection of finishing sixth in this horse race.
So you see. Twelve years later and players have finally learned that there is little advantage to jump ship unless it’s something like China when EVERYONE in the alliance agrees to boot one of their own. If there isn’t unanimity, it is dang near impossible for players to agree to it anymore.
The only exception I can think of is Caseboy and Buffyboy from Survivor Guy 886’s Online Survivor series. They acted as a third tribe in each game they played and made sure the two tribes hated each other, thus both tribes were always looking to the pair to help eliminate the other side. This duo would alternate until both sides were wiped out and voila they’re in the Final Two and everyone is universally pissed they have to vote for one of the two.
BACK ON TRACK
So Ooc worked together to eliminate Shyam. However, the five who ousted Shyam were the only five to vote him out. What does this mean? It means they are a very close group who work together extremely well. They were the only five in full agreement to boot Francisco. Any who dissented have been voted out (Francisco, Carl, and Kristine), and the one who reluctantly agreed (Marcelo) is pretty much accepting the fact he won’t get to the end and is doing the best as being a pawn.
I consider them to be more successful than the five-person alliance from Coo last season who had less obstacles to face. Ooc has been able to wash away two opposing idols and eliminate any outliers in the process.
BRIAN IS THE NEXT TARGET
I thought it was Leif but during this round but they spelled it out that Brian needed to go. Luckily, Brian understood that shipping rates to Canada are what count and the infamous million dollar shipping cost buys him more time to bring a rally together. Unfortunately Brian has drawn too much attention to himself as being an extremely strong and likeable player that he really doesn’t have a chance to get to the end unless he goes on an Adam Sanders-like immunity run from my prequel season. And considering Brian is a newbie facing off against equally literate or much more experienced ORG players, this path is set up to be impossible.
STRAIGHT FORWARD VOTEOUT
This is why I wanted Brian and Eamon to use their idols in a smarter fashion. I knew this would happen. Brian tries to orchestrate a blindside of Dave but his efforts prove futile. Ooc comes together to eliminate the back-up plan in Leif.
LISTER’S MOVE
When the chips are down but you know you’re not threatening enough to be at risk this round, sometimes you need to do anything to distinguish yourself from the looming targets. Lister votes David hoping he can break association from the almighty Brian. It will work only five percent of the time but it is worth a try.
THE CHALLENGE
A bit late for this blog in contrast with all of the post-IC discussion but I feel I need to address it. Most challenges require you to shop for items online and they can be anything as long as they meet the criteria. However, most hosts tend to forget to specify the rules about shipping or when/where/which currency things can be purchased in. I decided to correct this error and hinged this challenge on the players’ ability to look up shipping rates to Canada. I was originally going to ask people to buy things that I wanted, but when I decided immunity will be awarded on HIGHEST shipping costs, having people research things I want to buy wouldn’t exactly be too helpful to me.
8: Brian
7: Marcelo
6: Lister
5: Dave
4: Jamie
3: David
2 : Noah
1 : Michael.
For once I guessed the correct boot regardless if it was by luck. We say goodbye to Leif and I assume Brian or Lister will be D-O-N-E next round.

TRIBAL COUNCIL 10

—-

(*BRIAN*)-(DAVE)-(DAVID)-(JAMIE)-(LEIF)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)-(MICHAEL)-(NOAH)
XXX
(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(SHYAM)

You MUST answer your questions for your vote to count.

BRIAN,

1. You won immunity. Do you think you robbed someone else from being safe this round or did you really need it?

I’ve heard my name being thrown around for the past 2 votes, and am sure I would have been strongly considered again as a target.

2. What can you do with immunity this early in the merge?

I can go to bed tomorrow night, and sleep well knowing that I will still be in the game Thursday morning!

1. For once you’re not even close in the running for immunity. What does that say about the level of competition now that we’re well into the second half of the game?

Honestly, not much. I made the stupid mistake of thinking the challenge ended tonight instead of monday night. If I’d known, I definitely would have sent in something to avoid the challenge strike 😦

2. Two blindsides so far in the merge. Do you think people sense another blindside coming?

No, I think the person leaving next is probably expecting it.

DAVID,

1. Pure-blooded Ooc members have done very well so far in this game. What’s the secret to that success?

I think we’ve just operated on simple principles from the beginning; we gave our all in pre-merge challenges and when we were forced to go to tribal we kept the same small, tight knit group and got rid of people who we thought trust might be an issue later in the future.

2. What’s the criteria for who you vote out this round?

We took a chance voting for Shyam last round, which means our numbers are now at 5-4. We would be crazy to vote out anyone but an Apus, so the criteria this round is simply to aim for the biggest threat over there.

JAMIE,

1. You were right there for immunity for the second round in a row. What’s your motivation for trying to win immunity?

Everyone should have motivation to try to win immunity. Having immunity is a very important part of the game.

2. A former member of Apus has been eliminated in eight out of nine rounds. What is it that they’ve been doing wrong all along?

From the very beginning they were doomed. It just happened that they were the weaker tribe and it’s just the way everything worked out.

LEIF,

1. Do you think there’s people left in the game who are unaware of their position in the tribe?
I believe so, especially after last round, I am sure people are thinking that maybe they don’t know what their position is at all

2. If so, what techniques do you use to make them aware of that?
Give them pure cold hard facts

LISTER,

1. You miss a TC vote and you miss a challenge. A rare bout of inactivity. Is there a loss of motivation to win this game after losing so many dang challenges?
2. How do you think inactives will be treated by the rest of the tribe at this stage of the game?

1. Oh believe me I’m pissed at myself for doing that. I’ve just had some real life conflicts popping up over this past week and it’s affected my game playing. As for motivation, I still want to win. Plain and simple. Yes, morale may be down for me, but the game’s not over until your torch has been snuffed.

2. Well there are really two ways inactives can be looked at. The first way is to just say “f*** you” to the inactives and vote their asses out because they don’t deserve to be there, or the other option where inactives are chosen to stay around longer because they don’t pose a threat. Tough to say what this tribe will do when looking at inactives.

MARCELO,

1. Should I even bother asking you a question?

YES
2. Or how about this one?

NO

MICHAEL,

1. How much of the gameplay at this point are power grabs at trying to win jury votes rather than doing whatever it takes to make sure you don’t get eliminated this round?

I’ve been feeling confident I wont go home, so my main thing is trying to win jury votes. I have no guarantee I’ll get to the end but in the event I do I’d like to be prepared. I woulden’t say they’re “power grabs” but I’ve defiantely been talking to some people.

2. I was going to ask Marcelo this question but I’ll let you answer it for him – why do you think Marcelo is the last one of the mutineers to still be alive? And why were mutineers kicked out in three out of four rounds following the mutiny?

IDK

Nah but really, I feel like Marcelo has an “IDK” strategy, or a Fabio gameplay. he’s gonna hang around and not do much, not be a threat in challenges, and then will stay around for awhile, then he’ll win the last few immunity’s and take the game. As for why he’s the last to stay alive, from what I’ve heard he went right up to the APUS members and said he would do whatever they said to stay alive, so they booted Kristine and Carl. also, Jamie and Chris apparantly had a cross-tribal alliance… or so they say, and it sounds like we trusted jamie alot more than they trusted Chris. The Shy boot can remain a mystery 🙂

NOAH,

1. There’s been rumours flying around that you’re in possession of the Ooc penalty idol. Does that help you or hurt you with potentially such a key piece of information as public knowledge?

The best way to describe my answer is just listen to Adele’s song, rumour has it. Just cause I said it dont mean that I ment it.

2. If you have the Ooc idol, and Brian played the final idol, then where do people suspect that the Apus idol is located?

2.most know that Shyam had the Apus idol. Weather it was true or not is a different story. Clearly that idol still plays heavily in what choices we make. As of tonight we can only say that who is leaving may not know. We keep a tight knit group and 2 blindsides clearly say something.

Alright, when you vote please do so in the following format:

(LoGaN)

Reason: If you gave us so little time to do the challenge then I’ll put so little time in writing up my reason for voting you.

Brian is safe with the asterisks around his name (which for some reason I forgot to put around Dave and Michael’s names in the two previous rounds). Alright, between now and 2:00am eastern Thursday, it is time to vote. Wacky tribe, you’re up.

If anybody has a hidden immunity idol and they played it this round, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NOAH: (((–OOC PENALTY IDOL–)))
.
.
.
The rules of my Survivor that if a player plays an idol and receives the highest number of votes, then whoever casts votes for that person will stay behind for a new TC and all other players head back to camp.
.
.
.
.
.
This is indeed a hidden immunity idol. Noah is safe from being eliminated this round. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Leif)
.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Leif Rey Bornales)
.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(LEIF!)
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Leif)
.
.
.
That’s four votes Leif. Still don’t have votes for anybody else.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(DAVE)
.
.
.
Four votes Leif, one vote Dave.
.
.
.
.
SIXTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(DAVE as in DAVE BRONSON)
.
.
.
.
That is four votes Leif, one vote Dave, and one vote Dave as if it were (and may possibly be) Dave Bronson.
.
.
.
.
SEVENTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
[David as opposed to Dave]
.
.
.
.
That is four votes Leif, two votes Dave, and one vote for any David who does not go by Dave.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Tenth person voted out of this game and the third member of our jury:
.
.
.
.
(Leif)
.
.
.
Leif, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

LEIF: whoever got Noah to play his idol good job 🙂 Good luck to the rest of you!

MICHAEL: Wait a minute… NOAH HAD AN IDOL?!?!??

Well, for the second time in three TCs, an idol is played and wasted. Clearly not everyone thinks they are 100% safe which means there is uncertainty about everyone’s position in the tribe. The question is can you figure out your position before it’s too late?

I’ll see you guys in the middle of the afternoon for your next challenge.

TC VOTING #10

—–

BRIAN,

(DAVE)

Reason: Blindsiding people looks fun, so I want to attempt one of my own.

DAVE,

(Leif Rey Bornales)

Sorry man, you get on my nerves and I don’t like being around you. Nothing personal.

Kidding!

Leif, unfortunately I haven’t gotten to know you too well, but you seem like a cool guy and you’ve done well to make it as far as you have. Good game! Enjoy the jury!

DAVID,

I vote:

(Leif)

Reason: People would be crazy not to thin down the Apus numbers after we took some liberties last round. I know brians working hard but hopefully there are no surprises…

JAMIE,

Vote:

(Leif)

It’s what my alliance wants right now. Well, Brian would’ve been nice to vote out, but he wasn’t available to do so.

LEIF,

(DAVE as in DAVE BRONSON) we’re trying this weird thing to try and get majority and unfortunately it has to be you. otherwise we’re still on the chopping block and we’re going out lol

LISTER,

[David as opposed to Dave]
“Setting myself apart from the pack on this one to try and prolong my life in this game. David i know you arent going and this will be your only vote tonight. Leys just hope its enough for Ooc not fo see me as Apus.”

MARCELO,

LEIF!

MICHAEL,

(Leif)

Sorry dude, Majority rules

NOAH,

  • Leif

  • (((–OOC PENALTY IDOL–)))
  • Can u at least tell me if you got my message about me being away?

CONFESSIONALS

—-

JAMIE,

  • Question about the challenge.. For “a tennis ball,” does it have to be only one tennis ball and not a pack of them?

  • Also, there is an item that says it has a certain price for shipping, but when I click on the link, it changes. Is there anyway I can take a screen cap of this?

  • Sorry.. Another question. For the Columbia Pictures DVD.. Does it have to be only DVD or can it be the Blu Ray/ DVD combo?

*Yep. That was the only confessional sent. Pretty quiet episode. Leif Bornales goes as quietly as Leif Manson.*

Woops. Forgot his interview. Thanks for reminding me, Leif. 🙂

1) So let’s go back to the beginning. I must say that for being the absolute last person to be picked for Apus that you survived six pre-merge and two post-merge TCs is impressive. Mervin wins last season after being picked last and you survive a million losses. In fact you, Mervin, Nelson, and Jamie are the four #9 picks and all four have been nowhere near one of the first booted from your tribe.
So what is it about being picked last that lets players recover? Does it make you look less threatening? Does it make you work hard knowing you’re already on the bottom? Do other players feel bad for picking you last?

1)You may be right about all those things you’re asking. I also believe people saw me as someone with nobody and because of this people gravitated towards me and saw me as a valuable ally since I came into the tribe with no ties with anyone. I played it safe and pretended I get along with everyone plus my work ethic in challenges proved that I was not a liability they expected me to be.

2) Did the mutiny help or hurt the Apus tribe? Why is that so?
2)I didn’t think it helped us one bit. I think no matter who was in our tribe we were overpowered by the other tribe in challenges plus the fact that we had people clamoring to get the penalty idol which led to a lot of losses.

3) What are your thoughts on the penalty idol?

3)I wish I was able to acquire it even if the person who got it got voted out. It would have been my saving grace if I wasn’t immune

4) Very little of the controversy of this season was circled around you. Why do you think you did so well at avoiding people’s radars?

4)Because I presented myself as innocent, kind and truthful. The people I have been close with didn’t think I would be as deceitful as they think I would be. I did tell Lister everything beforehand tho because you really need someone you can trust your life with in this game and for me it was Lister.

5) Finish the statement: “My decision to go for the penalty idol in round six was a decision that caused. _______”

5) “My decision to go for the penalty idol in round six was a decision that caused Carl and Kristine to go home”

6) What was your assessment of the Apus tribe as you progressed through the game?

6)I think it was a tribe that was not willing to work together. There were so many doubts and paranoia abound that I felt like we weren’t a tribe but individuals trying to live together in spite of not liking each other. I think Eamon did so well in wrangling up everyone in fear of him that everyone was gravitating towards him in terms of power in the votes. I do think I had a hand in most of the votes as well since you can’t vote out people with just one person anyway.

7) Is there anything you did post-merge that you wish you did differently?
7)I wish I was better at challenges lol or maybe I should have accepted Noah’s offer to cast off all of Apus and try to work things with him. I also wished we were able to use the idol right but it didn’t go that way.

If Apus merged in the majority, do you think Apus would’ve stuck together or would Ooc have stood a chance of overturning the game?

I think we would have dominated if we were in majority. But that is still a what if. People will always try to find things that was best for them. Like Shyam would still have jumped ship to Ooc if it was beneficial for him in the long run.
9) You were really close to solving the clues for the idol early on. Do you think the idol would’ve been used properly if you had discovered the trick to it?
9) I think I would have yeah. I still want to know what’s the answer tho

10) What’s the most unique difficulty you faced in my ORG in contrast with other ORGs?

10) I think the penalty idols were definitely something I haven’t experienced before and it proved to be difficult in terms of that we lost challenges because of it and that it was also hard to get an idol let alone a real idol.
11) Who surprised you the most in this game?
11) I’m not sure. Nothing really surprises me in survivor anymore. I expect things and anticipate how people work or do. Maybe I’m surprised Marcelo was still actually working with Ooc.
12) Who do you want to win? Who do you think will win? Who do you want to lose? Who do you think will lose?

12) I want Lister to win. I’m rooting for him the most right now. I think who will win is prolly David as he proved to me that he can do big moves. I want David to lose lol. Actually everyone from Ooc needs to lose lol. I think Lister or Brian will lose tho.

13) If you have any other thoughts, please share.

On behalf of the production crew of SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for participating in this game!

13) It has been quite an experience and if I can do it all over again, I would want to So thank you for letting me play this amazing game and it was such a breath of fresh air to have a game with unique ideas Keep at it!

Challenge XI: Extrapolate

Inspired By: Pearl Islands’ day 30 immunity challenge.

Date: March 8 – March 11

Winner: It was Brian but then I noticed it was Lister.

Voted Out: Brian W. (6-2 vote)

ROUND ELEVEN
—-
IMMUNITY CHALLENGE
It was inspired by the infamous challenge where Probst didn’t know how to spell liaison. If a challenge suggested by a thirteen year old can be played on an island then how in the world can it not be adapted for online usage? I chose a few extra letters compared to the one we saw on the show because I didn’t want too few names to be available. I also wanted to avoid having too many names out there. I think I hit the right number.
OOC ON CRUISE CONTROL
They didn’t care about winning immunity. When five people from the same core alliance send in identical lists it’s safe to say they just want the “Thank You for Participating” ribbon like you receive in a grade school’s Sports Day*
*Varies where you were raised. Where I come from there was an annual school-wide day of athletics in June where we rotate between sixteen stations to play sports.
BRIAN WINS IMMUNITY!….?????
When I saw everyone’s lists I was stoked to see Brian win immunity. It’s clear he’s fan favourite right now. I’ll admit he’s been one of my favourites to watch all season. I counted up the names and was stoked that he’d be safe one more round and be in a potential spot to Daughtery his way to the end. But this immunity challenge penalty was brought to you by the letter ‘M’. I reluctantly acknowledged Brian screwed up and that he was a Brandon Bellinger short of tying with Lister and both having immunity.
Imagine that. Lister and Brian tied for immunity. Ooc would be forced to fracture. Well, not really. Lister and Brian would try to round up Marcelo and one other person to oust Michael. But Marcelo wouldn’t listen and it’d be a 5-2-1 vote with Marcelo eliminated. We’ll never know but given how much on the outside Marcelo is in a group that he is supposedly  aligned with I’d say Marcelo would’ve been gone.
WHY MIKE?
I need to give credit to Apus. When blindsiding David and Jamie didn’t work, they move onto Marcelo. When that doesn’t work too they moved onto Dave. When THAT didn’t work they moved onto Michael. Everyone on Ooc has now officially received votes. Noah can receive more votes if Apus targets him next round to complete the rotation, but why get rid of the jury goat? Noah is here to stay. Even Apus wants to take a shot at the easy win.
LISTER QUIETLY WINS IMMUNITY
I think Lister has more planned then he’s revealing. Ever since Eamon’s dismissal your sole goal should be to emotionally manipulate someone from the other side. If you can keep yourself in for three to four rounds it should work. Or do the opposite: Openly paint one of their own as evil for three to four rounds and get the player so angry that they vote them out of emotion.
It’s proven that the opposition to science is emotion. I hope Lister’s ORG experience has given him this information. Some people view it as the most despicable tactic in ORGs, but hey, if you want to win from the minority then don’t be afraid to pull out this card.
MIKE IS VULNERABLE
I think Michael might get paranoid from receiving votes. He hasn’t been up for elimination at any point in this game until now. Could he get all Ted Rogers Jr. and ultimately knock himself out of this game from all the paranoia? It’s possible. This is his first ORG. If he has a tough shell and shrugs off the two votes from the ailing minority, he can continue being the frontrunner to finish in the top three of the season. But if he starts annoying his tribemates whose names aren’t Noah, then he could see a surprise dismissal in fifth or sixth place. Particularly if Lister wins immunity next round.
BRIAN GOES
One of the stars for this season. He put up a fight but a botched idol puts him out earlier than a lot of people expected him to go post-merge. Oh well. Next time he needs to work on creating stronger bonds with the opposing tribe if he sees a merge in the minority on the horizon. It’s tough to pull off when it’s your first ORG because no one knows what to make of you and doesn’t have any history to base what your intentions of talking to the other tribe might be.  You can’t claim “oh, we’ve played games together so it’d be weird to not talk,” because newbies don’t have that luxury.
WILL OOC BREAK?
Will we see something rare happen in the recent Survivor universe and witness a core alliance eliminate one of their own prematurely? Can Jamie, the last previous winner standing, outplay a bunch o’ losers and first-timers? Stay tuned.
MARCELO
He has sat out of two post-merge challenges. I wonder if he can win if he makes it to the end for doing so freakin’ little? It’s a great strategy for him because he’ll be labeled as the “He is such a non-threat that we need to take care of Dave/David/Jamie who are all capable of immunity runs and make us all lose”. Will Marcelo’s long-term strategy pay off?
And note I didn’t say anything about Lister surviving a few rounds in that post. His only claim to safety is if he wins immunity again. And again. And again. And again. And again.

7: Lister
6: Marcelo
5: Dave
4: Jamie
3: Michael
2: Noah
1: David
MAJOR TWIST NEXT ROUND
Biggest twist the series may ever have. Could change how the rest of the game is played out.

(BRIAN)-(DAVE)-(DAVID)-(JAMIE)-(*LISTER*)-(MARCELO)-(MICHAEL)-(NOAH)
XXX
(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(SHYAM)-(LEIF)

You MUST answer your questions for your vote to count. Unless you’re Jamie who I thought didn’t leave for her vacation until tomorrow. It will be the first and only exception anyone will ever have from answering TC questions.

Before we get into the questions, I do have an announcement to make.

Weeks before this game even began Jamie told me she’d be on vacation from the 11th to the 17th/18th and would be willing to withdraw her application if that was too big of a chunk of time. I got back to her a couple days later and said that would be fine. The only information I gave her is that something was planned. She asked for more details but I refused to give them to her to ensure the game would remain fair.

So next round I will say that you simply won’t have from the 11th to the 17th/18th completely off. There is something I have planned that will be considered a minor twist for the game. It was intended to take place with seven people left. So if you’re wondering why I made random delays from time to time, it’s because I needed exactly seven people for my minor twist to be effective. And even if Jamie is voted out this round, the twist will take place regardless.

Jamie also had the option to pre-vote because I was a few hours too late posting the immunity challenge results. This will also hopefully be the first and last time such an arrangement has to be made.

BRIAN,

1) So close to winning immunity. What happened there?

I looked at the message and I only saw one B instead of the two that there are, so I missed BB, Debb, etc. And I rushed a little since I had some other things to attend to, so I accidentally let a wrong answers slip by. If only you got +5 for numbering your entries…

2) What are the chances your survive tonight? Every Apus member has been voted out nearly every round, and Lister has immunity.

Infinitesimal…Once Shyam wouldn’t flip to me my game was over…no one wants to take me to the end, and almost no one needs me to get to the end. And even if Marcelo is sandbagging I’m a frickin’ Ph.D. mathematician…yeah I’m so gone…I’m sad it appears I’ll miss the twist.

DAVE.

1) Are the Ooc members so comfortable that it’s no big deal if an Apus wins immunity? What’s the thinking behind that?

No, it’s always important to us who wins immunity. For this round, we decided to all share information in an attempt to block anybody else from winning. Unfortunately our plan didn’t work out and both Brian and Lister got more names than us. I think it shows that these two are both excellent challenge competitors that they were able to individually defeat out our whole tribe.

2) How will this round’s vote impact the game?

Every vote is incredibly important to me, even when they are based on tribal lines. At a certain point, it will come down to one person left vs the Ooc alliance and we don’t want that person to be in a position to decimate our tribe by simply winning challenges.

DAVID,

1) What are the chances of an Ooc member being voted out this round?

Well I certainly hope the chances are 0%. In my opinion it would be crazy for one of our alliance to flip with 3 Apus members still left and waiting to pounce at any opportunity to split us up. We’ve made a pact and there’s no reason to break it, and knowing what I know about my alliance, everyone is solid.

2) What are the conditions under which you’d vote out somebody from Ooc?

If it’s down to the Final Five. In the event that someone flips from us to go to Apus though, they would be more than fair game; they’d be a target. But like I stated in the previous question i’m 100% sure that won’t be an issue.

LISTER,

1) Immunity must feel real good this round. Is there anything you can do with it or is it just “Thank god I’m safe for this round because I’m in a real bad spot”?

Well I know my first thought was definitely “Thank god I’m safe.” Beyond that we have OOC, 2 APUS and then Marcelo who has been a part of both tribes. There isn’t much I can do with it if those 5 who have stayed OOC from the beginning aren’t going to break apart. At some point though they will have to break. I would assume there is a sub-alliance in that group that will take out the others once it’s just them. If those individuals were to realize they were at the bottom of their five then there is a chance that something could be done here but as of this moment all I’m hearing is crickets chirping in the breeze.

2) Let’s say another Apus member goes this round. What options do you have to rebound in this game?

Win Immunity. That’s my option. I’m pretty damn sure if I don’t win the next Immunity I will be voted out. That’s my best option is to make myself immune. It’s the only guaranteed way to survive. Perhaps something else will pop up at that point but the way I see things in the here and now, immunity is what I need.

MARCELO,

1) You submitted one name while the next closest submitted 51 names. Will there come a time when you’ll participate in an immunity challenge?

IDK. lol. I knew that everyone would be awesome in this challenge. I know that I am horrible in challenges. haha. I took 30 minutes for one name! 51 names is a lot

2) Where do you stand in this game?

IDK
sorry logan, lol
MICHAEL,

1) Is there any conflict that has gone down at camp over the past few rounds?

Not really, just some Apus attempts at getting an OOC to change their vote.

2) Two idols have been played. There’s one idol that has whereabouts unknown. Where do you think the Apus idol is?

if one of them had an idol, they would have played it by now I think, or revealed that information to a chosen OOC’er in an attempt to have them switch a vote. No APUS member has told me they have an idol, so my best guess is someone was voted out with the APUS idol

NOAH,

1) You announced you found an idol several rounds ago and lo and behold, you do indeed play it last round. Why did you play it? And just like Brian, why did you play it when you didn’t receive a single vote?

I played it simply bc I knew most people knew I had the idol. And honestly I knew that it was something that could have made me a target and I’m not going out of this game with an idol and honestly I have plenty of faith in these people. I think idols are nice but they really throw a wrench into plans sometimes.

2) Are there people in this game who you know have a zero percent chance of winning even if they make it to the final round?

I think everyone has a shot at winning. We all are tough players and we all deserve a shot to win, but even though there is still 2 tribes, it never easy voting someone out.

Alright, when you vote please do so in the following format:

(LOGAN)

You’re letting Jamie get a bye from answering her questions AND waiting until TC is posted to cast a vote? Shame on you sir, shame on you.

Lister has immunity. You cannot vote for Lister. Everybody else is fair game. It is time to vote. Wacky tribe, you’re up.

MICHAEL: Awesome. Now we wait for a revelation

If anybody has a hidden immunity idol, and they played it this round, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Brian)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Brian :()
.
.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Professor Whitehead)
.
.
.
.
.
That is three votes Brian.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(BRIAN!!)
.
.
.
.
Four votes Brian.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(MIKE)
.
.
.
.
.
Four votes Brian, one vote Michael.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SIXTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
[Michael]
.
.
.
.
Four votes Brian, two votes Michael.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
Eleventh person voted out of this game and the fourth member of our jury:
.
.
.
.
(Brian)
.
.
.
Brian, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.
NOAH: What r the x’s for?
LOGAN: Their torch being snuffed. It’s tradition from the very first TC of the very first game. 🙂
NOAH: Oh I thought it was how many votes they got.
BRIAN: Well, from my answers you know that I was expecting this…good luck all of you, and I look forward to grilling 2 of you in the jury and maybe playing again with some of you down the road.
DAVID: Good game Brian; i’m pretty sure if the numbers had stacked up differently you would have completely owned this game..
MICHAEL: Agreed, you were great in challenges, tribe life, strategy, everything. you could have won this for sure. hats off to you
DAVE: Good game Professor Whitehead! If only you’d started on Ooc things could have been different. If I make it to final 2, I look forward to your grilling! 😀
NOAH: Brian 😦 you were a great guy and very classy. Had you been with OOC since the beginning then you would def still be around. Stay classy 🙂
Brian put up a great fight as he went out the door this round. I hope all of you scramble just as hard to stay in this game when the chips are down.Now we move into the endgame phase. Survivor experts and players claim an unexplainable and heightened strategic atmosphere takes hold at this point. The game starts to wear you out. Well, in a few minutes, all seven of you will have your Survivor savvy put to the test. See you then.
TC VOTING
BRIAN,
(MIKE)Reason: Michael is my middle name. Yeah, I’m mailing it in…
DAVE,
(Professor Whitehead)Brian, I’m voting for you for pretty obvious reasons by now. I thoroughly enjoyed playing with you and if you hadn’t gotten the short end of the stick landing on Apus instead of Ooc, you could have easily won the game I think. You gave us quite a run for our money at the challenge, you nearly saved yourself! If only you and Lister had worked together you could have tied for immunity and we would have been forced to vote out Marcelo. Well, your time has come. Farewell Mr. Math!
DAVID,
I vote for:(Brian)Reason: A huge challenge threat and definitely smart enough to sway someone on the bottom of the totem pole. Also, everyone’s mindset always changes in Survivor at final 7, and I don’t a smart competitor like you around to slip through when this game gets flipped on it’s head.
JAMIE,
I would like to vote for Brian if I can in this TC. If he wins immunity, then I’d like to vote for Lister.
LISTER,
[Michael]
“You won’t be going home tonight I’m fairly certain but I made a promise to Brian that even though things look bleak I would not vote for him.]
MARCELO,
BRIAN!!
MICHAEL,
(Brian)You’re a great guy, fun to talk to, smart, great in challenges. Unfortunately these are all reasons why you need to go. I’ve loved playing the game with you, and I respect everything you’ve done, especially how you tried to survive, instead of rolling over in defeat. You fought the good fight. I hope we play another game together and we wind up together
NOAH,
BRIAN 😦
CONFESSIONALS
MARCELO,
  • SIT OUT

  • 1-ROB CESTERNINO

  • *SIT OUT

BRIAN EXIT INTERVIEW

If you’re reading this, it means you were recently voted out and disappointed because of it. Why not answer these questions while you haven’t quite got over this mess?

1) Let me ask: Did you know ANYONE at the start of the game? I was under the impression you were meeting seventeen people you had never communicated with ever.

That is a correct impression. I knew vaguely who Carl was from PoS, but that’s about it.

2) What was the first alliance you made on your tribe?

Day 1, Eamon said that we should work together and I agreed.

3) What’s your assessment of the conflict that takes place in this game? Do you think the fights between contestants are legitimate or do you think it’s more for show?

Wow, I don’t really know…I guess there’s probably some of both there…certain people are more theatrical than others. I stayed pretty conflict free, which is how I hoped to play the game.

4) There’s been topics on PoS about whether ORGs are a proving ground before you do the real show. After experiencing an ORG, where do you feel this ORG lies in terms of realism?

This may be more “realistic” than the show in the sense that almost everyone is playing incredibly strategically. And it’s one thing to control a tribe from the comfort of your bedroom, and a total other one to have to deal with and live with these people. That said, I’m sure playing games like this can provide experience that may be useful for the real thing.

5) How do you feel about penalty idols? On one hand you stayed away from requesting them when you were on the outside and let the tribe implode because they went after the ones who they thought took the penalty idols. On the other hand, if there weren’t any penalty idols your tribe would’ve merged in the majority. Looking back, do you think it helped you or hurt you ultimately?

Penalizing the tribe to “help” myself is something that really goes against my grain. It’s a cool twist which made the game exciting, but I think there can be little doubt that I would probably still be playing now if they didn’t exist. And I was the early favorite to be the person to take the penalty so it almost got me kicked out for no reason.

6) In other ORGs there are rarely any mutiny offers, vote-on-a-merge, and zero penalty idols in existence. Do you prefer twists that rely on the player to take advantage of it themselves or are switches and pre-determined merges much better because you are put into situations you can’t foresee?

Probably a mix of both works out the best. I thought the vote for merge and penalty idols were good, but it seems as if mutinies don’t really accomplish much besides making the outsiders of one tribe into the outsiders of the other tribe. Remember, the reason the mutiny in Cook Islands worked is that the tribes were shuffled first.

7) Ooc says if you were on their tribe that you would’ve made it to the end and won. Do you buy that? Do they really mean that or is it BS in hopes of buying your jury vote?

Made it too the end…probably…I meshed well with those guys, and from personal experience they stick together…would I have won? It’s hard to say, but if I had the 3rd idol and their support and got a couple key immunities it could have been…but there may have been some kneecap sucking there…

[8)] Your tribe had significantly more ORG veterans than Ooc. Was there any information given from the veterans lecturing you how ORGs are played or did you use your own strategies and act independently? And what led you to allying with the most experienced Facebook ORGer in Chris Hooker?

I didn’t get any real information from veterans about strategy. What you saw was pretty much all me…They did give me tips about the other players, i.e. “Chris and Jamie tend to work together”, which I tried to consider as I strategized.

As for Hooker, I didn’t know *exactly* how good he was until it was too late. Basically we had a lot of things in common regarding how we approached the game. I felt that Eamon and Leif were in it to the end together, so I built close ties with Chris, whom I felt I could beat in the end.

9) Is there anybody who you hold solely responsible for you getting voted out?

Myself for not noticing 2 B’s in that final challenge and not sharing answers with Lister? By the time I didn’t have immunity, it got to the point where clearly everyone’s best move was to get rid of me…if anyone had wanted to flip the previous vote was the big opportunity…It was a bunch of little things which led to this, beginning with the blindside of Hooker, and ending when Shyam stayed loyal to Ooc.

10) You’re now juror number four. How does that line up with your expectations heading into the game?

Well, my goal was to beat your pregame pick for me…I didn’t really have any real expectations, but I thought that if I could survive a couple votes I might be around for a while.

11) You said in round three or four that this would be your first and last ORG. After hearing the feedback from past and present players that they really liked watching you play, has your mind changed at all? People are curious what the ORG future holds for you.

To be clear, I said that the day after waking up at 4:30 a.m. to participate in a challenge which we didn’t even win, so that was my low point in the game. I back off that statement. It turns out that this summer, I’m going to be going away every 5 weeks or so, starting in mid May, so I don’t think I will be able to take on a new game until the fall, but if something interesting opens up then, don’t be surprised to see me again.

12) Who do you want to win? Who do you think will win? Who do you want to be voted out next? Who do you think will be voted out next?

I want Lister to win, but out of the people who I feel have a shot, I like Mike. I still don’t have an good sense of the Ooc inner tribe dynamics, but I’ll guess the final 3 will be Dave and David, with David winning. It would make my day if IDK-boy got voted out next, but I’d be shocked if it wasn’t Lister.

13) If you have any other thoughts, please share.

Before Chris got blindsided, we were making tentative plans to team up with Kristine and Carl…Imagine if we had taken them to the merge with us…I guess we should have let them know…

ROUND TWELVE

Challenge XII: Survivor

Inspired By: The TV show Survivor. Have you seen it?

Date: March 11 – March 18 (sadly)

Winner: Noah

Reward: Immunity from either this round or the next round. His choice.

Challenge XIII: What’s Missing?

Inspired By: Survivor: Amazon’s day 6 immunity challenge.

Date: March 18 – March 20
THE TWIST
As I reiterated several times, this twist was planned weeks before the game. Jamie told me prior to the game that she would be on vacation on March 11th. I looked at our start date and constructed a timeline that we would be down to seven players on March 11th. That would be the perfect time to do a Mini Survivor challenge because we would do one round per day. The perfect amount of time if Jamie was still in the game and went on her one week vacation.
DID IT WORK?
That’s debatable. I don’t think it did. After 24 seasons o f Survivor and countless coconut chop/political challenges on Survivor, the players are skilled enough to get around the politics. However, I have observed something over the past few political challenges:
1)    The majority alliance will roll dice or unanimously agree who wins because it protects any dissent from forming.
2)    If #1 is the case, then those who are in the minority of the majority are losing on a golden opportunity to discover their true position in the tribe.
3)    Those in the majority of the majority alliance are the only persons who benefit from getting everyone to determine the winner of the challenge randomly.
The Lesson: If you don’t know your position in the majority, you insist to play this challenge all the way through without determining the outcome beforehand. That forces everyone to show their hands and puts you in the most powerful position of the game.
THE OUTCOME
The player currently branded as the jury goat made it to the Final Two of the challenge against Lister and won immunity unanimously. Will Noah dump immunity this round or will he guarantee himself a one-in-five spot? I personally believe Noah knows nobody wants to vote him out anytime soon. He may very well dump it this round because he is THAT confident he will survive to the end.
WHAT ARE NOAH’S CHANCES OF WINNING?
I don’t know. He’s not as much of the jury goat as I assumed he would turn out to be as of two rounds ago. He could pull out a 5-4 win if he makes it to the end. He won’t win by a larger margin than that.
THE OTHER TWIST
I also caught on that Mini Survivor makes it impossible for the round’s target to have a fair opportunity to win immunity. Ask Dave Johnson all about it. Or ask Tyson about Tocantins’ version of Shuffleboard. Those are two of the worst designed immunity challenges in Survivor’s history. This contributed to running a second immunity challenge which was essentially a second chance for Lister to win immunity. Considering Noah already possesses immunity and everyone else is under the assumption that they’re safe, Lister could put in a strong effort and win immunity virtually uncontested.
NOT MEANT TO BE
Dangit Lister, those beanie babies have actual names! That was too bad. An immunity win by Lister would have shaken up the game. It was what Flynn needed to do last season. I can’t express how disappointed I was when I saw Noah, Dave, AND David all win immunity. This leaves Lister to plead his case to stay over Marcelo (who can’t win challenges), Jamie (the veteran who has a good social game), and Michael. Lister opts to target Michael once again.
NOAH APPROACHED LISTER TO TARGET MICHAEL
Noah never told me he did this but Lister’s 26-minute confessional contained Noah’s deal. Dave on the other hand spoke of ousting Michael in his confessional but couldn’t get Jamie on board. It seems Jamie understands from playing with Lister that he is more than capable of going on an immunity run or manipulating the newbies to his advantage.
THE OUTCOME
A straight-forward 6-1 voteout of Lister. All pure-blooded Apus members are down for the count. What’s up with my games and lopsided tribal domination? Granted this game featured a 6-5 merge, but c’mon, surely we’ll see at least one round in future seasons where a majority tribe isn’t super tight?
MARCELO DOING IT ALL WRONG
Marcelo’s chances of winning went out the window this round. He should’ve agreed to help out Lister. Why? Because he would’ve been the only person that Lister would’ve trusted. In addition, nobody is in a position to feel they should trust Marcelo except Lister who is out of options. They could’ve teamed up from nowhere and make the other four so paranoid that the game’s foundations would have splintered. I am convinced it would have worked.
Instead, Marcelo is playing a ‘don’t get voted out this round’ as opposed to playing for the win. I don’t see Marcelo voted out next round but I think he’ll get Lydia’d. Nobody has any intention to take Marcelo further than Final Four.
6: Michael
5: Marcelo
4: Jamie
3: David
2: Noah
1: Dave
TRIBAL COUNCIL #12

(*DAVE*)-(*DAVID*)-(JAMIE)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)-(MICHAEL)-(?NOAH?)
XXX
(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(SHYAM)-(LEIF)-(BRIAN)

You MUST answer your questions for your vote to count. When Noah answers his questions he must indicate whether or not he is activating his immunity this round. Unless he says otherwise, you are free to vote for Noah this round.

DAVE,

1. It’s been a while. What’s the level of focus now that you guys have had eight days since the previous TC ended?

I think nearly everyone left in the game has remained pretty focused since we started. Of course the focus is gradually shifting and people are beginning to assess threats much differently, but I’m just as into this game now as I was on day 1.
2. Do you think winning immunity makes a difference in your fate this round?
You really never know. I’d like to think I would be safe this round no matter what, but going into TC with immunity is always nice, especially this far into the game.
DAVID,

1. First time you’ve held immunity around your neck this game. You scored seventeen points while one of your competitors scores zero. How does someone else’s lack of participation factor into how you vote?

Well certainly not nearly as much as it would if we were in the tribal stages of the game. At this point of the game we do always have to factor in who’s really horrible at challenges and who’s just pretending to be bad to diminish the target on their back, however.
2. Do you think Mini Survivor changed your perspective on any of the players?

Not at all, actually. No one shocked me in the mini-immunity challenges since it was basically “first to see what Logan posts wins”, and as for strategy I don’t think there were any huge surprises. Lister obviously made it to the end because everyone knew he wouldn’t just be handed immunity by the mini-jury :p
JAMIE,

1. You go no contact for eight days. While only one challenge occurred, that’s a long time to be away from your tribe. How do you assess your change in social standing over the past eight days?
It was a very long time to be away. I was really worried that things would change while I was gone, but it seems like I’ve slipped right back into things.
2. What advantages are there to being away from a challenge as heated as Mini Survivor?

I really don’t think there are any advantages from being away. Well, besides the obvious advantage of being on vacation! : )
LISTER,

1. You are the last full fledged member of Apus, and you’re not wearing immunity. Do you see any realistic scenarios where you don’t go to the jury house tonight?

Realistic scenarios? No Logan. I do not see any realistic scenarios that don’t involve me going home. I’m done. Finite. Toast. Outta here. The only scenarios that involve me staying here are the ones in my dreams. *sigh*

2. You were dragged to the Final Two of Mini Survivor where you lost a vote unanimously. Do you think there was any backroom deals going on there?

At first in that challenge I figured they were all going to vote me out round 1. Thus to prevent me from getting any chance at winning immunity. Then after I survived it became clear to me. That I was going to be dragged to the end so that the other person would get guaranteed immunity because nobody wants me to stay in this game. Frustrating really.

3. How do you argue your way out of the hot seat this round?
3. Not very well. All I can do is point out how I have no friends in this game. No allies. So really, what threat am I? I can be voted out at any time. That’s really all I have to offer to anyone.

MARCELO,

1. You spent four rounds in Ooc tribe then three rounds in an Apus tribe that is nearly exterminated. Where do you identify yourself in this game?

Alone

2. For what feels like the millionth challenge in a row, you blatantly go for a score of one or zero. What is the thinking behind doing the bare minimum to avoid inactivity strikes?

No thinking

MICHAEL,

1. Last round your name came up on the parchment for the first time since merge. How does that make you feel about your position in this game?

not surprised, they’re throwing votes around so I’ve come to expect it. I was the last to recieve votes, so I’m confident

2. Do you feel legitimately at risk knowing three out of seven players could have immunity, and there could be an Apus penalty idol in circulation?

I do a bit, I know that this is an important round, but I feel secure in my tribe, they havent let me down yet, and I dont think they will. The idol is a minor concern, unless I’ve been lied to then I dont think the Idol is around anymore

NOAH,

1. You won Mini Survivor. Tell me the implications of winning a challenge that forces you to play an expedited version of Survivor while a larger game of Survivor is still going on.

I think winning the challenge was a good and bad thing. It shows that people like me but could be something that is negatively used against me.
2. How confident do you feel that this round’s vote will go as you think it will?

I think this vote should go as we plan but this far in the game, you never know. I would like to think that us 5 are solid.

3. Now to the decision. You have immunity that can be used this round or next round. Are you going to use it?

i think I am going to use my immunity this round. I feel like I earned it and I should use it.
When you vote please do so in the following manner:

(zzzzzzzzLOGANzzzzzzzzzzzz)

REASON: You’ve really put a sleeper hold on this game over the past few days. *Yawn* Next time move the game along faster, please. And don’t host when you’re juggling two midterms and two essays in ten days!

Alright, Dave and David have immunity and are both safe. Unless Noah says otherwise, the remaining five of you are fair game. It is time to vote. Wacky tribe, you’re up.

If anybody has a hidden immunity idol, and they decided to play it, this would be the time I would reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
[Michael]
.
.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(zzzzzzzzListerzzzzzzzz)
.
.
.
.
.
.
One vote Lister, one vote Michael.
.
.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(LISTER!!)
.
.
.
.
.
Two votes Lister, one vote Michael.
.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Lister)
.
.
.
.
.
.
Three votes Lister, one vote Michael.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Twelfth person voted out of the game and the fifth member of our jury:
.
.
.
.
.
(Lister Potter the Third)
.
Lister, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

LISTER: Well. Can’t say I didn’t expect that but it is what it is. I had a good time and unlike some who play the game no grudges will be held by this guy. Oh wait. I lied. I burned the shelter down when we left for tribal. Suck it bitches!

That may have been the least suspenseful vote since the start of the game.

With that, all original Apus members have been officially eradicated from the game. Congratulations, for the second season in a row a tribe dominates and eliminates a tribe well before the finale.

The question that will soon be answered is which of you will be burned by not taking advantage of Lister’s vote? And is it too late to change that?

You guys can relax for the night. I’ll post your next challenge by 12:30pm eastern Wednesday.

MICHAEL: Lol, great game Lister. Had the tables been turned you probably would have had the other seat at the FTC next to Brian. Great game man
TC VOTING
DAVE,
(Lister Potter the Third)

It really is unfortunate that we weren’t put on the same tribe from the get-go, although maybe it’s for the best. Anyway, you’re a cool dude and I’m glad we’re able to play together through my new facebook rpg, hope you’re enjoying it. I wish I could do more to help you out, but we both know you’re the biggest threat in the game. Nobody has a chance of beating you if you made it to the end. As the last Apus left and the most threatening player in the game, you should be proud of how well you’ve played the game.
DAVID,
(Lister)

Reason: It was going to be Mike but I don’t feel like we can pull Jamie yet and we don’t have enough time. Sorry Lister.
JAMIE,
VOTE:

Lister

You aren’t part of the alliance of five, so you have to go.
LISTER,
[Michael]
“Well, assuming I’m not being lied to it seems the winds are a changing and that this game is shifting like the sands in the hourglass. The light of day that is OOC is dimming and so it’s time for Sunshine to fall and make way for the Night.”
MARCELO,
LISTER!!!
MICHAEL,
(zzzzzzzzListerzzzzzzzz)

Sorry dude, the pagonging must continue, and your the threat right now
NOAH,
Lister

CONFESSIONALS

—-
LISTER,
This video confessional was done after being voted out but in the mindset I was in before I was voted out: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mDBd3KPocng

LISTER EXIT INTERVIEW

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sMwADeR7LLQ

He didn’t answer these questions but he did send me this link. I just realized I hadn’t watched this yet.

Challenge XIV: Gamespotting

Inspired By: Geometric Brain Teasers. The type where you have six pieces of five-square long blocks and three pieces of two-square long blocks but are required to build as many shapes as possible using the limited pieces. My scribbled notes on paper led me to this idea.

Date: March 21 – March 24

ROUND THIRTEEN
GAMESPOTTING
This challenge was pre-determined. Dave thinks I was favouring him but sorry to burst your bubble Dave, I wasn’t intending to cater to your interests for these challenges. He wins immunity without breaking much of a sweat. Jamie is runner-up for the third or fourth challenge since merge. She’s this season’s Fiona.
ONE STEP AWAY
The only obstacle standing between all five pure-blooded Ooc from getting to the end of this game is to vote out Marcelo. They’ve also voted in unison at every TC. Whoever wins immunity (Dave) should definitely use Marcelo’s vote to their advantage and take out the biggest threat while Marcelo can still survive.
BLUNDER BY DAVE
He doesn’t keep Marcelo in the game while he has immunity. I thought for sure he’d pocket Marcelo and take out someone who can threaten him in challenges or tempt Noah away from his camp – someone like Jamie. Now Dave has wasted a round of safety all in the name of being loyal to his alliance. Perhaps him and Jamie have a deal that I don’t know about? And why is Michael always being targeted? I’m curious to what exactly Michael did to be the target for three consecutive rounds.
WHY DID MARCELO GO?
Back-to-back games where the quiet inactive not part of the 5-person alliance is eliminated unanimously in sixth place. Flynn and now Marcelo. Neither ever came close to winning an immunity challenge but yet nobody used their number to increase their odds of winning the game. Especially with Marcelo because he completely betrayed his previous tribe unlike Flynn who was loyal to the bitter end. Marcelo essentially played the role of Cochran – and we all know how big of a mistake it was for Coach to not take Cochran to the jury vote (although Ozzy would’ve beat Coach, Cochran, and Albert in final immunity. Another reason why RI sucks). I think he went because whoever stopped Dave and David’s motion to save Marcelo the past couple of rounds put a stop to it. Perhaps Noah has been in charge the whole game? Jamie? I don’t know. Dave and David being powerless wasn’t exactly something I expected at this stage.
Oh well. It will be only one round before some regrets booting Marcelo.
DAVID’S COMPUTER PROBLEMS
David’s computer has crashed and he’s stuck with using library computers. If it weren’t for Mini Survivor, the game would have ended by now. Unfortunately for David this really sucks. He is inactive in a challenge at no fault of his own  and is essentially defenseless. He’s going to need to work extra hard to make it to the end. It’ll be a terrible way for him to be eliminated. Hopefully he finds a solution soon.
NOT MUCH ELSE TO SAY ABOUT THIS VOTE
It went as expected so no further dissection needed.
5: Michael
4: Jamie
3: David
2: Noah
1: Dave
I’ll do the same thing as I did last season at this stage. Because this alliance of five has voted in complete unison since day one, I think it is appropriate to assess how these five can win this game as we head into the penultimate episode of the season.
MICHAEL
Can he win: Yes. He has underdog status. Three consecutive rounds of former Apus targeting him because people like Noah made a deal to boot him. However, it turns out to be an unnecessary double-cross and now Michael has no blood on his hands. He can say “You guys kept coming after me. What else was I supposed to do?”
Essentially, Michael can invoke Sandra 2.0 strategy at Final Tribal Council and claim the win. In fact he’ll have the easiest time winning at a FTC as it currently stands. Perhaps that’s why Noah and Dave have considered eliminating Mike for several rounds.
Will he win: He needs to go on an immunity run. When you’re up against Dave, a former ORG winner in Jamie, and the consistently average player in Noah and you have yourself a very difficult path. Hence why have him in the fifth position.
JAMIE
Can she win: I believe so. Dave went out of his way to protect her pre-merge. Noah will likely want a fellow ORGer around to hold off any last-second alliance made by the newbies. Yes, Michael, Dave, and David are all in their first ORG. I think Jamie has made a conscious decision to not appear as a threat by coming up just short in immunity challenges. The message she is sending is “Keep me around to potentially take immunity from Dave or Michael”. Sometimes those are the most valuable people to keep around if you don’t think you can do the job yourself.
Will she win: Besides Michael, I think she is the biggest jury threat at a Final Two. She simply has too much experience talking to a jury and I think the other four are bright enough to know that Jamie can speak well to a jury. Plus because I’m not in this game, some juries have a tendency to eat up that “I was the only woman to make the merge” crap. Using any sexist ideologies to your advantage can help tremendously.
DAVID
Can he win: No. I don’t think David will be able to win anymore immunity challenges and I have a feeling David hasn’t made any Final Two deals that anyone else is willing to keep. Everyone knows David doesn’t have access to a decent computer which puts him in a prime position to be taken to the Final Three for the sole purpose of losing final immunity and be voted out.
Will he win: No. But I am very confident he’ll be cemented into third place.
TRIBAL COUNCIL #13

(*DAVE*)-(DAVID)-(JAMIE)-(MARCELO)-(MICHAEL)-(NOAH)
XXX
(WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(SHYAM)-(LEIF)-(BRIAN)-(LISTER)

You must answer your questions in order for your vote to count.

DAVE,

1. You have immunity back in your possession. Was it critical this round for you to win immunity?

I don’t think so, but it’s always nice to have two layers of protection in this game just in case one gives out. I really enjoy your challenges (especially when they relate to video games), so trying to win them is fun for me and that’s really my main motivation for competing.

2. The Apus penalty idol has been virtually unheard of for the past few rounds. Where do you think it currently lies?

I think somebody kept it as a souvenir.

DAVID,

1. Surprisingly, you didn’t do the challenge. Was it you forgetting to do the challenge, giving up on the challenge, or letting Marcelo not be last for once?

This week has sucked for me. My computer is totally done and i dont currently have the funds to buy a new one, so it looks like i’m finishing this game on 30 minutes of library time a day. -_- I thought I sent you the first question answered, but looking back it loks like i forgot to press send in my frantic rush to get to work on time. But yeah it sucks, I always want to be as active as possible.

2. There are five people who have been in the same camp since day one, and have voted together since day one. There’s only one guy who hasn’t been with you — how does that factor into this round’s vote?

I think the writing’s pretty much on the wall to be honest. There hasn’t been a whole lot of discussion as far as i know since the plan has been laid out for quite some time.

JAMIE,

1. You were once again just short of winning immunity for the third or fourth time since we merged. Ridiculously close. What is it about these challenges that stop you from securing the deal and getting immunity around your neck?

It doesn’t have anything to do with the challenges that are stopping me. My fellow competitors are just awesome and they kick butt!

2. Marcelo is on the outside of the original five, but Marcelo hasn’t been remotely close to winning a challenge all game. What do you think Marcelo is trying to do?

I’m not sure if it’s his strategy to not appear to be a threat or what. But it seems like he hasn’t been that active throughout this entire game.

MARCELO,

1. I imagine the spotlight must be on you this round. If you survive the vote, what will you attribute to your success for staying alive?

God

2. Do you see any scenario where you make it to Final Two? Do you see any scenarios where some of the other five don’t have a shot at making it to the Final Two?

No

MICHAEL,

1. You’ve seen votes come your way over the past couple rounds. How do you factor in those votes as you try to proceed further into the game?

I dont think it’ll matter. Sure I have votes, but other people have votes too, I’ll be alright

2. What’s the level of paranoia around camp?

Pretty low I’d say. The endgame is about to start and we all know it, I’m feeling a buildup to paranoia, but it hasnt hit yet I dont think

NOAH,

1. How worried do you think everyone is about not being the one to make the move too late in the game?

I think we all have moves in the game what we wanted to make, some we made and some are still waiting. I am happy how the game is going.

2. This round you vote out the sixth member of the jury. How does that make you feel that the jury could have already decided who wins in any given Final Two scenario and that your fate could be pre-determined?

im sure the jury has talked about it. I know it had to have come up. But you can’t try and think that minds can’t be changed.

Okay, when you vote please do so in the following format:

(blahblahloganblahblah)

REASON: You don’t have to lecture us how to vote each round. Do you really think we’re that dumb to not catch on by now? Shame on you. Hopefully with you gone the lectures will STOP!

Okay, Dave has immunity. Everyone else is fair game. Between now and 1:00pm eastern Saturday, it is time to vote. Wacky tribe, you’re up.
Noah SpiderJew: We all knew Shyam had the idol.
If anybody has a hidden immunity idol and they played it, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(MIKE!!!)
.
.
.
One vote Michael.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Marcelo)
.
.
.
.
One vote Mike, one vote Marcelo.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(marcello)
.
.
.
.
Two votes Marcelo, one vote Mike.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Marcelos)
.
.
.
.
Three votes Marcelo, one vote Mike.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Thirteenth person voted out of this game and the sixth member of our jury:
.
.
.
.
.
(Marcelo Campos)
.
.
Marcelo, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.
Michael Graga: Why am I suddenly so hated? I dont get it…
Marcelo Campos: Bye guys!! It was really fun!! Thanks!! David Racine, great game!!! U have my vote!!

It is risky to betray trust in order to gain trust — twice.

Well, for the second season in a row an alliance of five formed very early on has survived to be the last five standing. Unlike last season, however, you had nine members of Apus to eliminate all in a row before getting here.

Now the honeymoon is over. I have a feeling the “true” game is just beginning. Should be fun.

TC VOTING
DAVE,
(Marcelo Campos)

IDK

No seriously, thank you for everything. You not only were a key player in the Ooc Five becoming the Final 5, but you taught me a lot about Survivor strategy and how sometimes you can get far by not doing anything. GG!
DAVID,
(Mike)

Not having a computer is screwing up my game hardcore and i have less control over whats going on. Hopefully this doesnt mess everything up for me.

k can i change my vote to (marcello)

guess big moves can’t happen on my own :/
JAMIE,
Vote:

(Marcelos)

I’m voting for Marcelos because he isn’t part of the alliance. He hasn’t even been trying in this game, so he doesn’t deserve to make it any closer to the end.
MARCELO,
MIKE!!!
MICHAEL,
(Marcelo)

You had us all convinced you were gonna do a mastermind come-from-behind win, turns out you really ARE that bad. Sorry man. Later

MARCELO EXIT INTERVIEW

If you’re reading this, it means you were voted out recently and probably not too thrilled about it. Without resorting to ‘IDK’ as the answer to every question, please answer these questions while you are still frustrated!
1) Where do I begin with you? You are simultaneously the quietest, most loved, and most controversial player in the whole season. Let’s go back to the beginning. What was your initial assessment of your position within the Ooc tribe?
2) It seemed like you couldn’t quite mesh with any group in this game. Why do you think you had such a tough time fitting in?
3) In the Francisco vote, everyone pegged you as being with Francisco, Kristine, and Carl. Everyone was surprised to see you blindside Fran without telling Kristine nor Carl. What was your thinking behind this vote? Because that essentially sets up the alliance of five to get to the end of the game.
4) The following round you’re offered a mutiny. You know Carl and Kristine are the obvious next two to go. I don’t know whether you intended to be a genius with this move or if you did it on a pure whim. On one hand, if Carl and Kristine leave, you know you’re gone if Ooc loses an immunity challenge, thus you must leave. On the other hand, moving to a new tribe with Carl and Kristine could make you an easy first target if Apus loses yet another challenge.
What was your thinking behind the decision to mutiny?
5) You survived not one, not two, but THREE votes on Apus. How the heck did you manage to do this? Was there any strategy in place that you think let you survive or do you attribute your safety to somebody else entirely?
6) You requested the penalty idol in the fifth round. Luckily, this didn’t affect the outcome of immunity and nobody has a reason to suspect you. If that was known to have been the difference in that challenge, do you think people would’ve thought it was you?
7) Speaking of penalty idol requests, it sent Apus to two unnecessary Tribal Councils in rounds six and seven. Who do you think requested the penalty idol and why?
The merge comes. It’s 6-5. Brian Whitehead is still considered to be an outsider in Apus. You abandoned an Ooc tribe that looked like it was ready to vote you out if you didn’t mutiny. On the other hand, the Apus tribe has saved you for three consecutive rounds. This is the question everyone wants to know the answer to: Why did you expose your tribe’s plans and completely sink them?
9) South Pacific was the previous season of Survivor to air. Did you notice your journey in this game is identical to Cochran’s? Do you think watching South Pacific influenced your gameplay? And why weren’t you able to avoid making the exact same mistakes that Cochran did?
10) After you flopped back to Ooc where did you think you fit into the tribe? I’m assuming you flipped to improve your chances of making it to the end.
11) Why do you think you miscalculated the move to flop back to Ooc? What was the assumption you made that ultimately bit you in this game?
12) You have the record for sitting out/not participating in the most challenges ever. What was the thinking behind never participating?
13) You never participated but yet Ooc still got rid of you before eliminating one of their own. Why didn’t they take advantage of the fact you would never win immunity?
14) Did you ever consider flopping again back to Apus after you saw how dominating Ooc could potentially be?
15) Why didn’t you participate in the last immunity challenge? It seemed very likely that Ooc would simply boot you in sixth place and fight it out amongst themselves. Why not make a push to guarantee yourself that one crucial round of safety?
16) Who do you want to win? Who do you think will win? Who do you want to be voted out? Who do you think will be voted out?
On behalf of the production crew of SCWL 2, we thank you for participating in this game!

  • 1-I started the game with an alliance of five people: Me, Carl, Kristine, Francisco and Eamon. And a Had a final 2 deal with Eamon AND Francisco. My initial position within the Ooc tribe was horrible because we didn’t have the numbers and I am terrible at challenges(lol).

  • 2-I think I didn’t have a tough time fitting in.

  • 3-We had an alliance of 4 people and we needed one more person. I said to Francisco to talk to Jaime because she was the last one to be picked in the tribe. But Francisco is so stupid that he called Dave to be in our alliance. And he believed everything that Dave told him. It was so obviously for me that Dave was not with us. So I made a secret alliance with Dave. Because It was pretty clear that he and his alliance would vote for one of us four so I had to make sure that would be Francisco, Kristine or Carl, and not me!4-I made an alliance with Dave to make sure that Francisco, Kristine and Carl would be voted off before me. However, I had a strong alliance with Eamon and he told me that Kristine and Carl were going to APUS. So It was a very easy decision for me. Because If I stayed I could be gone(I didn’t know that Shyan would go to OOC, and he might have an idol)! I knew that Eamon would protect me because I made him believe that he had my vote and I was his puppet. I made the move to vote Francisco because If the mutiny didn’t happen I would be safe until the merge, and there I would make a big move with Eamon.

  • 5-The funny thing about that was that I didn’t need to do nothing. I didn’t even try to win immunity(lol). I made Eamon believe that I was his puppet and he did the dirty work to save me. Actually I didn’t speak with anyone in APUS(LOL).
  • 6-No. No one would have thought it was me. I made them believe that I wasn’t really playing the game. But everything was strategy for me. Being bad in challenges was a strategy. Even answer all your questions with”IDK” was a strategy. I wanted that they believed that I was not playing the game, that I was horrible in challenges and that if anyone of them take me to the end I would answer all the jury questions with “IDK”. Everyone prefer a guy who is “not playing” the game instead of a guy like Chris.
  • 7-I think It was Carl because he would be eliminated in the next TC.
  • 8- LOL. I knew about 3 idols at the merge. Eamon’s idol, Brain’s Idol and Noah’s idol. I wanted to make sure that I was safe. So I made an alliance with Dave and told him everything so no matter what happens they wouldn’t vote for me. Noah told me that they were voting for Brian so it was pretty clear it wasn’t Brian. But Eamon believed in Noah. It was really stupid. So I said to Eamon that Noah might be lying and Eamon told me that he was going to use his idol on himself. So If OOC vote for Eamon, I would be safe because I voted for David. But Eamon didn’t use the idol. So I jumped ship and said to OOC that I convinced Eamon to give the idol to Brian. It was not true. And said that they all hate me and I wouldn’t get one vote If I’m in the final. So I started to play hard and I made a final 2 deal with Dave and David. But I’m not stupid. I knew that they were lying. So every day I tried something new. I talked with Jamie but she didn’t want to make a alliance with me (It was not smart move for her).
    • 9-I was not trying to play like Cochran. I was trying to play like Cesternino but no one in OOC wanted to make a move.

    • 10- I had a final 2 deal with Dave and David, and I was trying to make a move with Jamie. And I think If I got to the end I would have won.

    • 11-Like I said before I flop back to OOC after the ship was sinking. And I thought that everyone would want to bring someone who betrayed every single one, is not very social and is terrible in challenges to the final.

    • 12-I hate challenges. And if I didn’t try to win any challenges no one would see me as a threat.

    • 13-IDK.lol. But I think It was the worst move in the game. 4 people will regret to not use me.

    • 14- No. Apus didn’t have the numbers. I play with the majority.

    • 15-I am in law school. I didn’t have time to do the challenge. And I couldn’t win every single challenge until the final 2. But If I won the one that I need the most everyone would realize that I am not bad in challenges and that I need to go. Especially after Michael told everyone that I would pull a Fabio.

      • 16-I said that I was going to vote for David because I wanted that the others players don’t bring him to the final. But I want Dave or Jamie to win the game. I think Noah will win. I want Noah to be voted out. I think Jamie will be voted out.

      • THANKS FOR HAVING ME LOGAN!! IT WAS REALLY FUN

      • Challenge XV: MedleyInspired By: My belief that the third to last immunity challenge should combine the elements of challenges from earlier seasons.Date: March 25 – March 28Winner: Dave BronsonVoted out: Jamie Frick 3-2

        THE REMAINING FIVE

        Heading into the episode Michael is on his last legs. He narrowly escaped the Brian vote because Apus needed to be weakened further. He narrowly escaped the Lister vote because David and Dave could not garner enough support to eliminate one of their own. He narrowly escaped the Marcelo vote for much of the same reason. His buffer zones are now gone. Dave is tight with Jamie, David, and Noah. The same thing applies for Noah. Michael does not fit into their plan now that Michael has taken the underdog role. He needs to win.

        MICHAEL DOESN’T WIN

        Heh. The medley where everything is on the line, all five players do pretty bad in this challenge. It was one of my few victories during the season–stumping the players. Anybody who participated in the challenge neither aced the challenge nor failed entirely. Four players had a very adequate score.

        DAVE WINS IMMUNITY AGAIN

        He is in an excellent position to win his way to the end. Only two more challenges before Dave and Noah get into the finale. Dave is particularly excited about his win because Michael is his only competition in challenges and he is about to be eliminated once and for all. I rolled my eyes waiting for the inevitable to happen. Michael’s days are up.

        NOPE

        Dave and Jamie sent in their votes for Michael. Michael sent in his vote for Jaime. At this point I thought maybe Jamie would fall to the curse of voting for Michael but had a tough time buying that Noah and David would help out Michael. I did not see Noah giving up a closer ally in Jamie. I assumed Mike would go, and next round we’ll have David possibly be ejected from the game due to his crappy situation. Speaking of which. . .

        DAVID’S COMPUTER PROBLEMS

        It was not an unorthodox strategic move. David is having computer problems. This round and the previous round have forced him to sit out against his will. He sent me a few messages begging for extra time on these challenges but even then the library computer would glitch and I would receive nothing. David may follow Scott’s path and be a surprise quit/ejection right before the end of the game. It will really suck if it does happen.

        JAMIE AND DAVE BLINDSIDED

        One of the biggest blindsides of the season. Michael is saved in a Phillip-like manner for the fourth round in a row. He takes the bullets while the threat is eliminated. I don’t know what exactly made Michael go from dead man walking in Noah and David’s books to being third man in. There must have been some conversations that made them think next round Dave and Jamie would deadlock the vote. That is the only conclusion I can come to. Michael would be their third as opposed to 2-2. Smart move I s’pose if that’s what they figured.

        LESSON LEARNED

        Participate in the dang challenge. Perhaps Jamie had issues come up but for the second round in a row the player that is booted put in the least effort besides David. They had their shot to prevent their own elimination and they didn’t embrace the opportunity. Hopefully these rounds have taught players that when it gets down to only five or six players that it is time to stop portraying yourself as a weak player and instead fight to guarantee safety in this game. Immunity is the only thing that keeps you safe in this game.

        4: David
        3: Dave
        2: Noah
        1: Michael

        From last to first in terms of my prediction. This game changes on a dime.

        TRIBAL COUNCIL #14

        (*DAVE*)-(DAVID)-(JAMIE)-(MICHAEL)-(NOAH)
        XXX
        (WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(SHYAM)-(LEIF)-(BRIAN)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)

        You must answer your questions in order for your vote to count.

        DAVE,

        1. Once again you have immunity. You’re in the Final Four. Is everyone here relying on your vote this round?

        Yatta! I did it! That challenge was a bitch (and had absolutely zero video game trivia!) so I’m happy that my hard work paid off. Honestly, I’m still not quite sure where everybody’s head is at for this vote.

        2. What do you think everyone is deeming to be important at this point? “How do I put myself in a position to stay alive at least one more round” or “how do I put myself in a position to win if I get to the Final Two”?

        I think everyone is just trying to figure out how they can make it to the next stage. If they’ve figured that out already, they might be thinking a step ahead.

        3. Nine consecutive Apus members, whether half breed or full breed, are all gone in a row. In fact the only non-Apus member voted out thus far was Francisco. This is the only round since then where that will occur. How does that change the atmosphere of the vote this round?

        It completely changes the atmosphere. It’s a totally different game now. The 5 of us have worked as a single unit since Day 1 and to be forced to turn on each other & vote out one of our own members is not going to be easy for any of us.

        But Survivor was designed this way for that reason. The whole idea of the game is to get people to work together and forge real, meaningful relationships and then get those same people to betray each other and stab one another in the back. It’s definitely the most brutal phase in an already brutal game.

        DAVID,

        1. How frustrating is it that late game computer problems may be responsible for your departure if you’re voted out this round?

        1. There’s not even a word for how frustrating it is. I’ve put too much effort into this game to be eliminated next round if i get another inactivity strike so that really bothers me. Even worse, now that we’re down to our core five and things have the potential to get crazy, not being able to participate just makes it hurt more.

        2. However, you weren’t the only one who was MIA in this challenge. Does it help to never be in a position or make a move in this game where you are singled out?

        2. 😀 I don’t want to Campos on this question, but I really don’t understand the phrasing.

        ME: I meant more of “you and Jamie both didn’t really do the challenge. Is that better than it being ONLY you to not do the challenge”.

        ME: Or I can go the Probst in Nicaragua route and say “I don’t believe you don’t know what I’m talking about. Yve, do you know what I’m talking about? You THINK you know?!”

        Sorry Logan, I must have been up the same tree Fabio was in..

        2. To re-answer question 2, yes i’m glad it wasn’t only me lacking in the participation category. It’s definitely hard to be in a situation where getting challenges done are difficult, and having others have the same problem just shows that if someone doesn’t participate it’s not because their lazy, but because real life situations come up as well.

        3. What’s the criteria for this round’s vote?

        3. At this point it’s all about setting up the endgame. All the other votes were easy compared to this. I think people are definitely thinking about who they want with them if they make it to the finals, and perhaps more so thinking about who might not want to be sitting with THEM in the finals.

        JAMIE,

        1. You go from almost always being runner-up to pulling a Marcelo. Was the challenge that difficult and you figured ‘someone else will figure this out better than me’ or do you feel safe enough this round where you didn’t mind someone else winning immunity?

        I completely forgot about the challenge until yesterday afternoon and I was really busy so I didn’t have any time to commit to the challenge like I would’ve liked to.

        2. How difficult is it to vote someone out this round? You five must be tight. This is fourteen rounds over the past two months where you guys have always voted as a bloc.

        It’s actually really tough. Now that it’s down to the five of us, we have to turn on each other.

        3. If it’s you this round. . .how would you react to this family of five turning against you?

        It would suck, but I wouldn’t be mad. I’m playing this for fun, so I don’t take things seriously. If I go, then I go. It’s just something that happens. No hard feelings.

        MICHAEL,

        You came up short in this round’s immunity. Do you think that puts a target on you? Or does that put you in a position where you can say ‘hey guys, I’m the only one who can keep up with Dave in challenges?’

        I feel like its a bit of both, I’m not crazy good in challenges, but I’m not bad either, Dave is just really good. I dont think I have a target on my back for my challenge preformance

        2. You’ve been voted for at least once in each of the past three rounds. Very unusual for someone to stay alive after being targeted that many rounds in a row. Do you think this is it for you or do you think the tide will turn?

        You know, thats a hard question to answer, theres so many blindsides that have happened, I wouldent be surprised if it was me. I hope it isnt but we’re at a point where everything changes, and anything can happen

        3. For many of you, this is your first ORG, and incidentally, your first time making it this far into an ORG. Do you notice how complex strategizing gets when there’s only four other people to talk to?

        man, the last 5 votes were easy, but now we’re all having to turn on eachother, and things change. but I’m enjoying every minute of it

        NOAH,

        1. You haven’t been voted against since the Francisco elimination. The other four have all received votes since then. Why do you think you’ve been able to avoid being hit with votes?

        1. I think I stayed clear of votes bc I’m not a threat. I’m not strong in challenges.

        2. Is there a part of you that says ‘Dang, wish I would’ve hung onto my idol’? Because none of you have been truly vulnerable until this round.

        2. I think holding on to my idol would have been more of an issue to me compared to it helping me.

        3. Why should the other four keep you around?

        3. I think I should stay bc I’m hot lol. I don’t think I’m a threat. I’ve kept open communication with the 5 of us. From here on out its going to be hard to vote.

        Okay, when you vote please do so in the following format:

        (Logan)

        REASON: What is this? Your version of The Simpsons’ chalkboard gag? Fourteen Tribal Councils later and we still have to read through this crap? Clearly there’s a learning curve to this gag because I’M STILL NOT LAUGHING!

        Votes are due by 1:00pm eastern Wednesday.

        Dave has immunity. You cannot vote for Dave. Everybody else is fair game. It’s time to vote. Wacky tribe, you’re up.

        If anybody has the hidden immunity idol and they played it, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        FIRST VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Jamie)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        One vote Jamie.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        SECOND VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Michael)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        One vote Jamie, one vote Michael.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        NEXT VOTE :
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Michael Graga)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Two votes Michael, one vote Jamie.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        NEXT VOTE :
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Jamie.)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        We’re tied.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Two votes Jamie and two votes Michael.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        One vote left.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        LAST VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Fourteenth person voted out of the game. . .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        And the seventh member of our jury:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Jamie)
        .
        Jamie, the tribe has spoken.
        .
        (XXXXX)
        .
        It’s time for you to go.

        MICHAEL: WHAAAAAT?!?! I thought I was dead!
        JAMIE: Good luck y’all!

        ME: Well, maybe the lesson here is to ensure you can put yourself in a position to fight for the only thing in this game that can guarantee you safety.

        Congratulations, you have made it to the Final Four. Dave, David, Michael, and Noah, one of you is very close to winning this game. Here is what we’re down to:

        Four players, three Tribal Councils, two immunity challenges, and one Survivor. It should be a doozy. I’ll send out your immunity challenge late tonight. You will be given 48 hours to work on it, and once you see it, I’m sure you’ll understand why.

        Good luck.

        TC VOTING

        DAVE,

        (Michael Graga)

        Sorry Mike! I think you’re a great guy, but you’re my biggest competition in the challenges and I have a feeling I’m going to need to win them all in order to make it to the end.

        DAVID,

        I’m voting now even though everything will probably change and i’m half expecting to be out this round.

        Re-make of an old campfire song:
        Dave Bronson’s goat, wasn’t feeling fine,
        ate three red shirts, off the back of the line..

        (Jamie)

        JAMIE,

        Vote:

        (Michael)

        Someone has to go, so I guess it’s you.

        MICHAEL,

        (Jamie)

        this is a tough vote, they could be playing me, but I have to trust my instincts. my instincts tell me Dave Bronson is lying and I have to betray him, sorry. it’s been fun 🙂

        NOAH,

        My vote is for Jamie.

        CONFESSIONALS

        DAVE,

        I hate this challenge. Prepare to get some answers completely out of order and at random. SIGH.

        JAMIE EXIT INTERVIEW

        1. What made you apply for this game?

        I wasn’t planning on playing any facebook games because, well, honestly.. They have become pretty lame and it seems like everyone is always in the same alliance, so it’s predictable and boring. Not to mention many of the newer players are real immature. But I heard a lot of good reviews about the first season, so I thought I’d give it a shot.

        2. The other tribe had all the vets. Meanwhile your tribe was nearly all newbs. Why were vets pummelled this game?

        I really don’t think it has anything to do with vets vs. newbs or anything like that. It seemed more like people just playing together. It was actually really nice playing on a tribe full of newbs because there aren’t preconceived notions about them, so they aren’t judged yet.

        3. The diagonal move. You know it was going to come up. In my opinion, that was the second biggest move of the game. It forced you guys to go to a TC that completely split the tribe down the middle and exposed who was on the bottom. Then the mutiny occurs and you guys lose three people to the other tribe. However, Ooc dominates to the end of the game regardless. If you did not make the diagonal move, how do you think the game would have changed?

        It was honestly a big mistake. I tripled checked my moves and somehow I didn’t see it. The other players on the tribe even checked it. I don’t see why Francisco, Carl, and Kristine or whoever got pissed about it. They could’ve easily checked it out as well. But I really think going to TC was a necessity at that point. We needed a change on our tribe. People were starting to feel too comfortable with their alliances.. Myself included. I believe people that weren’t in the alliance of five new they were in danger. So even if we didn’t go to TC, I think they still would’ve mutinied. I don’t think the game would’ve changed too much though. The alliance of five still would’ve dominated.

        4. What was your favourite twist this game?

        I really enjoyed the mutiny twist. I was really disappointed that I didn’t get an invite, even though I wouldn’t have accepted it. But it was cool that it was an option for people to make move before the merge to hopefully benefit themselves.

        5. Your connection with Chris. Talk about that and its effect on your game and Chris’ game.

        Obviously Chris and I have been great allies in many games. He is 100% trustworthy and a terrific player. We weren’t on the same tribe, so that really sucked. I was hoping we would end up on the same tribe so we could work together. Since we ended up on different tribes, we decided not to ally in this game. We knew it would put targets on our backs and it wouldn’t work. We did share some information and talked quite a bit about the game, but we each played our own game. Many people speculated/assumed Chris and I were allied and ultimately, I think that is why he was voted out. Fortunately for me, it didn’t have any effect on my game.

        6. You went for the penalty idol a ton of times. Why did you feel it was necessary to go for it so much?

        I thought it was important to go for it to make sure no one was in possession of it. Stupid me forgot to go for it during the first challenge, so I’m assuming that’s when Noah got it because I pretty much went for it every other time I could during the tribal stage.

        7. But Noah played the penalty idol. Do you think Noah, although putting himself at risk and eliminating his advantage by sharing it with everyone, really did the right thing for the tribe overall considering Apus’ secrecy dropped them two people right before the merge?

        Many people think this was a brilliant move on his part. I thought it was stupid. Apparently he did it so he didn’t have a target on his back. I wouldn’t have told anyone about it and kept it for when I felt I was in danger. And if I didn’t use it, no problem. No one had to know I had it. But I guess he felt like he made a good move.

        8. You voted to merge. What was your motivation behind making that choice?

        I didn’t care either way about merging or not. Ooc was great at challenges.. Mainly because Apus kept fucking themselves over by those penalties. I thought we could continue to keep dominating. But what happened if we did lose? There was Shyam who would’ve been the easy vote. But he was getting too comfortable and I felt like he might’ve made some alliances. So basically I was scared about what would happen if we ever lost a challenge. We had the numbers going into the merge, so that was the best decision.

        9. Six original Ooc made it to the end and none were eliminated before that point in the post-merge phase. Why were tribal loyalties so dang strong?

        To me, loyalty is one of the most important things in a game. I am going to be loyal to whoever I make an alliance with and do my best to get that alliance to the end. Noah and I were aligned from the very beginning and I was serious when we made that final two deal. Although he wasn’t as serious, even though he said loyalty was important to him. I was also extremely loyal to the alliance of five. When there were six left and people were talking about voting our Michael before Marcelo, that was just not cool with me. From the beginning, the five of us were supposed to go to the end, so deviating from the plan would’ve been stupid.

        10. You went on vacation at a crucial point in the game. How do you think that impacted your game?

        It didn’t have any impact on my game at all. Yeah, it sucked that I wasn’t able to socialize, so I was worried I would have a lot of catching up to do. But when I got back, I just slid right back into everything and it was like I never left.

        11. What is the biggest regret you have outside of the diagonal move? Er, in this game. I don’t want this interview to be that personal.

        I really don’t regret the diagonal move, but I did feel a tad bad about it. But I really didn’t have any regrets. I felt like I played a great game, but it just wasn’t good enough to get past fifth place.

        12. Why were there so many failed attempts to eliminate Michael? And how did you become the last person to fall for that trick and pay for it by being eliminated? Why was Mike the constant decoy boot?

        I don’t know why everyone wanted Michael out. He wasn’t that great of a player. But when the five of us were left, I have a final three deal with Noah and David (being my true alliance) and Noah and Dave. I thought I was golden to make it to the final three. Michael was really the only name I heard from other people. David had problems with his computer, so he wasn’t around to talk about the vote. Noah and I were supposed to be allies but he had other plans. I really don’t know why I appeared to be a threat to the guys.

        13. How does this ORG compare to other games you have played?

        I’ve played over 100 ORGs.. Yep, I’m an ORG slut. It’s definitely in the Top 10. There was a lot of thought put into the challenges, twists, and everything else. Nice job! [:)]

        14. When you were voted out, who did you think would be voted out after you? Who did you want to be voted out after you? When you were voted out, who did you think would win? And at the time who did you want to win?

        I thought Dave was going to be the next to go because he was blindsided by me getting voted out. He wasn’t included in the plan to vote me out, so he was out of the loop. Lucky for him, he won immunity. I would have to say that I wanted Noah voted out after me. I swear I’m usually never bitter when I get voted out. But I was completely baffled that Noah deflected from the plan. And after I was voted out, he tried lying to me about what went down. That pissed me off that he was lying even after I was voted out. If he told me the truth, I would’ve congratulated him on a nice blindside. I don’t know who I thought would win when I was voted out. It was obvious that Noah was running the show, so I thought he could have a shot. I really wanted Dave to win the game because was honest with me and I appreciate people being honest.

        15. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

        I had a great time playing and meeting new people. I would definitely recommend this series to others! 🙂

      • FINALE BLOG
        —FINAL TC JUST ENDEDYep. No 250+ comment thread between Marty and Elvera, but a great final TC nonetheless. But let’s rewind to the start of the finale.CONTROVERSIAL CHALLENGEI always like to save my most genius challenge for Final Four immunity. The one that takes the players to their researching breaking point and racking their brains to solve the puzzle before them.

        The problem? Their originality converts it into a test drive rather than a polished challenge. Much like Survivor Sudoku, I had to intervene a couple times when players pointed my errors and had to make up for it by instituting rules to make it more fair or not too impossible. Unfortunately that backfired as everyone except Michael solved it and thus we went to the tiebreaker.

        PALM SUNDAY

        A holiday I only see in small print  on my annual calendar. For anyone that knows me I do not come from a religious household. I myself hate any holiday in general. While my immediate and extended family celebrate Christmas I’ll be in my room reading a book or play a video game in a different room. Just never liked holidays. So when I am hosting these games my general rule is that I do  not plan tasks on any nation-wide holidays. For instance, last season I started the game after Labour Day weekend much to RyLis and others chagrin. So I don’t want to be an absolute jack— to the players.

        Noah raised my awareness of Palm Sunday. Really, Palm Sunday? The issue is that we were over halfway through the challenge. If it turned out to be a nation-wide holiday in the States I would have no choice but to cancel the challenge and bury my head in  my hands. Fortunately for me (and unfortunately for Noah. . .and me in a way come to think of it) it was only on a municipal basis and only a few states in the U.S. celebrate it. Plus the challenge ended prior to the Palm Sunday itself which made it virtually not an option to cancel the challenge.

        So Noah is unhappy with me. He claims to be busy all weekend but I am left with saying ‘tough luck’ which is nowhere near easy for me to say at a Final Four immunity challenge knowing my ruling can affect the outcome of the game.

        TIEBREAKER

        But we were tied. Noah, despite claiming he was super busy, still submitted all of the answers. This made me suspicious why he kept messaging me about being busy when he did the challenge. David and Dave did the challenge. Michael didn’t submit because I s’pose it was the wrong weekend for me to schedule a challenge. We go to a tiebreaker where if we are STILL tied, then first one who messaged me wins. This is my least favourite way to do a tiebreaker but I thought my tiebreaker would truly stump them.

        NOPE

        Dave and David both submitted answers. After the challenge I noticed the three biggest format screw-ups I made in constructing the challenge, and if those are corrected, it will make the challenge simultaneously less time-consuming, impossible for trial and error to occur, and eliminates players to keep working on the challenge until everything 100% fits. I dare not do it next season though unless I have zero ideas.

        PALM SUNDAY PART TWO

        Here is where my hosting duties are tested. I have never elaborated on this before because I did not want to affect the outcome of the game but waited until this blog to explain to Noah why he may have got the short end of the stick on the challenge.

        1) The tiebreaker was going to be Sunday. I recall Noah saying Sunday is no good, and because I feel bad enough Noah could not participate in part one at full capacity, I announced I would not post the challenge until after midnight on Monday. Thus, Noah’s family dinner and activities can be enjoyed without it being at the expense of winning this ORG.

        2) Noah messages me saying he really wants the challenge posted earlier. He makes the request publicly in the group page too. What???? Didn’t you ask me several times over the past couple days that Sunday was an enormous no-no? Something was not adding up for me.

        3) Dave agrees to the request in the group. As a host I know that all four players know Dave will be next to go if he loses the challenge. So Dave and Noah who are no longer in the same alliance both accept the tiebreaker to be submitted earlier. David never objected so I said ‘fine, challenge will be posted earlier’.

        4) Noah messages me saying Sunday is no longer good after requesting the challenge to be posted on Sunday. I must admit there was a ten second period where I lost my cool. This challenge had been going poorly from the start and now it seemed nothing was going right. After that I was wondering what the heck is Noah changing  his mind about the scheduling of the challenge for? It clicks with me that his requests have changed in a direct relationship to when Dave reveals his availability. Now I had a major responsibility in my hands. Is Noah pulling out the strategy card of screwing over an immunity threat by slanting the scheduling of challenges against their ideal time? I’ve seen it happen before. I have been allied with someone who engaged in this practice. Crap. What do I do?

        I figure best go with exactly what Noah, Dave, and David all wanted in the first place–the earlier tiebreaker posting. I could not explain my reasoning behind this decision to Noah without influencing the outcome of this game. My decision was based entirely on maintaining the integrity, unbiased, and credible nature of my games. I cannot read Noah’s mind. He may have been truly all over the place with his requests and did not have any mal-intent. But I cannot be certain. So the judgment call was left with me. I truly hope I made the right decision and let the game press onwards.

        DAVE WINS TIEBREAKER

        Dave won a much-needed immunity. He is only one win away from breaking his way into the finals. In the meantime Noah, David, and Michael are at risk. I did not buy Mike’s confessional for two seconds that Noah was at risk. Considering Dave already voted Michael and nobody seems keen to vote out Noah, Michael will be gone in a 3-1 vote. Unless David self-votes because his computer broke down. But he should be fine. He aced both parts to the challenge after all.

        NOAH’S CHOICE

        Dave and Michael voted David. David voted Michael. Everyone knows Michael has more past votes and loses a deadlock with David if that were to occur. So the choice is in Noah’s hands. This is the biggest decision of the game in my opinion. Do you take someone you think can beat Dave in a challenge or do you take someone you think you can defeat in FTC? But that is all for naught if Dave wins final immunity.

        Look at the TC voting for this round and you can see how tough of a decision it was for Noah. The only funny thing about the situation is Noah asked me multiple times to post the results early. I said I’d do it when I received all votes and right after I replied he had changed his vote already. I revised it to ‘whatever is the last vote I see at the deadline is what counts’. It was the best for Noah’s sanity.

        DEADLOCK

        Noah sees more value in taking David to Final Three. Michael is booted because his actions at past Tribal Councils have come back to haunt him. I have zero regrets that Mike is ousted in a deadlock. The deadlock is the best form of tiebreaker in Survivor. The whole idea of Tribal Council is that it is a place where you account for your actions. Some help you. Some haunt you. The ‘haunt’ part was in full effect as the prior four rounds came back to haunt Michael.

        We don’t need no stinkin rocks or trial by fire.

        FINAL IMMUNITY CHALLENGE

        Dave suffered from one of the worst cases of Skype lag I have ever seen. Sorry bout that. Challenge goes on for 35 minutes before Noah gives up immunity to David at exactly the one hour mark.

        A DECISION THAT TAKES .2 SECONDS TO MAKE

        David believes going to the end with Noah gives him a better shot at winning than Dave. I am inclined to agree as the jury house was massively rooting for Dave to win this game and complete the comeback. David and Noah were the bottom two choices out of the five remaining Ooc members.

        Funny how Survivor works that way. I don’t know if the jury members were really voting ‘for’ someone as ‘eh, this is the best we’ve got’. David and Noah played a great game in recognizing they needed to take each other to the Final Two.

        NOAH ALMOST QUITS AT FTC

        I didn’t think he would quit after being pummelled by the jury but it did raise an interesting point in my head. Had anyone in an ORG ever quit at a FTC? Has somebody won the game by default rather than by a jury vote? If you know of a case where this happens, I’d love to know about it. There have been quits on day 37 or day 38, but for the life of me cannot recall it happening on day 39. It makes sense though. Who in their right mind works from 18 down to Final Two only to say ‘I’ll quit and let you win’. It takes a whole lot of competitiveness, strategic thinking, and a backbone to keep yourself alive for sixteen gruelling rounds.

        SO DID THIS SEASON BEAT THE PREVIOUS SEASON AFTER ALL IS SAID AND DONE?

        Why yes it did. Am I saying that because the winner comes out of nowhere or because I loved the pre-merge phase that much? The cast? The twists? Voting on a merge? The challenges? Please be patient. I will say that the two inactives being voted out as early as possible made for a very active and very strong game. Next time I wouldn’t mind you sending in confessionals once it reaches top six or seven. For some reason both seasons saw a huge drop in confessional submissions at that stage.

        WINNER REVEALED TOMORROW

        David or Noah? Who won? Who barely loses? That will be posted tomorrow followed by me sending out their exit interviews followed by the eighteen awards I give out each season followed by news for season three.

        Stay tuned.

        Challenge XVI: Where in the World is Joseph Kony?

        Inspired By: Episodes of Where in the World is Carmen Sandiego?

        Date: March 29 – April 3

        Winner: Dave Bronson

        Voted out: 2-2 deadlock Michael Graga by past votes via Noah’s indecision

        Challenge XVII: Willpower

        Inspired By: Copied from my favourite challenge ever.

        Date: April 4 – April 10

        Winner: David Racine

        Voted out: Dave Bronson

        Final Tribal Council vote: ??????

        Date: April 11 – April 19

        DAVE,

        1. For the sixth time this game, you win an individual immunity challenge. You’re one away from tying the record for most wins since the prequel season. How did you figure out this challenge so quickly?

        😀

        It didn’t feel very quick at the time. I started working on the challenge as soon as you posted it. A frustrating 2 hours later, I couldn’t find a few of the pictures and I nearly gave up. I decided to google a list of world capitals and enter each one in systematically until I got the right distances between them. Pretty quickly I got lucky with Riyadh and Bamako and things got easier from there. It took me 3 or 4 hours total, but considering my competition, I knew it was going to come down to who could finish faster and I wasn’t going to go down without a fight.

        2. Your vote is more crucial than ever. You can essentially cause a deadlock or seal someone’s fate. Do you notice how much more power you have this round?

        I’d like my vote to make a difference this round, but it may end up being as useless as it was at the last tribal council. -_-

        It all depends on what other people think their best options are.

        3. Would you have survived this vote if you hadn’t won immunity?

        Quite frankly, no. It became apparent at the last vote that I’m a goner the second I lose immunity. Nobody wants to go up against me at the end, which has been my motivation for winning these last few challenges. I’m running on pure willpower.

        DAVID,

        1. It was you and Dave in that challenge this round. Do you think you’re the only one capable of defeating Dave in these challenges?
        I don’t think so. Michael has been great in a lot of challenges, and given the right challenge Noah could really come out of nowhere to win the last one.

        2. Why would you vote out Michael? Final 3 immunity is the most important, and Mike could potentially beat me in the greatest challenge of them all.

        3. Why would you vote out Noah?
        I wouldn’t, he’s hot :P. In all seriousness, Noah could potentially be a dark horse to win this thing. There might some jurors who take an “anyone but (dave/david/michael)” approach, there’s no way to know till the jury speaks.

        MICHAEL,

        1. You have survived four consecutive Tribal Councils in a row despite receiving a vote every time. What will it take for that streak to continue?

        1: trust, at this point, everyone is talking to everyone, we’ve all lied in the past 24 hours, and we all know we’ve been lied to, I just know that in all the lies, theres a touch of truth, and to survive its gonna take me picking out that tad bit of truth, and clinging to item

        2. Why would you vote out David?

        2: David is a great threat. He’s good in challenges, he’s a jury threat, and he’s a great strategist. He’s a triple threat.

        3. Why would you vote out Noah?

        3: Noah… is Noah. He’s an awesome strategist, and could easily be lying to everyone and still get to the end. At this point int he game anything is possible, and I have to watch out for everyone

        NOAH,

        1. I know that was a frustrating immunity challenge. But now your focus shifts to staying alive one more round. Are the three of you all truly in the hot seat or is there one other person who you think is guaranteed safety this round?

        1. i think everyone is on edge.

        2. Why would you vote out David?

        He already has marcelos vote

        3. Why would you vote out Michael?

        he has friends on the jury.

        If anybody has a hidden immunity idol and they want to play it, this is the last Tribal Council that you can do so.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        FIRST VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Racine 😥 )
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        SECOND VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Michael Graga)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        One vote David, one vote Michael.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        THIRD VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Ðαṽїⅾ ℜα¢їη℮ ✖2)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        That’s uh, let me get my translator:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (David Racine x2)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        It seems the person intended for the vote to count twice. Incidentally, it counts only once.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Two votes David, one vote Michael.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        LAST VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Fifteenth person voted out of this game and the eighth member of our jury. . .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Is not known yet.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Mike)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        For the first time since the prequel season, we have a tie.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Here’s what will happen: David and Michael, you will not vote. Dave and Noah will re-vote. You two will vote for either Michael or David. If we are still tied, it is deemed a deadlock and we will go to past votes.

        MICHAEL: Im screwed…
        NOAH: wth?
        DAVID: Sitting on Facebook, waiting for results.
        They are not coming, I begin to sulk.
        I’m sure he’s busy and not wanting to be mean,
        but i just can’t wait for his fb icon to turn green.
        I just want answers and to not be deprived,
        but even if he signs on the votes still need to be “archived”.

        Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        FIRST VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (His Lordship, David Racine, Duke of Gaspé.)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        One vote David.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        FINAL VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (mike)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        We’re tied.
        .
        .
        Okay, first deadlock in quite a while guys. This is how it works:
        .
        .
        It’s clear nobody is changing their mind. There’s no point re-voting anymore. From here, we go to past votes. Whoever has more goes home.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        MICHAEL HAS 6 PAST VOTES.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        DAVID HAS 4 PAST VOTES.
        .
        .
        Unfortunately Michael, Tribal Council is a place where you’re held accountable for your actions. And this round your actions in the past that incurred votes have come back to haunt you.
        .
        .
        Michael, the tribe has spoken.
        .
        (XXXXXXX)
        .
        It’s time for you to go.

        MICHAEL: Crap. I had a dream this’d happen. You guys all suck, I’m glad to be out of this. If I could cast negative TC votes you’d all die. Especially one of you in particular. Oh well, good luck to my one player who I won’t name 🙂 it’s been fun

        Certainly not the mood that you want someone sent to the jury house. Who knows how much that could influence the outcome of this game.

        Congratulations. You are ONE challenge away from making it into the Final Two. I certainly hope you can put everything you have into winning the final immunity challenge. Good luck.

        NOAH:i wasnt to fond of the weekend thing myself In to reply what David said, I feel like most people on the jury are anti Noah.

        DAVID: haha something random i thought of yesterday… It never occurred to me that Noah must have a last name that isn’t “Spiderjew”.

        NOAH: I accually do have a last nane

        he already has marcelos vote.

        3. Why would you vote out Michael?

        he has friends on the jury.

        MICHAEL: Oh btw, seriously?! A weekend challenge?! What the heck was up with that?! If I go home this round, there’ll be a lawsuit

        TC VOTING

        DAVE,

        I hate this challenge. Prepare to get some answers completely out of order and at random. SIGH.

        (Ðαṽїⅾ ℜα¢їη℮ ✖2)

        If this doesn’t work I’m just going to have to kick your ass again at the next challenge and vote you out myself.

        Re-vote:

        (His Lordship, David Racine, Duke of Gaspé.)

        It is with great sadness that I write your name down for a second time good sir.

        DAVID,

        I am voting: (Michael Graga)

        Just trying to make things happen, but there’s no blindside tonight: I know i’m a goner unless I succesfully turned Noah around, which looks doubtful.

        MICHAEL,

        (Noah)

        Worst vote ever, I’m so screwed, but I have to vote my gut. Bye either way

        Vote change

        (Racine ;( )

        I’m really sorry man, I dont want to do this at all, but its my safest bet. I dont have many options and I HATE having to allign with Noah and Dave, but this is my only safe move now. I’m sorry. I hope you understand

        NOAH,

        Mike
        David : (
        Mike
        David
        Mike
        David
        Mike
        David
        Mike or david
        David
        Mike
        David
        Mike
        When are results?

        Re-vote:

        This is a hard decision
        Ok. David
        No
        I change my mind
        MIKE!!!!!
        No no
        Mike

        CONFESSIONALS

        MICHAEL,

        Well, I had a plan. For the whole game I was tight with the Dave’s, we were 3 to the end. But right after Marcelo was voted out it was revealed to me that I almost went home, cause I’m a jury threat. I was only saved cause Jamie said Marcelo was a bigger threat. But I am sure to die at 5. Then, I get approached by everyone but Jamie with final 2 promises, just goes to show that if you can survive ONE vote, you can be safe. I choose to allign with Noah and David for 3, and David for 2. I can beat Noah for sure, but David is my friend, I’d rather play an honor game. So Jamie goes home, I feed Bronson a lie about how they just piggybacked off of my Jamie vote, and I’m still cool with him. Now its time to survive the final 4 vote. Its not looking good, but I think the vote is Noah. David seems to want that, I think Bronson can be convinced, and the vote is easy. Or we just need Bronson and Noah to vote seperately, and me and David can vote Noah. Final 3 should be easy, Bronson and Racine both would want me to the end I think, but thats pure speculation. I’ll still try my best to win. Thats about all for now, later.

        MICHAEL EXIT INTERVIEW
        ——————–

        If you’re reading this, it means there was a ridiculous delay in production sending you these questions, and any chance at an ORG award has been kissed goodbye. Answer these questions anyway?

        1. This was your first ORG. What expectations did you have that were wiped out when the game began?
        2. From the banter at the early Tribal Councils, you seemed to be positioned between the two alliances in this game. Were you considered a swing vote? If so, why did you swing the way you did? Was that a strategy of yours?
        3. You never found idols, requested penalty idols frequently, mutinied, nor a prominent figure too much in immunity challenges. Would you change that strategy if you had to do this game all over again?
        4. What was the biggest dilemma you had in this game?
        5. You did not receive a single vote until Lister’s exit. Why did you become a vote magnet after being invisible to the ballot for so long? Because it is not like you were a Penner or a Sheppard where people disliked you.
        6. Speaking of targets why was Dave the first of the five to be targeted?
        7. How did Shyam change the dynamic when he joined the Ooc tribe? I imagine you couldn’t be completely honest about his position at Tribal Councils when you guys needed him for a merge.
        8. Speaking of Shyam, why did you guys Elrod him before eliminating the rest of Apus?
        9. Going into the merge was there a boot order you already had in mind? How did that change once it got down to five?
        10. Why Jamie at five?
        11. Final Four. Dave wins immunity then you and David deadlock. Why did Noah get to have a bye and decide yours and David’s fate?
        12. Do you think you could have done anything different to send David home in the deadlock?
        13. The past votes sent you home. Do you think past votes are the fairest way to break a deadlock?
        14. When you were voted out, who did you think would be voted out after you? Who did you want to be voted out after you? When you were voted out, who did you think would win? And at the time who did you want to win?
        15. If you have any other thoughts, please share. 

        On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for participating in this game!

        There were awards? CRAP!

        1: I expected it to be tough, and challenging to become a member of the dominant alliance, but once I found out how many newbies were on my team it was easier, then we were tight with Noah and Jamie was the extra, so it was quick to become in power. Also I thought we’d have more group discussions
        2: Nope! I mean maybe I was approached to swing my vote but I felt everyone was. Dave Bronson I think was the swing, or Jamie
        3: I tried for idols, and I tried in most challenges unless I was busy in real life, so the only thing I can really answer is mutinying, and I definately would not have unless I could have tried to get one more from my alliance to come, and had OOC everywhere
        4: SOOO many lies, especially at 4 and 5 everyone was talking and lying to eachother, it was crazy and I had no clue who to trust
        5: I may have just gotten random votes with the lister vote, but I know at 6, Racine saw me as a threat and I got more there, and 5 it continued, so I’d say Brian was what did me in. I cant function with everything flying in my head, I need someone to help me sort everything out, and David Racine was my one. Unfortunately I may have implied I’d switch and help Brian stay, and he saw my strategic side and it did me in. Also, I started sucking the jurys kneecaps trying to earn votes, and that hurts.
        6: his dominence in challenges, and his alliance with Jamie
        7: Thankfully we only had him for one tribal before we were outing him, and that one was where he was neccesary. But yeah we had to make him feel more secure and make him feel OOC
        8: Racine did that, he wanted to show his strategic dominance and made us all think Shy had the idol, so he booted him, also what he said in closing comments about how Shy was orchestrating the votes, Shy thought he was our leader from the minute he joined our tribe, telling us who to vote for, and it got annoying
        9: my dream boot order would have been: Leif, Lister, Noah, Shy, Marcelo, Eamon, Brian, Jamie, Bronson. My realistic boot order was: Brian, Eamon, Lister, Noah, Leif, Jamie, Racine. I like Racine and would have wanted to do F2 against him, win against the best to prove your the best, or lose against the best and you cant complain. Noah I just diddnt get along with and diddnt want him around, plus the idol. Once it was down to 5 we all just attacked eachother and it hurt, Jamie was supposed to go at 5, but then I was 4 so…
        10: cause we had a core 4 and just brought her for a vote
        11: I dont know, Noah really pissed me off with his crap lying and stupid excusses
        12: Talked to Dave Bronson more? IDK
        13: No way! Purple rock FTW! No but really, I think it is, challenges are dumb and the purple rock works better in real survivor
        14: I thought one of the Daves, probably Racine. I wanted Noah, but no way would he go. I thought Bronson would win, but I wanted Racine to.
        15: Fun game, can I be an all star?

        Thanks!

        Editor’s note: I’m not looking forward to that lawsuit.

        TRIBAL COUNCIL #16
        ——————

        (DAVE)-(*DAVID*)-(NOAH)
        XXX
        (WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(SHYAM)-(LEIF)-(BRIAN)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)-(JAMIE)-(MICHAEL)

        Doesn’t really matter if you answer your questions for your vote to count. But it’s the last time I get to ask you questions in the game, so why not do it once more?

        Dave can’t vote for David; he can only vote for Noah.

        Noah can’t vote for David; he can only vote for Dave.

        Those two votes cancel each other out.

        Therefore, David will be the only one to cast a vote. No need to remind you how to vote. Send your vote in a private message to me. It is time to vote. David, you’re up.

        1. Tell David why he should keep you.

        David should keep me because the jury doesn’t care about gameplay or personality… They are voting based solely on who they think the hottest player is, and Noah is clearly the biggest threat in that category.

        NOAH: If it was that way then I would def not win. David would lol.

        DAVE: What am I, chopped liver?

        NOAH: Being the only gay guy left, I must say we all are hot. viewers would love the show to see us 3 walking around with no shirts lol

        DAVE: This season was sort of a sausage-fest. You guys voted out the only girl we had left 😛

        NOAH: Well that is my kind of party

        DAVID,

        1. Why would you vote out Dave?

        2. Why would you vote out Noah?

        To answer both questions at once, i’d vote one out over the other depending solely on my assessment of who i think i stand a better chance against; all other factors and previous alliances are gone. A lot of thinking has went into it, and I won’t give away my vote here but i’ve pretty much told my decision to the player i’m going to vote out.

        NOAH,

        1. Tell David why he should keep you.

        I should stay bc I’ve been loyal to youths whole game.

        Once the vote is read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the vote.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Sixteenth person voted out and the ninth and final member of our jury:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Dave Bronson)
        .
        Dave, the tribe has spoken.
        .
        (XXXX)
        .
        It’s time for you to go.

        DAVE: Congratulations you guys and good luck at the final tribal council.

        Congratulations. You have made it to the Final Two. The power now shifts to a jury of nine who you voted out directly from this game. This is the toughest task every Survivor encounters each season. It will be only a matter of time before we find out who can do a better job of jury management.

        Good luck.

        DAVE EXIT INTERVIEW

        1. Boy oh boy. Let’s take you through the game. You had quite the ride. You won the first immunity challenge. Assess how that defined your role in the game.

        I think it showed that I was a strong player right away. Luckily I was able to allign myself with people that saw that as something that could help them rather than hurt them. Initially, at least.

        2. Did that opening challenge solidify your position in Ooc?

        I think so. It gave me another opportunity to talk to people I had contacted in the first challenge and I was in a position to help them. It was essential that David, Mike, Noah and myself all wound up on the same tribe so not only was I able to accomplish that, but it helped put me on good terms with everyone on our tribe I think.

        3. tHE PENALTY IDOLS. Who did you think requested it on your tribe besides Noah?

        My guess would be Marcelo or Jamie. Maybe Kristine.

        4. You said you wanted to be the Boston Rob of your tribe. Do you agree with that now or would a different survivvor define you?

        Did I say that? I know the other tribe likened me to Boston Rob at some point and while I tried to brush it off by acting a little insulted, I was secretly a little flattered because I knew all they were saying is that I was taking control of my tribe, which wasn’t entirely untrue. I’ve thought a lot about what Survivor would define me and I never really pictured myself playing like Rob, but in many ways I did implement hsi style of play. Would I play that way in real life or even with a different group of people? Probably not.

        The Survivor contestants I feel I would be most similar to in real life are Greg Buis, Rob Cesternino, Erik Reichenbach, Todd Herzog, Ken Hoang, Stephen Fischbach or John Cochran.

        The Survivor contestant I try to emulate the most is Yul Kwon. He’s the greatest player ever, in my opinion.

        My favorite player is still probably Coach. The amount of entertainment that man produced is incredible.

        5. You, David, and Michael were the three newbies in your first ORG. What made you guys do so well to the point you all took it to the Final Four?

        We just clicked. We all had very similar mindsets; we were all focused on winning and kicking those veteran’s asses. We stuck together because it benefitted us a team just as much as it did individually.

        6. Do you think the rumours of ORG connections (for example, Jamie and Chris) helped you in this game? Simply because you did not know a single soul heading into the game?

        Absolutely. If Ooc had gone to tribal council in the first episode, Jamie very well may have gone home. Two alliances that I helped create formed on Ooc over the first several days. One consisted of David, Noah, Mike and myself, the other consisted of Cisco, Kristine, Carl, Marcelo and myself. Neither group knew where Jamie stood and both (especially Cisco’s group) seemed afraid of the potential that she was Chris’ mole. I began speaking with her and just genuinely enjoyed our conversations. She informed me she was playing in 9 ORGs at the time and that made me think that while she was experienced, she couldn’t be as focused as I was so I guess that made me less worried about her. I felt I could trust her and she came over to our side, resulting in the first vote being a blindside on Francisco. It was a tough vote because I really liked Cisco and he was a great, active member of our tribe. We felt like we needed to cut off the head of the dragon before we merged so we took Cisco out and like the boss that he is, he took it like a man. I explained my reasoning for lying so much to him, Carl & Kristine and he seemed to respect my gameplay even if it was a little sneaky and we’ve been friends ever since! Anyway, Cisco’s group wanted Jamie gone, and I could have easily sided with them in that first vote betraying my original alliance and taking out Jamie instead, but that wasn’t in my best interest.

        7. Shyam became an integral part of your tribe post-mutiny. But come merge and you dispose of him quickly. Did this all stem from his deception in the opening challenge?

        It certainly left a bad taste in my mouth. I did some googling and found out Shyam is known for being a villain and somebody who likes to take control. David and I saw eye to eye on the benefits of taking him out immediately and had discussed it at length. Since everybody was afraid he might have an idol, it was pretty easy to convince the group that he needed to be blindsided.

        The funny thing is I think he thought he was actually in control of Ooc.

        8. You were vulnerable in only FOUR Tribal Councils all game. That’s a record. Why did you do so well at the challenges? What’s your secret?

        Fear and paranoia. I didn’t want to be voted out. I trusted in my alliance as much as you can in this game, but I never wanted to worry about going home so I made sure I had immunity every single time I thought there was even the slightest possiblity that I might get the boot. I play a shitload of games in real life so for the most part I simply enjoyed putting all that effort into the challanges.

        9. What exactly was Marcelo’s role in your tribe post-merge? And why did he not go past six despite being dead last in every challenge?

        IDK

        10. You were tagged with votes early in the post-merge phase. Why do you think Apus targeted you?

        I think they saw me as the head of the Ooc alliance.

        11. The first time you voted in the minority was Jamie’s elimination. Why were you outside of the loop on that vote?

        David essentially blindsided me by organizing Jamie’s boot. He was afraid we were close and that we would take eachother to the end so he convinced Noah and perhaps Mike to not vote with me for Mike, which had been Noah’s plan from the vote prior. It was the first time in the game I had been completely left out of the loop and it made me realize that David and I were playing directly against each other from that point on.

        12. Speaking of which, why did you want Jamie in the Final Four?

        Honestly, I trusted her and I thought I had a better chance at beating at the end her over Mike or David.

        13. Describe your relationships with David and Noah. Why did neither of them seem willing to take you to Final Two?

        I had two very different relations with David and Noah.

        David and I share a very similar outlook and we were able to strategize easily and effectively and talk about just about anything from who we wanted next to Noah’s sometimes ridiculous antics.

        Noah and I think completely differently and it took me a long while just to understand him. At first I thought he was just a drama queen trying to stir up craziness any chance he could, but I came to respect him over time.

        The reason they didn’t bring me to the end? Simple: I would have won. They was SCURRED.

        14. You went from voting against Michael to voting with Michael. Why did you do that and why did Noah save David instead of Michael?

        That was an interesting situation. Initially I was okay with voting Mike out because I didn’t see it as a loss of power on my part. When Jamie got the boot, it was clear to me that David was working against me and that he had Noah pretty well wrapped around his finger. Mike suddenly became my only ally and I was able to give him a very convincing argument for why the two of us working together was his best chance at making it through the next vote. If only I was able to convince Noah to take out David instead of Mike, it would have worked.

        15. One immunity win away from winning. How frustrating is lag? Any changes you would have made to the challenge?

        Pretty damn frustrating, but I’m at peace with it. David was clearly paying more attention than I was and so he deserved to win it.

        I enjoyed the concept of the challenge but since I was experiencing lag, those 6 seconds I had to respond were actually more like 3 or 4 seconds. I don’t think I would run any challenge where lag can be a potential issue like that. The response time could be changed to a minute or something like that. The challenge might end up lasting days, but hey, it’s supposed to be an endurance challenge.

        16. When you were voted out, who did you think would win? And at the time who did you want to win?

        I knew for a fact that David would win and I had always wanted David to win if I didn’t.

        17. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

        I just want to thank you and all the other players for the fantastic experience. I had a blast and I learned a lot! You run a damn fine game and I feel priviledged to be a part of it.

        TC VOTING

        I vote to eliminate
        (Dave Bronson)

        I feel pretty crappy about it, and don’t even know if I can beat Noah in the finals at this point since he has more support than i originally thought, but I have to try. You played a fantastic game and i’m just glad I got the upper hand at the last moment.

        FINAL TRIBAL COUNCIL

        CONFESSIONALS

        NOAH,

        I’m really tired of getting attacked and blamed for shit I didn’t do. We all know David is going to win. It’s kind of annoying. Things are getting pinned on me that are so far from true. I’m kind of done.

        Rite of Passage time:

        Before you head to your Final Tribal Council, you will cry and hug each other as we remember the players that have fallen along the way. In fact, to set the mood, play this in the background as you sob into your handkerchiefs.

        (WESLEY)

        (KEVIN)

        (FEDE)

        (FRANCISCO)

        (CHRIS)

        (KRISTINE)

        (CARL)

        (EAMON)

        (SHYAM)

        (LEIF

        (BRIAN)

        (LISTER)

        (MARCELO)

        (JAMIE)

        (MICHAEL)

        (DAVE)

        After you two have completed this, FTC will be posted later this evening.

        DAVID: Completed? I read it, but were we supposed to do something?

        NOAH: Wesley- bro what happened? I was honestly shocke that you went first. Wish we could have played together.
        Kevin- I was very happy you left early.
        Fede- this is not like you. You are super strong and I’m surprised u left.
        Francisco- you tried to take me out, but I beat you to the punch.
        Chris- this shocked me. I didn’t think you woul go soon. Tough person.
        Kristine- I liked you at first, then you went against me. I guess the grass wasn’t greener on the other side.
        Carl- idk what happened between us. I guess it was the fact you can’t get past the fact you lied to me.
        Eamon- I liked you bro. You were cool and had I flopped to you guys I would have been out a long time ago.
        Shyam- that was the hardest vote. I wanted to keep you but I didn’t have numbers without screwing myself over.
        Leif- you are a cool kid, we talked all the time but I didn’t have numbers to keep myself safe or you. I’m sorry.
        Brian- damn it dude. When I saw Kevin pick you I was like fuck. I wish you could have started this game with us. I can probably guess you would be here and not me.
        Lister- that mini threw us all into a tailspin. I wanted to work with you after that challenge but everyone wanted you gone and not Marcelo.
        Marcelo- you were a cool dude but way to wishy washy. Tighten up dude.
        Jamie- that was a hard vote, but what went down was less then thrilling. I wish you could have stayed.
        Mike- you are gone bc of me. I wanted you to stay, I wish I didn’t have to choose between you and David, but honestly, loyalty is #1 to me.
        Dave- damn had you not messed up you would be here. Tough player and great in challenges. Good game bro.

        ME: It’s the Rite of Passage segment like on the TV show, David. Where you walk by each torch and say something about each player. Pretty much like Noah just did but feel free to expand a bit more.

        (These will be posted in my blog after the game just like last season.)

        DAVID: Wesley- I’ve never met you, but every time I see your display picture I have to do a double-take since you look EXACTLY like an older version of a childhood friend of mine.

        Kevin- During this game I hadn’t met you yet but I’ve since come to know you through other games as a fierce competitor and someone to watch out for in challenges. I really think if you had lasted past the 2nd tribal that things might have been different during the subsequent tight immunity challenges.

        Fede- The only thing I heard about you pre-game was that you might be looking to take out the newbies first. Might never have been true, but as someone who had never played before you had me quaking in my boots before the tribes were picked.

        Francisco- I truly see you as a friend and a genuinely awesome person, but you being voted out really set things in stone for those of us in the five person alliance which made it to the end. After three rounds of avoiding tribal our alliance finally saw that we could trust each other. You definitely have the attributes of a charismatic leader, and if we hadn’t voted you off first I think the landscape of our tribe would have been drastically different.

        Chris- Oh the ghost stories I heard about you :D. I can’t say I was sad seeing another power-player on Apus voted out, but it was more than that. More than one person on Ooc was terrified that Jamie would flip to you come merge time for some reason, so your exit definitely put our alliance at ease and avoided any further distrust.

        Kristine- I put a lot of trust in you and in return you copied random yet convenient bits and pieces of our conversations on the tribe wall to your own advantage and made me look really bad. I guess I have to thank you, since it really made my survival instincts kick in and forced me act more diplomatically and watch every word that comes out of my mouth.

        Carl- I really liked you in this game and wished you had never mutinied. I don’t know if you know this, but you were probably the most well-liked by everyone on the early Ooc tribe and I doubt you would have gone anywhere if you hadn’t mutinied.

        Eamon- You seem like a real leader, and if you had played your immunity idol I really think there’s a good chance you would have made the finals.

        Shyam- Definitely a smooth talker and a great guy. If there’s one thing I feel bad about this whole game it’s lying to you. I really feel like you put your trust not only in Ooc but specifically with me and we had to stick to our game plan regardless. The reason you were such a threat is because you were slowly pulling everyone to your side and putting yourself in a fantastic position in the game. Truly a great player.

        Leif- We didn’t speak a whole lot during our time on the merged tribe, but the conversations we had really affected my game play. I realized through you that the jury would respect big moves and that Apus did not see me as an influential player. I really changed my post-merge tactics based on talking to you, so thanks.

        Brian- Everyone knows how smart you are and there was always a feeling in my gut that if there was someone on Apus who could mess up my plans and flip one of my alliance-mates it would be you. Even though my interactions with you were limited, you were definitely an exciting player to watch.

        Lister- Your likeability in the merged tribe definitely had everything to do with why we didn’t vote for you till there were no original Apus members left. I know I heard at least twice that people wished you were on our side instead.

        Marcelo- You had so many people guessing about the “real you” throughout the game. The strategy you used would have gotten so many people voted out, but you totally owned it and worked an angle I doubt many people have ever seen. If it weren’t for you at the merge-boot I doubt we could have gotten rid of 2 idols at once, and our strategy talks left me more and more impressed each time. Truly an underrated player.

        Jamie- You went from being the last person picked on our tribe to probably one of the most dependable and trust-worthy members of our core alliance. Definitely a dark horse to win the whole game, and hard to vote you out.

        Mike- You seemed very scared and paranoid at the beginning of this game but settled in so quickly that I’d say no one else I’ve seen has evolved so much as a strategist in this season as much as you have. You loved this game so much that you said “it’s all I think about”, and it definitely showed just how much passion you had for this game.

        Dave- My first alliance ever! If I recall correctly we originally started talking because we were both Canadian and had the same name. We made such a kick-ass team and I doubt I would have made it anywhere close to this point if I didn’t have you by my side. Very early on however, I knew you’d turn into my main competitor in the later stages of the game and it ended up being so extremely close that you very well could have won this game if I slipped up.

      • FINAL TRIBAL COUNCIL
        ————————–
        (DAVID)-(NOAH)
        XXX
        (WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(SHYAM)-(LEIF)-(BRIAN)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)-(JAMIE)-(MICHAEL)-(DAVE)We’ll now bring in our jur–oh wait, they’re already here. My bad.Anyways, welcome to Final Tribal Council. You did what sixteen other people couldn’t do in this game. Don’t you feel special? The power now shifts to nine people you had a hand either directly or indirectly voting out of this game. They are here to make zero dollar decision and figure out who wins the title of Supa Coo Wacky Survivor.Before the jury lights it up in this bizz, David and Noah, you two will have an opportunity to address the jury. You will respond in this topic and have your first chance (publicly) to plead your case and convince these people that you deserve to win. Then the jury will create their own topics and pummel you with questions.Doesn’t matter who goes first. You can alternate in iambic parameter if you want to really be creative.

        David Racine Ok so I wrote my speech to the jury and I’ve realized it’s ridiculously long, so long in fact that I’ve created a table of contents for it 😀

        A) My background and how it helped me adapt.
        B) Bare basics of my strategy- Being the player with all the information.
        C) Pre-merge strategy- Being the “suggester” as opposed to leader.
        D) Merge strategy- Creating bonds and strengthening trust. Marcelo, and how he helped me create stability for my alliance.
        E) Talks with Leif make me realize I need to be more aggressive with my strategy in order to win.
        F) The Shyam vote and why I initiated it.
        G) Final 6 to the home stretch- How my strategy intensified and how I made it to the end with the player of my choice.
        H) Noah- The basics on why I think I should win against him.
        April 12 at 7:46pm · Like
        David Racine Hey guys,
        -I want to start off by saying how lucky I feel to be a part of this game, not only sitting here in the finals but also just getting to know each player i’ve had the chance to get to know over the past few months. It’s been a great experience and as some of you know this has been my first Org ever. With no previous experience in Orgs I think I not only did a good job getting to the end with one of my first allies, but I also excelled in being a good well-rounded player with a very well thought out game-plan and execution. Let me tell you a bit about myself: While I didn’t even know that orgs existed till this past January, my life has revolved around strategy for quite a few years. Five years ago I began working as a telemarketer focusing on sales. I picked up the various techniques to selling immediately and learned very quickly that the key to sales is selling yourself and not necessarily the product. I became one of the top salesmen at my work fairly quickly, and eventually moved up to becoming the company’s trainer where my job consisted solely of teaching new hires how to sell sell sell. Therefore, concepts such as “building trust”, “relating to the customer”, and “closing the deal” that i’ve spent the last few years of my life teaching everyday came in handy from the first moment this game began. I was able to be subtle yet effective to getting my point across, likeable yet persistent, and most important of all; capable of building trusting relationships.

        – I truly feel that from the moment the tribes were formed all the way up until the closing moments of this game that I was VERY well informed when it came to the daily happenings of the game; I knew how to get the information I needed and this helped me out all through the game whether it be knowing who was voting for who or in situations at the merge where my alliance was able to get rid of 2 idols in 1 shot. I don’t deny that there was some luck involved in the game due to Ooc only attending tribal once and the mysterious happenings over at the Apus camp, however, I believe that my survival post-merge had nothing to do with luck but relied solely on my skills and hard work. Through answering the questions that will come my way, I think that the jury (specifically the Apus members who don’t know me very well) will see that I was more instrumental to my alliance’s success in the post-merge than may have been evident at first sight, while still maintaining a fairly low profile and never being cocky.

        -Going back to the beginning, my initial strategy was to not be the outright “leader” but to still use my leadership abilities to help in challenges, and also in the internal affairs of my alliance. I assumed the role not of leader, but “suggester”; a way of getting my ideas across to my alliance with a “What do you guys think if we ___” without the rest of the tribe or Apus knowing. The first evidence of this is our only vote pre-merge: Francisco. With a first tribal looming and most people having an “anyone but me” mindset, I was able to get Francisco voted out simply by suggesting that he should be the first to go. My strategy about not being seen as a leader while still having an influence seemed to be working, and when we received information from “the other side” that Dave Bronson was being seen as a Boston Rob-type character, I was thrilled. There’s really not a whole lot to say about my pre-merge game from a strategic standpoint since we only visited tribal once, other than that I continued to build strong bonds with my alliance, as well as with newcomer Shyam (who will have a whole paragraph dedicated to him further down).

        -Come merge time, my ability to interact with players whom not many people were trusting and/or strategizing with, and get them to trust me and make moves together played a huge role in my progress. I felt like this applies a bit to the relationship I have with Noah, but I mainly am talking about Marcelo. I think he’s a hugely underrated player in some aspects, and is a good part of the reason Ooc was able to take over. As I said before, I feel like I always had a lot of information handed to me, and I had come to the conclusion that both Brian and Eamon had idols whereas most of Ooc believed it was Brian and Shyam. By gaining Marcelo’s trust I was able to convince him to relay to Apus that we were voting Brian, while in reality we voted Eamon and dumped 2 idols.

        -While my subtle strategy was working so far, I realized I must do something to display strategy and not keep it hidden if i hoped to win, and I decided to do so after a conversation I had with Leif. I had a conversation with him where I was basically told that I needed to make a big move since Apus seemed to view me as fairly insignificant and not even in the Top 3 of Ooc members pulling the strings. This surprised me, but being adaptable I shifted gears and became more aggressive in my strategy after speaking with Leif.
        April 12 at 7:47pm · Like
        David Racine ‎-I think my biggest move this whole game was by far getting Shyam out. I know this might qualify as somewhat of a “villain” move, since i believe that I had built a solid relationship and trust with Shyam, but in the end, the reasons for the betrayal benefited my game. I approached Noah and asked what he thought; he was for it, so i approached every member of my alliance and asked if they would be on board. One thing to note is that most people on Ooc believed Shyam had an idol, and while I was fairly confident Eamon had it, I didn’t tell anyone what i thought since it worked in my interest that they thought Shyam had it. My reasons for booting Shyam at 10 were: A) He was in a good spot with EVERYONE on the tribe; he had all the options in the world. It became evident that the Apus tribe would be willing to work with him again, and so if he had a choice of working with everyone left in the game he was a huge threat. B) It got to the point where people were starting to do what Shyam wanted. He suggested booting Eamon and Ooc said “Sure, it doesn’t matter”, He suggested booting Marcelo next to which Ooc replied “Sure, it doesn’t matter”. What I saw happening was that the people he wanted to go where leaving, which also meant that the people from Apus he wanted to stay were STAYING. This meant that Shyam was slowly gaining power, and I saw in that moment that the game was tipping slowly in Shyam’s favor and I had to do something about it. C) I also was looking to keep the margins close between the tribe. In my mind, the best way to keep my 5 to the end was to keep our numbers as close to Apus as possible. So for example, after Shyam left we were at a 5-4 advantage and no one in their right mind would consider flipping to Brian and co.’s side. So in some ways I viewed getting Shyam out a way to secure the loyalties of the other players in my alliance by keeping the numbers close.

        -In the final stretch of this game I relied more and more upon my adaptability skills to get what I wanted. Although Dave was at one time my closest alliance, I think that we both realized early on that it wouldn’t be smart to bring the other to the end, and so I view everything from the F7 and on as a big chess game between Dave and I; both silently looking for an advantage over the other. To be completely honest with the jury, my original plan at F6 was to get Michael out instead of Marcelo, then to go to the end with Marcelo and Noah. It soon became apparent that Jamie and Dave were closer than I had thought and that my original plan to take Mike out wouldn’t work, so I had to adapt and go with Marcelo. The reason i’m bringing this up is to set up what happened next as one of my big moves to the jury and to show that I was indeed willing to take big risks in this game. At F5 with Marcelo gone I needed a new strategy or else risked seeing Jamie and Dave in the finals, so I took a big risk with Mike. I told him straight up what my original plan was to take him out but that the biggest threat to both of us at that point was Dave and Jamie, and I effectively was able to take control of the game down the home stretch as Michael saw that my points were valid and we voted Jamie out. I see this move as the move that almost cemented my fate in the game, and tilted the game in my favor while showcasing my strategic abilities.

        -As for my opponent in the finals, I couldn’t have done it without him. Noah was loyal, dependable and overall an excellent player who never ceases to surprise me. Why should you vote for me over him? For one, I feel like although Noah and I played a similar game, I think i excelled more in the subtleties of the game. Noah had a strategic mindset like I did, but when it came to things like building trust with others, getting people to vote my way, and in general just being a good politician; I think I performed more effectively while Noah did have a tendency to come off as unpredictable and hard to read for some. One example is the mutiny. This twist was announced mere hours after Francisco was voted out which was HORRIBLE HORRIBLE timing for the Ooc tribe as those not “in” with the vote had the opportunity to mutiny while they were still fuming. While players like myself, Dave, and Michael were busy reassuring and calming down Kristine and Carl, Noah was arguing with them and calling Kristine names on the main page of the game (not even privately in our tribe). I’m not going to bash Noah’s game too much, but I feel like this was just one instance where the politicking and reassurance I was trying to give to every player in the game was somewhat undone by Noah’s impulsive actions. So in essence I feel like I was calm, cool, and collected while Noah was a bit more impulsive and unpredictable.

        -That’s pretty much the game from my point of view, and I hope that clarified things about my game for everyone and that it wasn’t too long-winded (lol it is pretty long). Once again, I think I played a pretty good game from start to finish, and this being my first Org I feel like I adapted quite well. I’m ready to face you guys and really hope I can clear up any questions you may have about my gameplay, decisions, or anything else.
        April 12 at 7:48pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin hmmm.
        April 12 at 8:00pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos Thanks jamie…
        April 12 at 8:37pm via mobile · Like
        Fede Saldías Wait, Im on the jury?
        April 12 at 8:57pm · Like · 1
        Leif Rey Bornales uhmmm im not reading all of that…
        April 12 at 9:07pm · Like · 1
        Leif Rey Bornales cant u give a summary?
        April 12 at 9:08pm · Like · 1
        Leif Rey Bornales thanks for the mention tho 🙂
        April 12 at 9:10pm · Like
        Logans Hosting-Org No Fede, you are not on the jury.
        April 12 at 9:15pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Lol.
        April 12 at 9:20pm via mobile · Like
        Fede Saldías Why is my name up there then?
        April 12 at 9:20pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin Just for decoration, amigo
        April 12 at 9:34pm · Like
        Fede Saldías Oh then I can leave the group again, I thought that I was needed
        April 12 at 9:37pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin noo..stay.
        April 12 at 9:39pm · Like · 1
        Noah SpiderJew Well hello everyone. I want to thank you all for a great game. It was a lot of fun. Well let’s get down to business. I’m shocked I’m in the finals. Honestly I had a target on me when my tribe lost there first immunity challenge. I was picked as weak and useless. I was really offended by that because that is nothing of what I am. When Francisco was voted out I was happy. It showed light for me that I accually had people on my side. From that moment on I think I went into survival mode. I had to secure an allience, which I did. The OOC 5, and Shyam, after the mutiny. Come merge the 6 of us knew we had to stick together and we did until the Shyam vote. David had mentioned voting him off a few time before then but I wasn’t down, but the allience was scared that he had people protecting him since someone clearly wanted the idol and took a penelty for there tribe 3 times, it was coming to a time that Shyam could flip and take us all out. After that vote I think it was very clear I had no control and/or say so. I basically went with the flow trying to avoid getting any votes in my direction. Which I was good at because when I heard a vote was coming my way, I tried to convince them that I was no threat, and someone else should go.i think brian was a hard vote for me. He was such a great guy along with lister, but they had to go purely on the fact that they were original apus members. Had they been with us from day one i can almost garentee that one of them woul be here today. When it got to 6, David wanted Mike out. I couldn’t let that happen so I convinced Jamie and Dave to change there vote to Marcelo, thus keeping mike and keeping the original 5 together. Once it came down to 5 I was good with whoever went as long as it was not me. I knew all along that the original plan was for Jamie and I to be out at 5 and 4. When David came to me and told me the vote was for Jamie was kind of on the fence because David had made a final 3 deal with her and I, that is why I was shocked when he wanted her out but sticking to the same stragety I had of as long as its not me, I was good with it. When mike was voted out, I was torn. I had so many pros and cons for keepin both, but loyalty is a big thing to me and I never took the easy way out, I got rid of someone who I could have a better shot of beating for someone I was loyal to since day 1. That same vote a lot came to the surface, David wanting to get me out, also mike did as well. Mike, Dave an David promising me final 2. I couldn’t resist the offer but I know in this game words mean nothing, actions speak louder then words. Ultimately I had to do what felt right in my heart and that wa to keep David. Even if I don’t win I was loyal, also mike was voting for me an I got him to change his vote from me to David. Now the final challenge, I was determined to win. I wanted to win so bad but when Dave was knocked out , I had to admit I was shocked and slightly happy. I knew he was a favorite to win. Then I had a sneeze and hit the damn button. I was so mad but slightly relieved I didn’t have to make the hard decision of picking one of the guys I had been with since day 1. Now I’m here. In the final 2. I must say I am very happy to be here. I played a decent game and I avoided every vote since week 4, and the whole merge. I was nEver a threat, I never tried to stand out and be a target. I feel like I’m the kind of person you know what you are getting with me. I’m very open and I feel that myself, unlike David, are open and not trying to understand what makes him tick or what would push him over the edge.
        April 13 at 9:29am via mobile · Like
        Michael Graga David

        It’s been said you were the one who tried to orchestrate voting me out at 6, why was that? Was I a threat to your game? And why did you vote me out over Noah at 4 when you told me early on that you cared more about loyalty and playing a clean game then playing dirty?

        Noah

        Just saying “after I was targeted, I just went with the flow and wound up here” is a terrible way to get me to give you my vote, why should I vote for you over David? Are you admitting you didn’t do much and David deserves this?
        April 13 at 9:59am via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Thanks for the question mike. After Francisco was voted out and then the mutiny happened we all were in shock and stunned. I went with the flow as in I didn’t want to stand out to much to put another target on myself. Yes David won more challenges, but that is why he was targeted by the remaining Apus members and myself staying clear of the votes. I think you should vote for me over David due to the fact I did save you by convincing Dave and Jamie to keep you when David was leading a charge to vote you out. Also I never broke a deal I PERSONALLY made. People made deals that included me but the 1 deal I made was OOC to 5. Also I never got a vote the entire jury/merge stage. Not 1. I think that speaks volumes. I feel like I was loyal to my allience, I could have been a dick and kept my idol for a jury vote but I got rid of it, my safety net, to trust you guys. Not trying to lead a charge to vote you out.

        I did plenty in the game, if I was not comfortable with something or I didn’t like it then I tried to turn the vote another way. When the merge came some of the Apus members wanted me to flip to them and take out OOC. I didn’t. I could have easily played both sides but I was loyal to the deal I made day 1. I hear David had deals with a few people, all broken. Loyalty is number 1 to me. I also was very good at my social game, I tried talking to everyone but a number of times people would come to me and say how they were talking to people who would never answer me back. I tried with everyone. I messages you and we talked for hours about how I had family by you and I wanted to know you on a personal level, same thing with Jamie, David, Dave, I even tried with Leif, eamon, Brian and lister. I think he said he lives in a basement. I feel like I had more personal connections with people then David who had more game connections. I feel like you need to know someone personally before you can trust them. I gave 120% in every challenge. Regardless if I was at work, driving cross country, in the hospital I gave my all. I would love your vote but I understand if not. 🙂
        April 13 at 10:44am via mobile · Like
        Michael Graga Did you lie to me at 4, did you vote me out?
        April 13 at 10:51am via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew I voted you out.
        April 13 at 10:54am via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew In the revote.
        April 13 at 10:55am via mobile · Like
        Marcelo Campos Noah, why should -I- vote for u?
        April 13 at 10:56am · Like · 1
        Michael Graga But you didn’t the first vote? You switched your vote?
        April 13 at 11:00am via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew To be honest Marcelo, you flat out said you are voting for David and made a comment about keeping hope alive? You and eamon both said something along those lines. I’m not going to beg for your vote but I feel like I have stated plenty of reasons why. David wanted you gone the 2nd week of the merge because you never voted with us. He wanted you gone until Dave threw out Leif’s name. I wanted you to stay.
        April 13 at 11:02am via mobile · Like
        David Racine ‎^untrue
        April 13 at 11:02am · Like
        Marcelo Campos fight fight fight
        April 13 at 11:03am · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos who is telling the true????
        April 13 at 11:03am · Like
        David Racine I had wanted to keep Marcelo as far into the game starting from the second I found out Eamon had been voted out
        April 13 at 11:03am · Like
        Noah SpiderJew I did. I did want you to stay and I do like you, don’t get me wrong, but David filled my head with mike and Dave are taking each other you have no shot mike is going to throw the challenge to make Dave win and take him. I was kinda bombarded for about an hour with stuff from David.
        April 13 at 11:03am via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew No. Marcelo was going to go first but we felt eamon was a bigger threat. But you just admitted you wanted Marcelo out b4 eamon left.
        April 13 at 11:07am via mobile · Like
        Marcelo Campos David, is that true?
        April 13 at 11:07am · Like
        Michael Graga The heck? I didn’t throw that challenge! that makes no strategic sense! My only shot of going to the finals was with Noah and David, sorry Dbron but I wanted you to lose
        April 13 at 11:11am via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew David also kept saying that he wanted to lead Marcelo on wild goose chases with the vote bc he didn’t trust him
        April 13 at 11:12am via mobile · Like
        David Racine haha no it’s not. I think the jury needs to be careful deciphering what was actually my intention and what I said to make people like Noah feel at ease. I think I did agree once in a group thread with Jamie that you should go soon, because you have to understand that if they knew you were part of my plans that would cause them to distrust me instantly.
        April 13 at 11:12am · Like
        David Racine Noah is starting to lie quite a bit.

        1) I did bombard Noah for about an hour of why he should tie it up at F4, and he voted for Mike BOTH times… But i did NOT say anything about Mike wanting to throw a challenge for Dave. that makes 0 sense.

        2) About leading Marcelo on a wild goose chase, that was refering to the FIRST merge vote, before i could be sure i could trust marcelo since he mutinied. I started trusting Marcelo after he told Apus that we were voting brian, knowing we weren’t
        April 13 at 11:15am · Like
        David Racine ‎^in the Eamon vote i mean…
        April 13 at 11:15am · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Why would I lie? It’s been told to me for a while now that I was not going to win so it makes 0 sense for me to lie about things.
        April 13 at 11:17am via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew You wanted Marcelo to go on this chase for a few votes. The eamon vote, the Shyam vote the Francisco vote. You didn’t want him to know bc you didn’t trust him not to tell.
        April 13 at 11:19am via mobile · Like
        David Racine but you’re doing it anyways… maybe not straight out lying, but taking things I said out of context to answer jury questions…

        Again about not telling Marcelo the vote; No one wanted to tell him the vote for the Shyam vote, not just me. It wouldn’t be smart for me to go against my alliance and do that. But I still gained his trust, and I told him every single tidbit from the Leif vote onwards…
        April 13 at 11:21am · Like
        Noah SpiderJew But I he was part of this plan you had then why could you not be honest with him? I have yet to figure that out. And I’m not taking things out of context, Im taking it has face value.
        April 13 at 11:28am via mobile · Like
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Alright jury, you are now free to ask your questions.

        Please remember to create your own topic.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Leif Rey Bornales
        Hey David and Noah. Congrats on being the final two. I think you guys have enough questions to be dealing with so I’m not gonna ask any. But good luck to you both 🙂

        Shyam Sundar
        Alright…I did not follow the game post my boot, as much as I tried to, but grad school is not a walk in the park. I am going to make this short. Noah SpiderJew and I had alliance from day one and I also shared a good rapport with David Racine. When I was blindsided of course I was mad but then again it is just a game. And what David did was a smart move, taking me out when the opportunity provided itself. I decided before that my vote will go to Noah but now after learning Noah agreed to vote me out is a slap on my face.

        Noah, I asked you, point blank, if you had anything to do at all with my vote and you kept saying you had nothing to do with it. Now I know that I had been right about you all this while.

        I am not going to ask questions or expect any reply to this comment. My vote is for David. Good luck David, hope you win.

        Jamie Frick
        Jamie’s Jury Questions

        Congrats to both of you for making it to the finals! Anyone who makes it this far definitely deserves to win.. But only the best can actually win.

        David Racine:

        Your computer basically crapped out towards the end of the game, so it was hard to get in touch with you. During the whole Michael vs. Marcelo vote, you wanted Michael gone before Marcelo. You told me you already sent in your vote, so I couldn’t really do anything to change that. I didn’t want to go against the original 5 person alliance, so I wasn’t comfortable voting out Michael. Obviously after that vote, things fell through with us or something. Was me voting out Marcelo instead of Michael a factor in why you decided that you wanted me out? If not, why did you want me out over someone else?

        Sorry that I don’t have more questions. I already get the kind of game that you played and I think you are being really cocky in your opening statement and that doesn’t bode well with me. It just makes is sound like you “suggested” every single thing that happened in this game and it definitely wasn’t that way.

        Noah SpiderJew:

        You and I had an alliance from the very beginning. You were all about the veterans of the games winning and not letting a newbie win. I definitely thought we would have an alliance that would last throughout the entire game. You said “but loyalty is a big thing to me and I never took the easy way out”.. Apparently it wasn’t a big thing when it came to me. I’m usually not bitter about people breaking alliances and whatnot, but the way you went about things was not cool. After I was voted out I was really confused. I didn’t know if I should believe you or Dave during the aftermath. I was getting two completely different stories. Dave sent me the convos he had with you and when I asked you to send them to me, you didn’t even reply. I know that you don’t have to send them to me, but just how everything went down was very sneaky. So I want to know the truth. How did everything truthfully go down the round I was voted out? Feel free to post the actual convo.

        You also said in a message to me about voting me out “I feel bad bc I wanted you in the end with me”.. So why vote for me? We had the number to actually go to the end. Why not make it happen if that’s what you really wanted? It just doesn’t make much sense to me.

        One more thing that you said.. “When it got to 6, David wanted Mike out. I couldn’t let that happen so I convinced Jamie and Dave to change there vote to Marcelo, thus keeping mike and keeping the original 5 together.” Uhm, no. You never convinced me to change my vote to Marcelo. I was all about going to the end with the 5 person alliance and I never planned on going against that. I never wanted to keep Marcelo over Michael. How do you think you convinced me to “change my vote” when I was never planning on voting for Michael?

        I knew many people thought you were shady and couldn’t be trusted. I decided to trust you anyway and I tried to believe everything you were telling me. I know it’s a game and people get lied to and alliances aren’t always what they seem. But I can definitely see where people get where you were being shady and untrustworthy. I can for sure see it in the way you are addressing the jury. There are just so many false things that you are saying and it is making you look bad and it’s slimming down the chances you have of winning.

        I also have more questions for the both of you because I love to hear things about myself : )
        – What do you think my strongest move was? Weakest?
        – What do you like the most about me? Least?
        – Which Britney Spears song fits me best?

        Okay, that’s all for now!

        Noah SpiderJew
        You are right Jamie, I did like you and did want you in the end with me. When you were voted out I did give you some bs story bc I felt bad for votin you out. I guess you can say I was persuaded a little when it came to that vote. Had you stayed and mike went I was told that you and Dave have become really close and neither of you would take me. I really wanted to keep you I did but after hearing that then I was not sure how to feel. Do I feel bad, yes, but in the same sense, could I beat you? No. When I was talking to you about the Marcelo vs Mike vote, you seemed very undecided. At least to me. I know you were all about keeping is 5 together and I was also. With david pushing so hard for Marcelo to stay I figured it would not be hurtful if I had asked a few people about it. I wanted mike to stay. When we finished talking it appeared to me that you wanted to keep mike, now if that was convincing then it was if not then I’m sorry for using the word wrong. I never took the easy way out. Knowin that David and mike got close an you and Dave got close I was in the middle and I knew I was going no were if I didn’t split up the 2 pairs. Now this is my opinion and mine alone. I am trustworthy and not shady but when it got down to 5 I had to look out for me. I had to do what was best for me to get to the end. I have addressed the jury with full honesty and I ment what I have said. We all agreed that it was every man for themselves at 5. I never lied to you this whole game until u were voted out. My strongest move was picking a 5 person allience that could help me, not carry me to the end and dodging every vote. My weakest was when I voted out you, honestly. I knew after I did it that I messed up but I had to look out for me. I love your sense of humor. You are funny and have this trustworthy feel about you but, you are strong and vicious. You can be sneaky and much of a puppet master if you get what I’m trying to say. I think the Britney spears song that fits you, after my questions, I would say stronger. You are a strong girl.
        April 13 at 1:21pm via mobile · Like
        Dave Bronson ‎”When it got to 6, David wanted Mike out. I couldn’t let that happen so I convinced Jamie and Dave to change there vote to Marcelo, thus keeping mike and keeping the original 5 together.”

        Uhm, no. You never convinced me to change my vote to Marcelo.”

        I’d like to second that. How does telling me “As long as it isn’t me” before every vote convince me of anything?
        April 13 at 1:23pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew
        I said that after it was 5. And you kept saying that you feel like mike should go. You knew Nike was a bigger threat. I feel like everyone on the jury came here with this mentality of Noah isn’t going to win so let’s put him threw hell and …See More
        April 13 at 1:40pm via mobile · Like
        David Racine
        Thanks for the question Jamie. First off i want to say that i’m sorry that I came off cocky to you in my opening statement. I reread a bit of it and definitely see how you got that out of a few things I said. To clarify, I definitely do …See More
        April 13 at 1:51pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Umm no. I didn’t want Jamie out next but I wanted mike, since Jamie/David/myself were going to e final 3. I was told that jamie and Dave had become close and I was told that they needed to be split.
        April 13 at 2:17pm via mobile · Like
        Francisco Grilo ‎(“- Which Britney Spears song fits me best?” genius )
        April 13 at 2:19pm · Like · 2
        David Racine Ok, but what i’m saying is that the second Dave won immunity at F5 you messaged me “So now we vote Jamie”, and you’re making it seem like you had some big ultimatum to make and you felt pressured to vote for her, and that’s not what went down.
        April 13 at 2:19pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew That is what went down. After Dave won immunity I thought the vote was mike. Because it was going to be you/Jamie/and myself in the F3. But apparently that was not the case, you are makin it out as if I’m lying. When I have no reason. You are trying to blame me and make me look like I’m some huge liar so you can get their votes. That’s how I feel. I’m being 100% honest.
        April 13 at 2:58pm via mobile · Like
        David Racine Well I have two screenshots of you saying the exact opposite, but I don’t think i’m going to post them unless Jamie wants me to.
        April 13 at 3:25pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew And screen shots can be faked. Let’s be honest.
        April 13 at 4:00pm via mobile · Like
        Jamie Frick
        Thank you both for your responses! There is a lot to take into consideration. Noah, I do have to disagree with you on one point. Not everyone in the jury came here with the mentality of making this hard on you even though they aren’t going …See More
        April 13 at 4:13pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew One of my strongest and most confusing moves I made was getting rid of my idol. It made me a target and it was the only way to be sure that I was off the radar.
        April 13 at 8:13pm via mobile · Like
        Jamie Frick ‎Noah SpiderJew, I have one more question for you. It seems like you aligned yourself with multiple people at the beginning of the game. It also seems like you had a lot of final two deals. Tell me everyone that you were aligned with and how that helped you. Also, who was your one true ally that you actually wanted to go to the end with?
        April 14 at 12:47pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew
        Thanks again jamie. I was not the only person who made deals with multiple people. The deal I made was to you and Shyam. Other made deals and included me in them, later in the game. I knew you were likeable and I knew if I had you on my goo…See More
        April 15 at 10:23am via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew
        In the perfect world I would have loved to see you and Shyam in a final 3 with me. I have history with you both. I’ve played your games, we have played together a few times and you never screwed me over. Same with Shyam, I liked him and we played a lot together but he screwed me and played both sides, stabbing me in the face and me getting voted out at 8. I was mad for a while but I forgave him, but I forgive but don’t forget. We tried to patch it up in this game. You both are fierce and tough. It would have been bar to choose between you and him had you both been in the end.

        Michael Graga
        Hey guys, so I might have messed up and posted my questions in the other thread, so I’ll ask new questions here for Noah, since he answered his, and the old questions for David, since unless I missed it he never answered

        David

        You told me you and Dbron had an alliance with Jamie, when was I put out of the 3? What was the motivation for voting me out? Did you orchestrate the final 4 vote to boot me? What other lies did you tell this game?

        Noah

        What was the reasoning to belittling Carl and Kristine after the Cisco vote? Like Racine said: me, him, and bronson were scrambling to keep them, and you basically undid all that. To be honest thats the main reason I dont feel like I should vote for you, cause you seriously hurt our team, and werent a very kind human in the whole situation. Explain why you did that, and how it helped your game

        Both

        I’m just gonna copy Jamie, cause she’s awesome

        Whats my favorite Tim McGraw song?
        What Steven Spielberg movie best describes me?
        How old did you think I was 1 week into the game, and dont look at my profile if you dont know, how old do you think I am now?

        Thanks guys 🙂

        Noah SpiderJew Well mike, the answer is simple. After the Cisco vote, the only person of the 3 who told me they were voting for me was Kristine which I respect. But when it is 3 against 1, I did what I had to do to get them out. I never trusted either of them. I don’t think that fight caused them to mutiny. I think they had bonds on the other tribe that they thought would carry them further. I said what I said due to the fact I was attacked. And when most people get attacked they fight back regardless if it is right or wrong. Now yes I did ask eamon to vote them both out. I knew had they stayed they would have been gunning for me, and I didnt want to leave this game. What I said was wrong but at the time I didn’t think so. Had they have stayed there could have been a chance that I could have been out earlier an one of them take my spot in the allience. If that makes me a bad person then so be it, but I will say sorry for talking about her kids. That was wrong. It helped my game to know that if both of them left then I would have less of a target on my back. I think that fight helped a few people. Clearly seeing a fight like that made everyone else in the clear. Knowing that we would target each other before others.
        April 14 at 5:53pm via mobile · Like · 1
        Michael Graga Thats actually an awesome answer, I respect that
        April 14 at 6:01pm via mobile · Like · 1
        David Racine ‎1) I don’t know if I ever straight up said that me, Dave, and Jamie had an official alliance, but what I was referring to was that Dave and I had decided we were more comfortable taking Jamie to the F3 than you. It wasn’t something that was talked about repeatedly between us, but we had at least 2 conversations about it around the time Brian or Lister was voted out I believe… What actually sparked that debate was a conversation you and I had. We were just running scenarios through each other one night and you said something along the lines of “just hypothetically, it makes no sense for me to jump to Brian, right?” I’m sure you meant nothing by it and the comment was forgotten but in my head it was like “Whoah, gotta make up a plan B in case I hear too many of these comments”. So Dave and I talked and we did decide that come Final 5 or 6 if we did continue getting these vibes that we would feel more comfortable with Jamie. Whether that actually would have happened down the road, who knows? Things changed every day down the home stretch due to paranoia, and by the time we finally got to final 5 I saw that it would make more sense to side with you than Jamie or Dave.

        2) The motivation for voting you out… I’m not sure if you’re talking about when I wanted to get you out at F6 or when you actually did get voted out, but i’ll go with F6 since i’ll pretty much answer the F4 next question. Like I told you, at F6 I wrote your name down before I changed it to Marcelo at the last minute. My motivation for this was to 1) gain leverage in the game since I was pretty sure I would have Marcelo’s vote next round and him, I, and Noah could take over. 2) I really didn’t think at the time that you would be willing to vote Dave at F5 and would just insist on Noah, to which i fully imagine he might be gone, and my chance to get to the end would diminish, but Dave’s chances would highly increase. So in short, at F6 my motivation to get you out was to tilt the odds in my favor by having a vote in Marcelo, however once I found out you WOULD be willing to vote Dave at F5, I sincerely wanted you to be in the final 3 with us.

        C) Did I orchestrate the F4 boot? The answer is no, till I realized that if Noah and I tied then I would go home due to past votes, then yes. I have NEVER seen so much paranoia from all 3 of us who didn’t have immunity that round. We were all losing our minds scrambling. I didn’t lie to you, I did briefly consider wanting Noah out to have you in a F3 challenge and increase our odds of having Dave not win final immunity, but then I came up with this reasoning: Noah finds out, goes to Dave who at this point wants me out, they both vote me while you and I vote Noah. I have more past votes so i go home. So no, I didn’t orchestrate the boot, but it was just the math that my chance of survival would be slim if I sided you out, so I stuck with Noah.

        4) Other lies I told you: I think I’ve been fairly straightforward but one lie I told you intentionally was in voting out Shyam. I had deduced that Eamon got voted out with an idol just by a variety of signs (Logan kept going on about TWO BLINDSIDES at that tribal, so it made me think Eamon had it, and a few other signs too), but I kept telling people that I thought Shyam had an idol to reinforce their fears or worries about him. Maybe not an outright lie since I wasn’t SURE he didn’t have an idol, but as far as I recall that’s the only thing I intentionally misinformed you about.

        As for your other questions, I thought you were 16 when I first met you and now I would have to say……..18 or 19? I didn’t look at your profile. Steven Spielberg movie? I’ll say Minority Report because that’s probably my favorite one.
        April 14 at 9:41pm · Like
        David Racine Ps end of my #3 should say “sided with you” not “sided you out”
        April 14 at 9:46pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Well I would say you are about 17. I don’t know much Tim McGraw but he is from we’re I live now. I woul say live like you were dying. And catch me if you can. You were taegetted a few times and you got by.
        April 14 at 10:06pm via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Oh clearly I was never part of the plan for final 3,4 or 5? Huh. So I guess I just survived?
        April 14 at 10:07pm via mobile · Like · 1
        Michael Graga Good answers both of you, I respect both. I wanna say it was great fun playing and I have no grudges against either of you. Great game both of you. (17-18 is correct, since I had a birthday)

        Marcelo Campos
        David:
        1-What do you think about my game?
        2-Why didn’t you told me that you changed your vote(me vs Mike)?
        3-What was your best move?
        4-Why should I vote for you?
        5-When the final 5 alliance was formed?
        6-What do you think about my decision of mutiny to APUS?
        7-Did you really wanted to go the final 2 with me?
        8-Who was the leader of the OCC’s alliance?
        9-Who do you think played the best game(you can’t choose yourself)?
        10-What was my best quality in the game?

        Noah:
        1-What do you think about my game?
        2-What was your best move?
        3-What do you think about my decision of mutiny to APUS?
        4-In the beggining of the game we were really close but when the merge happened, you almost never talked with me! Why?
        5-Why did you vote for me instead of Mike?
        6-I am almost voting for David…That’s your chance to change my mind!
        7-Who was the leader of the OCC’s alliance?
        8-Who do you think played the best game(you can’t choose yourself)?
        9-Why did you guys almost voted for me after Eamon was eliminated(Shyan’s boot)
        10-What was my best quality in the game?

        Dave Bronson Nice questions Marcelo! I was expecting something less than 10 characters long 😛
        April 14 at 11:57am · Like
        Marcelo Campos lol
        April 14 at 11:58am · Like
        Francisco Grilo lmao
        April 14 at 11:59am · Like
        Marcelo Campos If you read my exit interview, you will see that answer all the questions with less than 10 character was part of my gameplay!!!
        April 14 at 11:59am · Like · 2
        Dave Bronson I can’t wait to read it. I always thought your strategy of doing nothing was brilliant. It got you a lot farther than a bunch of people who were putting in a lot more effort, much to their chagrin. 😀
        April 14 at 12:04pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin I told Marcelo to trust me 100% so that we can go to F2 together but he backstabbed me!! lol.
        April 14 at 12:05pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo floaters gonna float
        April 14 at 12:05pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin He didnt believe I had the idol.
        April 14 at 12:05pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin like a skyscrapper.
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos am I a floater?
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo everyone is a floater, marcelo
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin yes. and also double faced.
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos Eamon, I thought that u liked my gameplay
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo lmao
        April 14 at 12:07pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin I like it. But I dislike of what you did to me.
        April 14 at 12:07pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo omg my exit interview is probably gonna be 99% insults and ranting, ohmylawd
        April 14 at 12:07pm · Like · 2
        Eamon J Jawatin I seriously trust you Marcelo !!
        April 14 at 12:07pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos I’m really sorry Eamon!!
        April 14 at 12:08pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo i don’t hate you marcelo
        April 14 at 12:08pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin If you didnt backstabbed me , we could be in the final 2 bro!! and the finale wasnt gonna be this lame!
        April 14 at 12:09pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos But a lot of things happend in that vote… You need to read my exit interview!!
        April 14 at 12:09pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos Fran, don’t read my exit interview, lol
        April 14 at 12:09pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin I thought you’re mute coz you only reply me “yes” or “no”
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo lol i say the same
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos Eamon, I hope u can forgive me..
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo but i’ll still read it obvs
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin I forgive you Amigo
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos Logan: “1) Where do I begin with you? You are simultaneously the quietest, most loved, and most controversial player in the whole season……….”
        April 14 at 12:14pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos lol
        April 14 at 12:14pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos thanks for my fans, lmao
        April 14 at 12:15pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo most hated ♥
        April 14 at 12:15pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo haha
        April 14 at 12:15pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin ‎Marcelo, tell me when you accept my invitation to mutiny, is it an order from someone in OOC or you really honest to work with me??
        April 14 at 12:18pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos I REALLY WANTED TO WORKED WITH U
        April 14 at 12:18pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos I didn’t have ANY alliances, ONLY YOU
        April 14 at 12:19pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin Aww.. Anyone who work with me should be the winner!! 🙂
        April 14 at 12:19pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin Seriously Marcelo. you’re stupid when you didnt tell me that they;re voting for me!!!! UGH hahahah
        April 14 at 12:20pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos Eamon, I am not stupidy…
        April 14 at 12:21pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin I know you’re not. It’s a joke come on
        April 14 at 12:21pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos There is a lot of things that u don’t know about the vote
        April 14 at 12:21pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin You’re the winner in my eyes no matter what 🙂
        April 14 at 12:21pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin ‎Marcelo tell me now what happened during my vote. I’m not interested to ask this question to the finalist.
        April 14 at 12:24pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin my boot**
        April 14 at 12:25pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos lol… I think you have to wait for my exit interview
        April 14 at 12:25pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin no you have to answer. Lets make this as if you’re in the final 2 😀
        April 14 at 12:26pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos hahhahahahah
        April 14 at 12:26pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin Why should I vote for you to win Marcelo?? haha
        April 14 at 12:26pm · Like
        Dave Bronson Get a room you two.
        April 14 at 12:27pm · Like · 3
        Marcelo Campos It’s gonna be epic If everyone vote for me instead of noah or david, lmao
        April 14 at 12:27pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo be patient, eamon
        April 14 at 12:27pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos yes, thanks Fran
        April 14 at 12:27pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo de nada
        April 14 at 12:28pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos a aliança da lingua portuguesa #fail
        April 14 at 12:29pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo acabaram por se odiar
        April 14 at 12:29pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin ‎^ failed
        April 14 at 12:29pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo lol at eamon translating the comments
        April 14 at 12:31pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin blame BING
        April 14 at 12:32pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin they automatically translate everything
        April 14 at 12:32pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos Se lembra no começo do jogo q a gente mentiu para o Eamon que nós não falavamos portugues entre si porque eu pensei botaria um alvo em nós, lol
        April 14 at 12:39pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin ‎……….
        April 14 at 12:43pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo HAHAH amei
        April 14 at 12:48pm · Like
        David Racine First off, I want to thank you for asking so many questions because it really gives a chance for me (and Noah) to explain just exactly what our thought process was throughout the game.

        1-What do you think about my game? I think it was brilliant. It was risky to appear almost disinterested at times in the game, but you totally owned it and were the only player out of the 4 mutineers who made it far into the game. I know that your game went far beyond just not answering tribal questions though; from what I know you approached Dave Bronson for a finals alliance but when you felt that he wouldn’t take you as far as you wanted, you sought out a new F2 alliance with someone you thought would take you further. You were versatile and adaptable in addition to not appearing threatening.

        2-Why didn’t you told me that you changed your vote(me vs Mike)? I was trying to get people to vote Mike instead of you, but it became clear that Dave and Jamie weren’t going to change their mind before final 5. I actually DID send in a vote to Logan that said Mike’s name on it, but things were rushed for me at that time since my computer was broken, and I only changed my vote 2-3 hours before the votes were due. I really didn’t have time at the library before work, and it felt fake to send you just 3 or 4 sentences saying “sorry i can’t save you”. I did feel badly, but I did make it a point to tell you i had no choice right after you got voted out, when i bought a new computer…

        3-What was your best move? I think my best move was trying to get Shyam voted out, and taking the risk that people wouldn’t want to do that before the other Apus were gone. I also think that talking to people and attempting to get rid of Brian’s idol without him knowing he was safe was a great move, but that was not strictly a solo move and involved several people.

        4-Why should I vote for you? I feel like I deserve your vote because I played a good well-rounded game. I contributed to challenges for my team, I had decent strategy, and was able to create good relationships and build trust fairly easily. I was also willing to talk strategy with people whom not many other players were taking the opportunity to do so, and I think that gave me a little bit of a strategic advantage in the game. I also think i deserve your vote because I put in a LOT of time thinking about this game. I was off work due to injury for the 1st 5 weeks of this game and bored as hell, so this game was basically what kept me busy and I cared about the outcome of this game very much.

        5-When the final 5 alliance was formed? Our Final 5 started talking i’d say during the first or second week of the game, and really solidified after the Francisco vote since we knew then that we could all be trusted for sure.

        6-What do you think about my decision of mutiny to APUS?
        I think there were pros and cons to it. I think you took the risk that you wouldn’t be targeted immediately before the others and it paid off for you as opposed to Kristine and Carl, and it gave you the opportunity to talk with everyone in the game before the merge. On the other hand, come merge time most of the Ooc tribe didn’t trust you as much as they would have if you hadn’t mutinied, but when you mutinied there was no way for you to know that ooc would win every immunity challenge from then till the merge…

        7-Did you really wanted to go the final 2 with me? I did want that starting at about the time we had conversations about you telling Apus we were voting Brian, but at the same time I knew that I would only be willing to do that if there was a 100% chance I could get away with it. If at F6 players like Jamie and Dave had agreed to vote Mike out, yes, I would have tried to take you as far as possible, but as soon as that looked impossible I stuck with my original plan with Ooc.

        8-Who was the leader of the OCC’s alliance? I really don’t think we had an outright leader, and that’s what made us work. Since we only had to go to tribal once pre-merge, the decisions on who should go after the merge were fairly clear cut about who should leave. So there wasn’t one particular person who called the shots, but some people had more influence than others on specific votes; it really changed depending on the tribal.

        9-Who do you think played the best game(you can’t choose yourself)? The best all-around game, by far Dave Bronson. He absolutely crushed the challenges come merge time and also was a huge reason we won challenges during the first half of the game. I wouldn’t call him the outright “leader” of the tribe, but I do see him as the glue that held the group together and could easily be trusted. If he made the finals in this game he probably would win at least 6-3 or 7-2 against any player in the Ooc alliance.

        10-What was my best quality in the game? I think your best quality was adaptability. When something wasn’t working you moved on to something new. In the end, this did cause some players to distrust you, but it was definitely a ballsy strategy that never made the game dull. I think your all-or-nothing game was a great quality especially combined with a somewhat quieter and complicated under-the-radar strategy. I’ve compared your strategy to that of Suzie Smith of Survivor Gabon, where she did similar moves that you did, and ended up almost winning in the final vote.
        April 14 at 1:16pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos ‎Noah SpiderJew
        April 14 at 5:59pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew I can answer when I get to a computer. I’m on my phone 🙂
        April 14 at 6:40pm via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Thank you Marcelo for the questions. I thought your game was ok. Honestly I think you did well for being a target so much and staying. Would I play a game like that? No but it seemed to have got you to final 6 so it worked for you. My best move was probably a very confusing move. Getting rid of my idol. I think it showed that I trusted my allience and the people I was with. It took a target off me because a few people have tol me that they wanted me out due to my idol. Had you stayed with OOC then I think you could have lasted longer, I honestly think so. When you switched tribes to Apus, I must say I was confused. I know when you got voted out the reason I did was I felt like you left us hanging. Now how others felt then I’m not sure buy that was me. We got along and you wanted to keep me and vote out Francisco. So it was a confusing move. Also one move that most people would overlook was the fact i got no votes so as david said him trying to tie a vote with me and someone else, would have kept me and not them.
        When we were in OOC, we talked a lot but after you flipped I felt I couldn’t trust you. When you came back to us in the merge you wanted back in the OOC allience. I felt like it was trying to make us take you back after you left us. Had you stayed then it may have been different. I never really talked to you bc you lied to me a lot and I knew I could not trust you. I voted for mike because he was part of the 5, and he never left us hanging, like you.
        I think you should vote for me based on the fact that I never got votes, I was able to get an idol, I was pretty honest with everyone. I never made a deal with you and broke it. I think I was never a threat to anyone. I got rid of an idol to gain trust. If you can respect my game play, then vote for me. Everyone had to play their own game and I played the way I felt was best for me. I think I also have come I learn I was never surposed to get past 5 or even 6. I made it past all that and the fact that I had a huge fight with 3 members of my tribe and I made it past.
        Honestly Dave played the best game as in challenges. I’m not sure who played the best social game.
        After eamon was voted out, I’m not sure why you were taegetted next other then the fact you, in our minds, we’re Apus now. And Apus was the enemy. But the best thing about your game was the fact you were liked. You were liked and you never fought with anyone. That helped you a lot and the fact you made deals with the right people.

        Dave Bronson Nice questions Marcelo! I was expecting something less than 10 characters long 😛
        April 14 at 11:57am · Like
        Marcelo Campos lol
        April 14 at 11:58am · Like
        Francisco Grilo lmao
        April 14 at 11:59am · Like
        Marcelo Campos If you read my exit interview, you will see that answer all the questions with less than 10 character was part of my gameplay!!!
        April 14 at 11:59am · Like · 2
        Dave Bronson I can’t wait to read it. I always thought your strategy of doing nothing was brilliant. It got you a lot farther than a bunch of people who were putting in a lot more effort, much to their chagrin. 😀
        April 14 at 12:04pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin I told Marcelo to trust me 100% so that we can go to F2 together but he backstabbed me!! lol.
        April 14 at 12:05pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo floaters gonna float
        April 14 at 12:05pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin He didnt believe I had the idol.
        April 14 at 12:05pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin like a skyscrapper.
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos am I a floater?
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo everyone is a floater, marcelo
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin yes. and also double faced.
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos Eamon, I thought that u liked my gameplay
        April 14 at 12:06pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo lmao
        April 14 at 12:07pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin I like it. But I dislike of what you did to me.
        April 14 at 12:07pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo omg my exit interview is probably gonna be 99% insults and ranting, ohmylawd
        April 14 at 12:07pm · Like · 2
        Eamon J Jawatin I seriously trust you Marcelo !!
        April 14 at 12:07pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos I’m really sorry Eamon!!
        April 14 at 12:08pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo i don’t hate you marcelo
        April 14 at 12:08pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin If you didnt backstabbed me , we could be in the final 2 bro!! and the finale wasnt gonna be this lame!
        April 14 at 12:09pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos But a lot of things happend in that vote… You need to read my exit interview!!
        April 14 at 12:09pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos Fran, don’t read my exit interview, lol
        April 14 at 12:09pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin I thought you’re mute coz you only reply me “yes” or “no”
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo lol i say the same
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos Eamon, I hope u can forgive me..
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo but i’ll still read it obvs
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin I forgive you Amigo
        April 14 at 12:10pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos Logan: “1) Where do I begin with you? You are simultaneously the quietest, most loved, and most controversial player in the whole season……….”
        April 14 at 12:14pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos lol
        April 14 at 12:14pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos thanks for my fans, lmao
        April 14 at 12:15pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo most hated ♥
        April 14 at 12:15pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo haha
        April 14 at 12:15pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin ‎Marcelo, tell me when you accept my invitation to mutiny, is it an order from someone in OOC or you really honest to work with me??
        April 14 at 12:18pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos I REALLY WANTED TO WORKED WITH U
        April 14 at 12:18pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos I didn’t have ANY alliances, ONLY YOU
        April 14 at 12:19pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin Aww.. Anyone who work with me should be the winner!! 🙂
        April 14 at 12:19pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin Seriously Marcelo. you’re stupid when you didnt tell me that they;re voting for me!!!! UGH hahahah
        April 14 at 12:20pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos Eamon, I am not stupidy…
        April 14 at 12:21pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin I know you’re not. It’s a joke come on
        April 14 at 12:21pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos There is a lot of things that u don’t know about the vote
        April 14 at 12:21pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin You’re the winner in my eyes no matter what 🙂
        April 14 at 12:21pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin ‎Marcelo tell me now what happened during my vote. I’m not interested to ask this question to the finalist.
        April 14 at 12:24pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin my boot**
        April 14 at 12:25pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos lol… I think you have to wait for my exit interview
        April 14 at 12:25pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin no you have to answer. Lets make this as if you’re in the final 2 😀
        April 14 at 12:26pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos hahhahahahah
        April 14 at 12:26pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin Why should I vote for you to win Marcelo?? haha
        April 14 at 12:26pm · Like
        Dave Bronson Get a room you two.
        April 14 at 12:27pm · Like · 3
        Marcelo Campos It’s gonna be epic If everyone vote for me instead of noah or david, lmao
        April 14 at 12:27pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo be patient, eamon
        April 14 at 12:27pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos yes, thanks Fran
        April 14 at 12:27pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo de nada
        April 14 at 12:28pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos a aliança da lingua portuguesa #fail
        April 14 at 12:29pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo acabaram por se odiar
        April 14 at 12:29pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin ‎^ failed
        April 14 at 12:29pm · Like
        Francisco Grilo lol at eamon translating the comments
        April 14 at 12:31pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin blame BING
        April 14 at 12:32pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin they automatically translate everything
        April 14 at 12:32pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos Se lembra no começo do jogo q a gente mentiu para o Eamon que nós não falavamos portugues entre si porque eu pensei botaria um alvo em nós, lol
        April 14 at 12:39pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin ‎……….
        April 14 at 12:43pm · Like · 1
        Francisco Grilo HAHAH amei
        April 14 at 12:48pm · Like
        David Racine First off, I want to thank you for asking so many questions because it really gives a chance for me (and Noah) to explain just exactly what our thought process was throughout the game.

        1-What do you think about my game? I think it was brilliant. It was risky to appear almost disinterested at times in the game, but you totally owned it and were the only player out of the 4 mutineers who made it far into the game. I know that your game went far beyond just not answering tribal questions though; from what I know you approached Dave Bronson for a finals alliance but when you felt that he wouldn’t take you as far as you wanted, you sought out a new F2 alliance with someone you thought would take you further. You were versatile and adaptable in addition to not appearing threatening.

        2-Why didn’t you told me that you changed your vote(me vs Mike)? I was trying to get people to vote Mike instead of you, but it became clear that Dave and Jamie weren’t going to change their mind before final 5. I actually DID send in a vote to Logan that said Mike’s name on it, but things were rushed for me at that time since my computer was broken, and I only changed my vote 2-3 hours before the votes were due. I really didn’t have time at the library before work, and it felt fake to send you just 3 or 4 sentences saying “sorry i can’t save you”. I did feel badly, but I did make it a point to tell you i had no choice right after you got voted out, when i bought a new computer…

        3-What was your best move? I think my best move was trying to get Shyam voted out, and taking the risk that people wouldn’t want to do that before the other Apus were gone. I also think that talking to people and attempting to get rid of Brian’s idol without him knowing he was safe was a great move, but that was not strictly a solo move and involved several people.

        4-Why should I vote for you? I feel like I deserve your vote because I played a good well-rounded game. I contributed to challenges for my team, I had decent strategy, and was able to create good relationships and build trust fairly easily. I was also willing to talk strategy with people whom not many other players were taking the opportunity to do so, and I think that gave me a little bit of a strategic advantage in the game. I also think i deserve your vote because I put in a LOT of time thinking about this game. I was off work due to injury for the 1st 5 weeks of this game and bored as hell, so this game was basically what kept me busy and I cared about the outcome of this game very much.

        5-When the final 5 alliance was formed? Our Final 5 started talking i’d say during the first or second week of the game, and really solidified after the Francisco vote since we knew then that we could all be trusted for sure.

        6-What do you think about my decision of mutiny to APUS?
        I think there were pros and cons to it. I think you took the risk that you wouldn’t be targeted immediately before the others and it paid off for you as opposed to Kristine and Carl, and it gave you the opportunity to talk with everyone in the game before the merge. On the other hand, come merge time most of the Ooc tribe didn’t trust you as much as they would have if you hadn’t mutinied, but when you mutinied there was no way for you to know that ooc would win every immunity challenge from then till the merge…

        7-Did you really wanted to go the final 2 with me? I did want that starting at about the time we had conversations about you telling Apus we were voting Brian, but at the same time I knew that I would only be willing to do that if there was a 100% chance I could get away with it. If at F6 players like Jamie and Dave had agreed to vote Mike out, yes, I would have tried to take you as far as possible, but as soon as that looked impossible I stuck with my original plan with Ooc.

        8-Who was the leader of the OCC’s alliance? I really don’t think we had an outright leader, and that’s what made us work. Since we only had to go to tribal once pre-merge, the decisions on who should go after the merge were fairly clear cut about who should leave. So there wasn’t one particular person who called the shots, but some people had more influence than others on specific votes; it really changed depending on the tribal.

        9-Who do you think played the best game(you can’t choose yourself)? The best all-around game, by far Dave Bronson. He absolutely crushed the challenges come merge time and also was a huge reason we won challenges during the first half of the game. I wouldn’t call him the outright “leader” of the tribe, but I do see him as the glue that held the group together and could easily be trusted. If he made the finals in this game he probably would win at least 6-3 or 7-2 against any player in the Ooc alliance.

        10-What was my best quality in the game? I think your best quality was adaptability. When something wasn’t working you moved on to something new. In the end, this did cause some players to distrust you, but it was definitely a ballsy strategy that never made the game dull. I think your all-or-nothing game was a great quality especially combined with a somewhat quieter and complicated under-the-radar strategy. I’ve compared your strategy to that of Suzie Smith of Survivor Gabon, where she did similar moves that you did, and ended up almost winning in the final vote.
        April 14 at 1:16pm · Like · 1
        Marcelo Campos ‎Noah SpiderJew
        April 14 at 5:59pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew I can answer when I get to a computer. I’m on my phone 🙂
        April 14 at 6:40pm via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Thank you Marcelo for the questions. I thought your game was ok. Honestly I think you did well for being a target so much and staying. Would I play a game like that? No but it seemed to have got you to final 6 so it worked for you. My best move was probably a very confusing move. Getting rid of my idol. I think it showed that I trusted my allience and the people I was with. It took a target off me because a few people have tol me that they wanted me out due to my idol. Had you stayed with OOC then I think you could have lasted longer, I honestly think so. When you switched tribes to Apus, I must say I was confused. I know when you got voted out the reason I did was I felt like you left us hanging. Now how others felt then I’m not sure buy that was me. We got along and you wanted to keep me and vote out Francisco. So it was a confusing move. Also one move that most people would overlook was the fact i got no votes so as david said him trying to tie a vote with me and someone else, would have kept me and not them.
        When we were in OOC, we talked a lot but after you flipped I felt I couldn’t trust you. When you came back to us in the merge you wanted back in the OOC allience. I felt like it was trying to make us take you back after you left us. Had you stayed then it may have been different. I never really talked to you bc you lied to me a lot and I knew I could not trust you. I voted for mike because he was part of the 5, and he never left us hanging, like you.
        I think you should vote for me based on the fact that I never got votes, I was able to get an idol, I was pretty honest with everyone. I never made a deal with you and broke it. I think I was never a threat to anyone. I got rid of an idol to gain trust. If you can respect my game play, then vote for me. Everyone had to play their own game and I played the way I felt was best for me. I think I also have come I learn I was never surposed to get past 5 or even 6. I made it past all that and the fact that I had a huge fight with 3 members of my tribe and I made it past.
        Honestly Dave played the best game as in challenges. I’m not sure who played the best social game.
        After eamon was voted out, I’m not sure why you were taegetted next other then the fact you, in our minds, we’re Apus now. And Apus was the enemy. But the best thing about your game was the fact you were liked. You were liked and you never fought with anyone. That helped you a lot and the fact you made deals with the right people.

        Eamon J Jawatin
        So after reading the opening statements, now I have no idea who should I vote for.
        Ok let’s start with David Racine.
        Let me be honest here, I have no idea who and what’s up with you, heck I dont even realized you’re inside this game coz for me you don’t really shine as a player. I know your name is David, but inside this game, I only know a guy name Dave Bronson. lol.

        Noah, at first I really like you coz I think you got some funky name , SpiderJew and I thought you’re funny and easy to get along with. You tried to approach me several times and asked me to get rid of Carl Hagemann and Kristine. You even flirted with me. I wasn’t realized that you’re into boys, but when people told me that you are, and when I check the conversation, when you said that to me “You are just a big teddy bear” I was like… okay. Now I get it.

        With that being said, I’m still have not yet decide who I want to vote for. You know , I think Marcelo Campos should be in the final 2. I seriously adore his gameplay eventhough he back-stabbed me.

        So, to get my vote, please tell me 10 reasons why I am such a threat for you guys. Oh yeah I know I’m good, and to tell you the truth, if it wasnt because of my hosting role in my own ORG, I could have focus to this game and just play my idol. Marcelo knew I was going home, and he didnt tell me. I was only rely on him alone coz I really believe him, but he’s OOC for live so meh. And that’s the only reason why I ended up in the jury.

        Remember, ignoring my requests will make you lose my SUPA special vote. My vote could be the swing vote ya know.

        Marcelo Campos THANKS EAMON!!!!!
        April 14 at 11:56am · Like · 2
        Logans Hosting-Org I’m not one to interject, but “Supa” and “special” are two words I have not seen put back-to-back in my series until this post.
        April 14 at 3:36pm · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin Who said that before??
        April 14 at 11:26pm · Like
        Elvera Tarberg gags@the idea of Noah trying to hit on poor Eamon LMAO
        April 15 at 6:05am · Like
        Logans Hosting-Org Dear Eamon J Jawatin, the tribe from last season that lost every immunity was named Supa. So when you said “Supa special,” I thought that is the highest praise the Supa tribe has been given.
        April 15 at 12:11pm · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Thanks eamon for the question. To e clear, I was. It hitting on you. Calling someone a big teddy bear does not mean that I was hitting in you. But for the 10 reasons I can only come up with a few.
        1. You were a strong player between me and the finals.
        2. You were Apus, we know they would do what they had to do to stay.
        You were not an immediate threat to me. People wanted you out because you were more of a threat to them, hints why you left when you did. I do like you, you were a cool dude but those were my only 2 reasons.
        April 15 at 2:35pm via mobile · Like
        David Racine Yeah I realized soon after the merge that some Apus members members would maybe see it as “Dave Bronson” and “another Dave”; and to be honest; that’s how I wanted it to be for awhile. I think I did a good job at shining and showing my game in the latter half of the game, but still did it quietly.

        We were only on the same tribe for a very short time, but I do have some reasons why you were a threat:
        1) I had been told by Shyam that Chris was in charge and wanted him out and that’s why Shyam switched. After Chris was voted out I received information that if anyone would have risen up against him, it would be you.

        2) Before they mutinied one of the three (I forget if it was Carl, Marcelo, or Kristine) outright told me that it was you who convinced them to switch.

        3) I didn’t know you but if you had the charisma to help get 3 members to switch tribes and start an uprising on your own, you would be very effective and dangerous come merge time.

        4) You were a threat because you weren’t afraid to speak your mind. I already knew you were an effective leader, but when you had that argument with carl on the main page I saw that it would be a bad idea to get on your bad side.

        I know it’s not 10 reasons, but I hope it’s good enough to convince you 😛
        April 15 at 4:30pm · Like
        Marcelo Campos It was not me… I didn’t tell noone about the mutiny
        April 15 at 4:38pm · Like
        David Racine Yeah I honestly forget where and when it came from, I just remember getting the vibe from someone at the time that Eamon played a deciding factor in geting someone to switch.
        April 15 at 4:52pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin ‎Noah Thanks for your answers. Seems like you wasn’t behind all this so it’s ok.

        David Racine, thank you for telling me that. I am expecting answers like you. Looks like you put a lot of attention to this game, and you’re smart enough to analyze your opponent like me.

        It is true, I managed to convince 3 people to jump ship.
        No it’s not true about Chris. He didnt take any of the leadership of my beloved APUS, he is a team player.

        It’s a false information that I received from few players that he actually playing a secret agent to OOC, and I managed to gather enough people to vote him out. Turned out it was Marcelo Campos , the guy I trusted 100%.

        Again, it was because of Marcelo , that caused me been blindsided.
        And you said it was you who Marcelo worked with. For that, I congratulate you , as a newbie , that’s able to knock me out from the game. 🙂

        I know who I want to vote now. Good luck guys 🙂
        April 15 at 8:32pm · Like · 1
        Noah SpiderJew In my defense, I was left out of the loop a lot. I’ve tried talking to people but most would ignore me and I would only know certain things. I’ve tried to find out things so I had to try and piece the pieces together myself.
        April 15 at 9:48pm via mobile · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin Noah, after the merge we had a little bit of conversation. You told me you guys are voting for Brian. Marcelo told me that you want to work with us. So I thought I could trust you. I asked you if my name will come up that time. You said no. But then again you lied.
        If you were left out of the loop a lot, you would consider to jump ship and work with us APUS.
        I don’t think you were left out from your tribe.
        April 15 at 9:57pm · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin It’s a bit sad Noah , if you done a lot of work you should just tell us straight away. None of us are bitter here coz we all understand that this is a game. But you keep denying that you weren’t behind all these.
        April 15 at 10:00pm · Like · 1
        Noah SpiderJew Behind all of what? The votes? When the merge came we Brian was a huge target. I never wanted you to go first. I had openly said that to people. I thought, at the time, Brian was the biggest threat but I was out numbered. And how would flipping to Apus have helped me? It wouldn’t have. Like I said to Brian. Would I have loved to work with you guys, yes, but it would have not helped me get further then what I was going to be if I stayed with OOC. About marcelo, David wanted Marcelo to join us again come merge just in case Shyam flipped, we had a back up plan. I ha to say what I had to say to try and pick Marcelo’s brain a little, totally thinking he is going to lie to me. And another thing, 6 people were behind you leaving, that means David. I did not want you to go but the others made up there mind and told me that is what is going on, when I told you Brian that was the plan at that point. I did not know until the votes were due in a few hours that the vote was you. Believe me or not. That’s the truth.
        April 15 at 10:34pm via mobile · Like
        Marcelo Campos Eamon, I was not playing a secret agent to Ooc(chris boot)
        April 16 at 5:19am via mobile · Like
        Marcelo Campos Noah… You didn’t play me.… I knew that you were not telling me the true!
        April 16 at 5:20am via mobile · Like · 1
        Noah SpiderJew Truth*
        April 16 at 6:59am via mobile · Like
        Noah SpiderJew I never tried to play you

        Dave Bronson
        Challenge XVIII: Dave’s Vote

        Viewers getting your last look at the Wacky tribe. Dave voted out at the last Tribal Council.

        Hey, that’s me! Hello there boys and girls! 😀

        Over the last couple months, I spent a lot of time working closely with David and Noah. I’m fully aware of the type of game you both played and the strategies you employed. I have no questions that need answering.

        The only thing now that I want to see from you is creativity. So here is your last chance to show me how artistic/funny/clever you can be.

        My vote will go to whoever writes and performs a better song. If only one of you posts a song, my vote will go to that person. Musical accompaniment (piano, ukulele, beat-boxing grandomther etc.) would be nice but not necessary. Record the audio/video and post it here in the group for all to see. It doesn’t have to be long (30-60 seconds is fine), but it should pertain to the game and perhaps our relationship within it. Make me laugh and receive my vote. Sound simple enough?

        Good luck.

        PS: Yes, I’m dead serious.

        David Racine I don’t know how long we have to complete this, but I hope Sunday night isn’t too late… haha I refuse to have my girlfriend in the house as she jeers at me singing into the webcam for “that facebook game you’re obsessed with”.
        April 15 at 12:20am · Like · 2
        Carl Hagemann Pick a number FTW!
        April 15 at 5:44am · Like
        Francisco Grilo i love this
        April 15 at 7:30am · Like
        Logans Hosting-Org Considering this is one of the best jury questions I’ve seen, I’ll give you guys until Monday to allow you the chance to go all out.
        April 15 at 10:07am · Like · 6
        Michael Graga can I get involved and maybe win a jury vote?

        Brian Whitehead
        Hey Guys,
        I’ve been having internet issues of Racine like proportions so I haven’t been able to post my questions yet. Basically, I just want to know which past Survivor your game was most like and which past Survivor my game was most like. Also, Noah, when you were claimed to be interested in flopping after the Shyam vote, how much of that was sincere, and how much of that was playing me? Congrats to both Noah and David for making it this far!

        David Racine Thanks!!! I was actually really hoping someone would ask me this exact question since from the first day I’ve kind of tried to model the strategy and manner of one of my Top 5 favorite Survivor winners: Earl Cole of Survivor: Fiji. While I don’t claim to have played anywhere near a perfect 9-0 game like he has, I think there are similarities between the way we approached the game. We both managed to stay out of the crosshairs for the most part, all the while being right in the thick of the action and always part of the core group of decision-makers. We both played strategically while benefiting from being likeable yet somewhat forgetable to be honest. I can’t help noticing a comment by Eamon in another thread where he told Marcelo something along the lines of “it would be much more exciting if you and I were in the finals”, and I again draw similarities between Earl and myself; not exactly a heartbeating, thrilling performance to watch, but the little subtleties we use to talk to people and slowly put our quiet strategy together piece by piece are what make our gameplay work in the end. I also like how in Fiji Earl progressed from being “just there” pre-merge, to more noticeable and relevant at merge, and in the home stretch the groundwork of his strategy that he’d been working on all game really revealed itself. That’s how I wanted my game to go from day 1, and hopefully i’ve done a decent enough job of it to earn your vote.

        As for what Survivor you are like? I wish I was able to see your game pre-merge , but from what i’ve seen (and this might seem like a strange comparison) Palau Stephanie Lagrossa. You both came into a merge on the wrong side of the numbers but were able to make it deeper into the merge than others by a strategy nowhere close to the classic “under-the-radar” strategy. You fought back with charisma, you gave good alternatives to those you wanted to align with, and gained the respect of everyone along the way, but eventually you got beat by the numbers. I think every member of the Palau jury thought that had she been with the winning team she would have dominated the game, and you definitely gave off similar impressions to the Ooc tribe, that’s for sure.

        Again, thanks for the question, if you have anymore questions for me that will make your decision easier please don’t hesitate to ask.
        April 15 at 12:06am · Like
        Noah SpiderJew Well thank you Brian. The idea of me flipping was just an idea. Had I been beneficial to myself I would have done it. The idea came from when David told me that myself and Jamie would be out at 5 and 4. At that time I needed an alternative plan just in case that was the truth. When I sat and really thought about it, I realized it woul never really help me get any further that it would if I did not flip. Either way I was looking at 5th or if I by some shot in hell wan an immunity, maybe 4th. But the other option that ran threw my head was if I do flip. Apus could go tell the OOC people that I flipped and it would have been an easy vote, and myself having no one and me leaving the game. I’ve said this before and I’ll say it again. I wish you were with the OOC tribe from the beginning. I really did like you a lot and everything I said to you was 100% sincere. I honestly was going to flip. I had learned of deals that were floating around. David/me/Jamie, David/Dave/mike, David/Marcelo. Knowing I was not in any of those then I had to consider what was best for me. I ha a better chance of getting further with the OOC tribe bc I had been with them
        Longer, I had no shot with the Apus tribe.
        April 15 at 10:12am via mobile · Like
        Brian Whitehead Thanks for your answers:
        David, you played a great game, similar to the game I envisioned myself playing before Chris was voted out and I decided to change my tactics. I just hope this doesn’t mean that next time I will play like Guatemala Stephanie. My personal answer for myself was South Pacific Ozzy, of all people, due mostly to my ability to be on the wrong side of a 6-2 vote, and somehow reemerge in the center of my tribe, but that was all premerge.

        Noah, thank you for your honesty. I certainly would have tried to keep you longer than Marcelo if you flipped, as I seemed to be the only person who didn’t trust him, but you clearly made a wise choice since you made the final 2.

        Congrats to both, and time for me to figure out who I’m voting for!
        April 16 at 9:01am · Like
        Eamon J Jawatin Noo… not Ozzy
        April 16 at 9:48am · Like · 1
        Eamon J Jawatin lol
        April 16 at 9:48am · Like
        Brian Whitehead yeah, I like his answer better than mine.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Alright, thanks jury for your questions. David, Noah, this is your last chance to address the jury before (most of them) go to vote. Post your last public statement whenever you’re ready.

        David Racine Alright guys, so i’m actually pretty sad that this is the end of the game. I’ve had such an unbelievable time playing the game, adapting to the different challenges that came up, and just getting to know and interact with each of you. Like I’ve told some of you, I actually signed up for this game because I was pretty much bed-ridden and off of work with a back injury and had nothing to do all day. This game not only gave me something to do to keep me sane, but actually gave me something to commit to and care about deeply. I put so much time into this game and thinking about different strategies, that nothing would make me happier than to win in my very first Org.

        I think by know you all pretty much know my strategy and my complete game so i don’t need to recap everything and give you another excruciatingly long novel to read like my opening statement. I do want to say that through answering your questions and giving you a very detailed opening statement, I was completely “open book” and honest with you regarding what happened. I never denied one thing I did in this game, and I did so because even though there were betrayals at some points within the game, I knew I would be able to stand before the jury and explain each and every move I did and how it lead me to this point. I’m not going to sit here and bash my opponent’s game, but I do feel like i’ve owned up to my actions comparatively better than him in answering my questions, and always gave the truthful break-down of every move I was questioned on. Also, there might be a few things I would change about my game if I had to do it over, but I can genuinely say that I am happy with the way my different strategies and plans turned out.

        As for my Ooc alliance mates, I loved being on a team with each and every one of you. Everything from winning all those pre-merge challenges to going deep in the merge was a great experience, and I loved that even though we began as an alliance of players who had never played together (with the exception of Noah and Jamie who knew each other) we meshed together like we had played a dozen games in an alliance.

        For the Apus members, I may have not gotten to know you as well, but you were certainly great opponents, and i’m not forgetting that Ooc won some of those pre-merge immunities to luck related to internal issues that were happening on your side, or else the road would have been MUCH harder. I hope that through answering your jury questions that you’ve gotten to know what kind of game I’ve played and seen some of the moves I made to get to this point. It was my fear coming into the Final 2 that some might not feel right voting for someone who’s game they did not know and whose strategies were relatively unknown, so in giving fairly long answers to the questions asked I hope that I was able to reveal a bit more about myself and give you reasons to write my name down.

        So that’s pretty much it. I hope I’ve made a good case for your individual votes in my responses to your questions, and I certainly hope to play in games with you all in the future.
        April 17 at 11:17pm · Like · 2
        David Racine haha I actually had a funny anecdote that I forgot to share with you all. When I mentioned that this was my first org in my opening statement, I neglected to say that I had played Survivor once on a camping trip in high school, where my little sister completely blindsided me at F5 and went on to win -_-
        April 17 at 11:30pm · Like · 1
        Noah SpiderJew Well guys. It’s been a lot of fun and I’m sad it’s over but I now need to tend to things in my personal life. Thank you all for making my last org so fun. Regardless if I win or not, I got far. No one can take that away from me. I’ve said and did what I felt like I needed to do for me. You can look at my game, and respect it or not.
        April 18 at 9:29am via mobile · Like · 1
        Noah SpiderJew I never got here by accident. My gameplay did. I never rode coattails. I made moves. I played what was best for me. If I lied, so did others. If I back stabbed, so did others. That should not be held against me.
        .
        .
        .
        Jury, the hour is upon us. Over the past several days, you have been gathering information as to whether David or Noah is worthy of the title of Sole Survivor and the winner of the grand prize of random perks that go along with it.

        Remember you are voting FOR a winner. Although next time I might have the jury vote against someone just for the heck of it. I’ll make that change once NASCAR changes their rule and has everyone drive to the right.

        For the final time, it is time to vote. Jury, you’re up.
        .
        .
        .
        Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person with the highest number of votes will be crowned the winner of SCWL 2 immediately. I’ll read the votes.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        FIRST VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        MOM: Logan, get off the computer this instant!

        LOGAN: But mom, my online friends are waiting for me to post the jury votes!

        MOM: Don’t talk back to me young man. You haven’t done your chores for a week, and your room is really messy.

        LOGAN: I’ll do that as soon as I’m done posting this.

        MOM: That’s what you said yesterday. And the day before. And the week before. And did you take in the bottles in the garage to the bottle depot? I’ve been waiting to clean the garage for months but your damn bottles are scattered about everywhere!

        LOGAN: Argggggh.

        MOM: Ever since school ended you’ve been rotting your brain out with that UFC and reality shows and those First Fantasy RPG games. Plus you’re always surfin on that Facebook and the twitter. And when were you gonna hand out resumes? Or get your license? You’re twenty, Logan. When I was–

        LOGAN: Okay, okay. I’ll do that right away.

        MOM: So don’t you dare post that jury vote until you get all your stuff done.

        LOGAN: Well, can I at least post my blogs? Those take a lot less time than hosting.

        MOM: Fine. But don’t be on there too much.

        LOGAN: Phew, okay. I’ll just post my episode one blog and I’ll get right on the other stuff.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        ————————–

        Oh the memories. But for David and Noah, it’s time to end the suspense and put this season to bed. This is one of those rare times where you want to see your name inside those brackets. The person with the most votes is declared the winner of SCWL 2, bragging rights, the title of Sole Survivor, and the zero dollar cash prize and virtually no other perks that go along with it.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        I’ll read the votes.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        FIRST VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (DAVID!!!)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        One vote David.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        SECOND VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .

        .
        (Noah way I’m not voting for David Racine!)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Two votes David.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        THIRD VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .

        .
        .
        (Mr. David Racine)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Three votes David.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Still no votes for Noah.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        FOURTH VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (Noah)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Three votes David, one vote Noah.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        FIFTH VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (DAVID RACINE!)
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        Four votes David, one vote Noah.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        David is one vote away from winning this game.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        SIXTH VOTE:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        AND THE WINNER OF SUPACOOWACKYLAND SEASON 2:
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        (DAVID)
        .
        .
        Congratulations David, you are the sole survivor!
        .
        Noah, the jury has spoken.
        .
        .
        (XXXX)
        .
        FINAL TRIBAL COUNCIL
        ————————–
        (DAVID)
        XXX
        (WESLEY)-(KEVIN)-(FEDE)-(FRANCISCO)-(CHRIS)-(KRISTINE)-(CARL)-(EAMON)-(SHYAM)-(LEIF)-(BRIAN)-(LISTER)-(MARCELO)-(JAMIE)-(MICHAEL)-(DAVE)-(NOAH)

        TC VOTING

        BRIAN,

        (DAVID)

        Reason: You deserve it. You played an amazing game!

        DAVE,

        My vote is for my good friend and buddy,

        (Mr. David Racine)

        There can only be one Survivor and you did everything to deserve that title. Congratulations.

        EAMON,

        I vote for David Raccine

        Sigh. It should be him voting for me to win.

        JAMIE,

        So this vote is really hard because I still don’t know who I want to vote for. My heart is telling me to vote for Noah, but my head is telling me to vote for David.

        With Noah, I felt like he was trying to tell the truth in his jury responses, but it still felt like he wasn’t telling the whole truth and he was still trying to be shady. I want to believe everything he said, but I don’t. It still bothers me that he tried to lie to me after I was voted out. That is one thing I’m still hung up on, which surprises me because I shouldn’t base my decision on that one fact.

        On the other hand, there is David. We talked, but I felt like I was closer with Noah throughout the game and that is important to me. When David was doing his jury thing, I felt like he was telling the truth. But it really annoyed me the way he talked about things. He was trying way too hard and he came off real cocky to me and I don’t like that.

        I really don’t think it’s going to matter how I vote. I’m pretty sure everyone on the jury is going to vote for David, but who knows?

        VOTE:

        Noah

        REASON:

        This was a really tough decision to make, but in the end, I feel like Noah played a slightly better game than David.

        LEIF,

        (DAVID – Newbies for the win!) I am voting for David. He sought out what he said he would do to let it be known that he is here to play. And he did. I admire his gameplay and his way of not “begging” for votes and that has been what most impressed me. Hope he wins!

        LISTER,

        Both Noah and David have played a good game but unfortunately for them I can only vote for one of them and I must choose who I feel deserves the win more than the other. It’s a tough decision, but I think I shall go with… DAVID RACINE!

        MARCELO,

        DAVID!!!

        MICHAEL,

        (Noah way I’m not voting for David Racine!)

        I’m voting for Racine to win, he played the game like a boss, he was smart, challenging, and awesome. He deserves this. Congrats man, good luck!

        SHYAM,

        Am I supposed to cast my vote here?
        If yes, my vote is for David.
        .
        .
        .
        .
        .
        How did this happen? How did a newbie who was on the outside of his tribe prior to the merge get to the Final Two? With disappearances in rounds thirteen and fourten David was the player closest to ejection in the entire history of the series. This was also his first ORG ever and dominated the jury vote more than Adam and Mervin who were considered locks to win this game upon entering Final Tribal Council.

        And what about Noah’s roller coaster ride in this game? He filled out the expectations of being in second place after getting into the most vicious fight of the season, but he ended this game nowhere near the goat that I thought he was going to be. What were his fatal flaws in Final Tribal Council? And does he regret not taking Michael to the Final Three?

        It’s the Final Two exit interviews and mock awards show. . .next!

      • NOAH EXIT INTERVIEW
      • —So it’s been a month since you found out your loss. Time to reminisce about this game.1) If I recall correctly, you were the nineteenth player I found for this game. What made you sign up for this game?2) You went for the penalty idol on the very first round. Was that a move made out of paranoia and a fear of being eliminated or is that your aggressive nature when it comes to Survivor?

        3) It seemed you were in the hot seat for at least the first few rounds. Do you think losing an immunity challenge one round earlier or one round later would have made a difference and eliminated you? Or would events have transpired the same way?

        4) In my opinion the biggest move of the game was when you shared that you had the penalty idol with the entire tribe. Otherwise you guys wouldn’t have won those last two tribal immunity challenges because Jamie would still be chasing the idol down, and Apus’ secretive nature with idols led to them always taking penalties.

        So I’m curious: When you made the move to announce you held the idol, what were your intentions at the time?

        5) Speaking of the idol, how did you manage to not play it at Ooc’s lone TC? Marcelo, Kristine, Carl, and Francisco were all guaranteed to vote for you. In addition you and Kristine had an extremely heated argument. So why were you convinced you had four out of the remaining four votes on your side?

        6) In round five Shyam mutinied to your tribe while Marcelo, Kristine, and Carl all jumped to the other tribe. Just out of curiosity, who do you think would have been voted off if Ooc lost a challenge?

        7) You and the rest of Ooc minus Dave voted to merge in round eight. You guys were up 6-5. If Apus was up 6-5, do you think that would have made a difference to whether or not you voted to merge?

        Let’s rewind back to the Kristine incident. When you and Kristine got into the public argument that lasted about half a week what was your thinking there? Was the decision to argue with her strategic in any way? Did you think it would impact jury votes at the end? Were people looking to take you to Final Two from that point forward?

        9) Oddly enough I don’t believe you lost for anything related to Kristine like I thought you would. Instead from everything I heard it appeared to be from telling other players you would save them, but vote them at the last minute to piss them off and fall into David’s camp. David, although quiet, appeared to earn the jury’s respect for not outright deceiving them like this regardless if he built a relationship with them.

        Does that sound correct to you? Or did I miss something that transpired?

        10) Come to think of it, why do you believe you recovered from the Kristine incident? Usually the vicious fights come into play in the Final Two like with Marty last season. Did Kristine’s pre-jury exit make all of the difference?

        11) This season reminded me a lot of South Pacific excluding the Redemption Island twist. The tribes merge 6-5. The 5 have a plan set up that is guaranteed to give them the upper hand but the plan is spoiled by Cochran (Marcelo) telling the opposite tribe what happened. The 6 then go on to eliminate the entire opposition one by one until only their core exists. It just so happened that South Pacific was the most recent season to air prior to this game.

        Do you think watching South Pacific influenced how this tribe played? Because Marcelo was extremely weak in challenges and Lister seemed like a key opportunity to switch up the game, but nobody wanted them incorporated into their plans whatsoever. Why is that?

        12) Before Marcelo exposed who had the idols on Apus, what were the theories of who had them on Ooc? And why was Shyam a suspect?

        13) Speaking of Shyam, one can argue that it was what solidified the Ooc 5’s power for the remainder of the game. The five of you pulled off an impressive 5-3-2 blindside. Shyam really wanted to boot Marcelo because he didn’t deserve to be there but clearly none of you were on board with that.

        Why the refusal to vote out Marcelo and why boot Shyam when numbers would only be 5-4 the next round? Where was the confidence coming from that made the five of you trust each other so much that a 5-4 alignment would present no problems?

        14) For some reason I thought you and Shyam had a Final Two alliance. Don’t ask me why lol. My question then is what were your core deals throughout the game? Was it really just ‘us five to the end’ from round four and no one questioned that? Were there deals you had within the group of five?

        15) Be honest with me. . .did Mini Survivor have more than a 0.0001% impact on the game?

        16) Another person I thought you had a Final Two deal with was Jamie. Yet you were the swing vote that eliminated her when it was down to five. Why did a Final Two alliance not pan out with her?

        17) The Final Four immunity challenge. The biggest challenge I’ve had to face as a host. I couldn’t tell you everything that was on my mind then, but after reading the blog for my reasoning as to the rulings that I made, do you feel the decision was fair? And what recommendation would you make to avoid such controversy in the future? Would avoiding a weekend Final Four challenge be the key?

        18) And I think that challenge made you crazy as much as it did me. Because that round you change your vote around twenty times. I think you cinqtupled the record set last season by Brian Meagher who changed his vote four times.

        So why were you so freakin’ indecisive that round? You never gave a reason for your vote. Did you know you were ultimately crowning a winner at that point? Were you wondering who had a better chance of beating Dave Bronson? How did the decision fall onto Michael?

        19) At Final Two you nearly quit. You seemed to concede defeat to David. Sure enough you were indeed blown out 8-1. Do you think you could have received more votes if you fought harder or would any of it make a difference?

        20) You’ve played plenty of ORGs. The twists used in this ORG are drastically different from other games. How do you feel about these twists and the unique challenges throughout the season? Does it truly level the playing field for ORG veterans and ORG newbies?

        21) If your brain is not fried by this point, if you have any other thoughts, please share.

        Well I had been out of the games for a while and I had some free time watching my mother in law who passed at the final 4. I wanted to see if I still had what it took to play and make it as far as I could. I was not playing to win.
        2. The reason I went for the idol was the fact that I wanted to be in control I my own fate in this game. I didn’t know most of the people in the game and I was thinking newbies would get together and take out vets, aka Jamie and myself.
        3.well I kind of felt like Rudy from Borneo. He was in the hot seat in the beginning and most people eventually realized they had bigger fish to fry. Now for me I think our lose came at a perfect time. I think had it come earlier then maybe people would have not known me as well. Maybe a round later, Kristine could have gotten in to there heads and I would have been out.
        4. I had told David and Dave. They both knew that the idols were causing tribes to lose and I knew if I said something then it could maybe save our asses, as it clearly did.
        5.well I wanted to play it, but something inside told me that people are going to want to keep me since 3 people hated me, it would keep the target off of them. I was not sure I had them but when someone came to me and said let’s vote Fran, so I was ok with it and it payed off.

        6. If we lost Shyam woul have gone. No doubt.
        7. If we didn’t have numbers I would have not voted. I know most of us wanted to merge bc the fact that we could not be on the jury. Now could I had a better shot had we not merged to win. I think so.
        8. It was pure emotions. I had a lot going on for me this game and honestly, she sent me over the edge. I knew from final 6 that I was going to the end but knew I had no shot at winning. Her segueing made her a target and not me. I was defending myself. 3 against 1.
        9. No. I built relationships too, but the Apus members came to me and wanted to know about every vote. They trusted me and I had I lie and tell them that they were safe. Smart? Idk but at the time I figured that they would want hope.

        10. I recovered so easily from the fight due to the fact it looked like a 3 against 1 fight. With none of Kristine, Carl , or Fran, being on the jury made it so much easier for me but I think of they were on the jury, a fight could have made me get more votes.
        11. Well I had planned on switching if it helped me. But in most cases it never did. Now with our allience, it was the Dave’s and myself calling the shots. Jamie and mike were along for the ride. Marcelo was the link that told the other tribe what we were doing, now I cut off talking to him for that reason. I didn’t want our plans to be spoiled. Lister and Brian were the brains. They knew what was happening before it ever happened. I knew I had a better shot against my own allience then one of them.
        12. Shyam had told me that he had an idol. David said eamon had one also. So that is why when we voted them out we had to keep it a secret. People on OOC knew Brian would get the 3rd idol.
        13. What we all thought was that Shyam had connections with Apus and was waiting till we were only 1 up to switch over and take us out. I had thought this due to a previous game. We all knew at this point that Shyam was a bigger threat and knew if we didn’t stick together we would be out one after the other. Marcelo never caused any huge issues for any of us, he was weak and never made u think he was going to bust out a few wins.
        14. I had to watch my own ass, I made a deal with Jamie, her and I both being vets and the fact that I know how strong she could be and same with Shyam. If I had a deal with him he wouldn’t turn on me. Also the 5, we had plenty of deals going. Myself/Jamie/David, mike/Dave/David, Jamie/Dave, mike/David, mike/myself. We had plans with in the 5 to go far.
        15. I would like to think so, after I won that I felt great and that I had a shot at going to the end. I don’t think it had any impact but personally, it did. It made me feel that I was going to get to the end.
        16. I think the deal would have worked had mike/David not told me how close she had become with Dave. I had known from the final 7 that I had no shot at winning. I could have taken the easy road and voted for Nike or David or someone else but I had to think what was best for me.
        17. Honestly, it was fun bc I love stuff like that but with David an Dave working together so much I had no shot. I think it would be better if you did one city the this many miles to this pic then so on and have a final city.
        18. I changes so much bc I was trying to think of who I could beat, who I had more loyalty to. Both of them were hounding me to save them. I never knew what to do. Picking mike was hard, it made me think of who also could help me in the final challenge, and take me to the end.
        19. I think I fought hard as I could. My mother in law died during that time and I was so over fighting and trying to explain why I lied and who I voted for when David did the same thing. I was attacked, and I had tried to defend myself but I couldn’t when David lied and kissed ass. For me it wasn’t about winning, it was for fun and to see if I still had it. I think I did damn good. I knew that David would win but I just wanted 1 vote. And I got it.
        20. I think it levels the field as in challenges, but socially no. I think vets can stay cool under pressure but they have a lot to prove. I think Andrew park hosted a few seasons of vets vs newbs, which I got to the final 3 in. I think if you ha more vets then the game would have been more dramatic.
        21. I had so much fun in this game, and I wish I could play again. This was not easy for me in any way. The challenges were like no other. If you ever do an all star version, I’m down to play. I woul love to see a voting history chart.

        DAVID EXIT INTERVIEW

        1) This was your first ORG and so far the only ORG you have won. Do you think you had a passion for this game or an eagerness to play your heart out that you have yet to replicate in other games?

        -I definitely think I did have a huge passion for this game, and it was almost like I “willed” my way to the end. As i’ve mentioned once or twice during the game, I was off work due to injury for the first month or two of the game, so it was what kept me from dying of boredom and really let me put so much time into exactly what i wanted to say and do in the game. As for not replicating it yet, i’ve only played in two other Survivor themed Org’s (not including Cote D’Ivoire which I don’t count because I had my infamous computer meltdown and wasnt able to participate) and I made it to third place in one. But like I said, maybe it was my eagerness that willed me to victory.

        2) Believe it or not the first move you made at the beginning of the game was to pick someone to join the Ooc tribe. The person you picked was none other than Noah. Crazy, huh? Was that key alliance formed that very moment or is it coincidence that you picked Noah to be with you not only on day 1 but also on day 38?

        Yeah I didn’t know anything about Noah when I picked him except that he was willing to work with me. I did try to speak with other vets before the tribes were picked but Noah seemed to be most receptive, even to the point of wanting a 4-way alliance with me, dave, and mike from the very begining (at least when it came to picking tribes). I didn’t know then, but it was probably a good move for Noah to surround himself with 3 newbies willing to work with him just in case his “enemies” made it to our tribe, which they didn’t. So yeah, it wasn’t like I picked him on Day 1 as any part of a solid alliance yet, just I saw that it had potential. However that pick did have HUGE benefits for me in the long run as it began a trusting relationship that went on to save my ass at Final Four.

        3) A lot of twists were thrown at you this game that you wouldn’t have a chance to relate to in any other ORGs unlike other players who played. Do you think that gave you a major advantage because it allowed you to have an open mind to -anything- that could come your way?

        No I don’t think it phased me either way.

        4) What was your strategy pre-merge? I was never under the impression that you were making any of the decisions until the very end of the game.

        Haha well I tried to explain it in my Final plea to the jury, but Jamie called me on being too cocky about it, so i’ll try to lay out my pre-merge strategy here without making it sound like I think I was in complete control, because that’s not how it went. My strategy from Day 1 was to find a majority alliance and find myself in a backup role for the leader (like you even refer to it in one of the other questions, like an Ian/Tom situation), so that I could have a little say in who left and who stayed. We did create a solid alliance of five, and even though there were talks that Carl had convinced Mike to join in an alliance, I was absolutely sure our 5 wouldn’t budge.
        The thing is, we only had to go to tribal once so there wasn’t really any need for strategy beyond just constantly reassuring people we were in a good spot together. As for our only pre-merge vote, I had assumed till that point that Dave would have ideas on who to vote, but it became clear that he wasn’t going to put any kind of target on his own back and everyone was pretty much just saying “anyone but me”. I figured I would suggest Francisco because I thought he was at the core of the Carl/Kristine alliance and I knew Jamie would back me up on it just by the way she had been talking, but there was another reason that I never revealed till now to anyone but Michael Graga. Again, it was never certain, just brainstorming that might never had happened, but we were thinking of shaking up our alliance eventually. Noah was proving to change his mind every 2 seconds as well as shaking things up unnecesarily, and we were still a bit apprehensive of the Jamie /Chris rumours, so there were a few what-ifs regarding if it would be worth asking Dave what he would think about subbing Noah/Jamie for Kristine/Carl down the road if we kept losing immunity. We thought Dave might be down for it and Carl and Kristine might eventually grow to trust us if we let Noah go eventually. So that was my goal with booting Francisco since he was close to them, but obviously the what-ifs never had to be answered since the mutiny happened and any back-up plans I had were put to rest.

        5) In fact after the mutiny you talked about being at the bottom of the totem pole in Ooc. If Ooc went to one measly TC following the mutiny would you have been eliminated?
        I’m glad I have a chance to clear this up. I noticed through your blog that you thought I was on the outs of my tribe after the merge which wasn’t the case at all. I think maybe people thought this because of my confessional which was:

        “What an obvious rookie mistake; making the tribe hierarchy so transparent that three different people choose to pack up and leave. We’re in a tough spot as a tribe, and i’m in just as much of a tough spot, as it’s clear to me that I aligned myself with the wrong people at the beginning of the game. If i could go back in time i only would have set an alliance with 1 out of the four people i’m committed to. That’s the game I guess and I have plenty to learn…”

        What I actually meant by this was that I would have preferred aligning with Kristine and Carl from the beginning since now they chose to leave and i was stuck on the wrong side of the numbers tribe-wise. At this point already I felt like Dave/Mike/Noah would not betray me so at no point did I feel worried about leaving pre-merge, but I thought for sure Apus would overtake us and we’d be picked off at merge time. Realistically I think Shyam would have left. He probably would have tried to get Jamie and Noah to save him, but I don’t think they would have at that point. So yeah, I see how it could have been interpreted that I thought I was leaving, but as far as I was concerned I was always in a great spot.

        6) If so, then the ‘pick your own merge’ twist must have forced you to scramble. Were you the biggest voice to prompt everyone to vote for a merge?

        No scrambling. I did want to merge, but just to keep our numbers 6-5 instead of risking going down in numbers. I was fairly confident that Shyam would stick with us at the merge as long as his terms were met and we continued to vote his way.

        7) You frequently talked about Noah being a loose canon but yet you never voted for him and brought him to Final Two. Was Noah in danger at the Francisco vote and what made you save him over Francisco? Considering that was essentially a 5-4 division in the tribe and you could have changed the whole dynamic of the game.

        Noah was never in danger during the Cisco vote. He thought he was for some reason; come to think of I think he suspected Mike and Carl were together, but in the end he kept his cool long enough to see that me, Dave, Jamie and Mike were on his side, as well as Marcelo not voting for him. The reason I refered to him as a loose cannon was that before the Cisco vote he became so paranoid; one time I spoke with him and he said he didn’t trust Mike, then not even 24 hours later he says “what if we blindside Jamie”? Also, with the idol, Noah told me every.single.tribal that he was worried and was going to play it. I knew he was just trying to ensure we wouldn’t vote for him, but it was like “Noah no one’s after you. at all”. (Except for the Cisco vote of course. As for changing the dynamic, at that point we had made our five, and I only wanted to even think of changing the dynamic once Cisco was gone.

        7b) Do you think working with Francisco, Kristine, Marcelo, and Carl would have been easier than with the four? Really tough question to answer but I’m curious if you can guess what would have happened at all.

        I don’t know if that would work. Unless he was bluffing, Marcelo told me he thought Cisco was too cocky (although i’m sure his opinion would have changed if he talked to him more). Hypothetically though, if my Day 1 alliance would have been with those four as opposed to the others, I think we could have done well. I think I would have been at the bottom of the totem pole though and Cisco would be in control i’m guessing. Still hypothetically, If the F5 are me, Cisco, Kristine, Carl, and Marcelo; I can picture a Cisco-Marcelo or Kristine final.

        [8)] You and Dave had a bond that appeared to be a ‘be loyal until we duke it out at Final Three’. It was very Tom and Ian. What made you guys reach out to each other so early on and keep that bond from start to finish?

        I think from the very first time we spoke that we started a good friendship and realized we were going to be in a similar spot coming in to the game, which just caused our relationship to be genuine. It was like all of a sudden a lightbulb clicked in our heads that made us think “Oh, all these guys have been playing these games together for years? Better stick with this guy”. Then as time went on it was like “wow, we may actually be doing good at this” and there was no reason to turn against each other till near the end. I think your comparison to Tom and Ian is pretty spot-on actually.

        9) The Apus tribe had a general complaint that you never really got to know any of them. Whether it was pre-merge or post-merge. So what made you avoid them in general? Was that a conscious strategic decision or did you feel that because they are not aligned with you that it could only cause trouble?

        Strategic decision. I made a mistake early on of trusting Kristine with a “what if” of her and Carl replacing Noah and Jamie. She in turn posted what I said on our tribe wall before leaving. I was soooo incredibly lucky that everyone didn’t take it at face value and forgot about it, and that I was able to pass it off to Jamie and Noah as just getting Kristine to not mutiny. From that point on though I decided that the less fodder I gave the other tribe on me, the more likely i would stay out of their sights. It wasn’t all strategy though. At one point I remember just sitting with my laptop open on Lister’s facebook page and wonder what I could possibly send him for small talk, but it all seemed so fake i decided not to. I guess I just hoped that if I was in the finals they would have heard of some of my moves from others coming into Ponderosa after them, and slowly put pieces of my strategy together in their heads before i would give them full detail in my final speech.

        10) Given that this was your first ORG, what do you think was the most overwhelming part about playing Survivor online? And can you draw any parallels between television and the online versions?

        There really wasn’t anything overwhelming about it for me, but if I had to pick one it would be entering an environment when you know a lot of players know each other and have played together before.

        11) Shyam appeared to be a core member of your tribe. You never seemed to be too fond of him being on the tribe. In fact I think you were the only one who discussed your discomfort with his presence. So whose idea was it to get rid of him at merge? And why do it when the next round would feature numbers as close as 5-4. Some would say that was a bit too early to pull off such a risky move.

        The thing is, it’s not that I wasn’t fond of him, it’s just that he was such an intangible; I couldn’t predict his motives as well as anyone else in the game. I invited him over during the mutiny because i had to invite someone, fully expecting him to refuse, and instead he waltzes over so non-chalantly that it showed me he was really ballsy and that he wouldn’t have come over unless he was confident in his abilities to take over a tribe of newbies. I was just fine with my five, but I did get close to Shyam none-the-less, and to the point where I think he trusted me more than most in my alliance till we blindsided him.

        As for whose idea it was: I take credit for being the first to suggest it in a group forum but it was NOT solely my idea. What happened is that pretty much everyone was talking about not trusting Shyam but ONLY in private 1 on 1 messages; so it was pretty obvious that everyone distrusted him but was scared to broach the subject with the entire alliance. So I made sure with Jamie and Noah that they’d really be up for getting rid of him this round (since i knew Mike and Dave would be) and then we brought it up in a group thread. It also didn’t hurt that most people thought he had an idol…

        Here’s where I think I really started thinking for myself strategically. As much as I trusted both Michael and Noah I wasn’t comfortable with them talking with the other side as much as they were. So my two main reasons for Shyam leaving that round were 1) keep the numbers close; no one will flip if there are 4 Apus left and 5 Ooc, but 6 Ooc and 3 Apus when you think you’re number 6? It would be more tempting for anyone. 2) More importantly, Shyam was deciding who leaves and who goes. He said Eamon and we agreed, he said Marcelo and people started to agree. So my main point when talking to everyone about Shyam was that if he decided who was leaving, he was also deciding who on former Apus was staying, which only worked to his advantage and not ours.

        In the end we worked together like the Ometepe tribe voting off Matt at merge in RI. We didnt tell anyone about the plan but the 5 we needed, and it worked great.

        12) Marcelo seemed to be a big reason for Ooc’s success. Who was responsible for flipping him to your side and make a bond with him so that he would agree to sink Apus for good? And how in the world did he not make it past sixth despite his poor challenge performance?

        The thing about Marcelo is that while he did flip-flop a bit in this game, he was still pretty discrete about who he was talking to and what his conversations were about with others, but i’d say I was his closest link on Ooc post-merge but i could be wrong. Not just because of my efforts with him, but because the rest of ooc pretty much dropped all contact with him I believe. He came to me and was up front about going to Dave and trying to make a F2 alliance with him, but felt immediately like Dave had no intention of taking him, so he came to me. Haha I think he was pretty puzzled too that no one from Ooc aside from me was interested in taking to the endgame. I told him if he helped sink Apus by telling them we were voting Brian (and hopefully flushing the idol) I would be able to convince the rest of Ooc that he was trustworthy. Turns out they still didn’t trust him one bit, but I DID try.

        That also answers your next question; I would have LOVED to bring him past 6 but members of our alliance straight out refused to break our 5 till it was only us left. Full credit to Jamie for that; I don’t think it was just a loyalty issue for her, I think she was really sharp to recognize that if anyone from outside our 5 stayed longer it’s because they had deals with someone who wasn’t her. Even players who i thought would see the benefit of keeping Marcelo around (like Noah) were receptive but eventually refused. I always had a suspicion that Noah didn’t want Marcelo around because someone might take him to the end instead of him, but who knows…

        13) For the Round of Six and the Round of Five, some people forget this but could have been the biggest self-destruction in series history–your inactivity. You miss two challenges from computer difficulties but survive both rounds. How did you convince people who were trying desperately to beat Dave in an immunity challenge and how did you solve your computer problems? You were just one strike away from being ejected.
        I hated that week so much; just as it seemed like I was in a great position, it almost went all down the drain. It also got me booted from 2 other games i had JUST started playing. I remember coming home from work one night and my girlfriend had a brand new laptop waiting for me on the couch; so much relief. I was actually worried that my inactivity would be brought up at FTC, but people were pretty good at realizing my heart was fully in the game and some things cant be helped.

        14) When it comes to any twists in this game you successfully avoided all idols, mutinies, special immunity, and penalties. Was keeping yourself clean of rewards a strategy? And what do you think would have happened if, say, you had an idol?
        I wouldn’t say I had a specific strategy for all rewards, but definitely for idols: have them or clear them from the game as quickly as possible. Noah’s was an exception since he trusted me with the knowledge of its existence first (i think). Looking back on it, if I DID find the third idol let’s say… I would have probably shared the secret with Dave and only Dave, but that probably would have been a bad move for me in retrospect so i’m glad things happened the way they did.

        15) Speaking of idols, let’s talk about Noah’s idol. How did you convince him to not play his idol at the Francisco vote when he knew one or two votes could sway it? And why did he trust you and Dave enough to tell you guys he had the idol? And did having open knowledge of the idol truly give Ooc the game? Considering that Apus lost their numbers advantage from everyone not knowing Eamon had the idol.
        I just tried to reassure him that we have a good group and it would be illogical for anyone to betray a majority alliance at first tribal. I still have no clue why he told us; my best guess is he wanted to cement our trust in him and see him as a team player. As for the knowledge of the idol giving Ooc the game? I think in a certain way, yes. It certainly decreased paranoia for those that knew about the idol and allowed us to gel together.

        16) At Final Four vote did you think you would be saved by Noah? And what made you vote Michael as opposed to teaming up with Michael to eliminate Noah like Michael proposed?
        I did, then didn’t. Then did, then didn’t etc. etc. I worked him pretty hard, and maybe put on a little guilt trip. As for voting Mike, I did think about maybe siding with Mike for better odds at beating Dave in the F3, but it all came down to what could logically happen: a) Dave see’s the opportunity t get me out, tells Noah i’m voting for him. b) Dave/Noah vs. Me/Mike= I have more previous votes than Noah and would leave in a deadlock vote. Mike was the only one with more jury votes than me, so I decided to not try and shake things up more and go with the better odds for myself.

        Also, care to comment on Noah having a million vote changes? Did you know it was pretty much a series of coin flips until time expired for the voting period?
        I had no idea it was soooooo close till after the season, but I knew it was a debate Noah was having with himself. Like I said though, I did try to work the guilt/trust angle a bit even though it’s an angle I personally hate to use.

        17) You win final immunity thanks to Dave’s Internet problems. Do you think that was really fair? Any changes you’d like to propose to a final immunity challenge? And did any part of you feel bad and nearly bring Dave to the Final Two to have a “Sono Final Two” for an epic showdown?

        I think it was completely fair because if internet speed determined which challenges are used as live ones, there will always be someone with a slower connection so I don’t think it’s possible to use it as a parameter for fairness. As for your F3 challenge; no changes. All your challenges were great and you thought of most consequences that could happen before you posted them. Believe me, I just lost a F3 imunnity challenge in a game because the host posted the “first-to-finish-wins” final challenge without any warning when some players weren’t available, so I am MORE than supportive of your final 3 challenge format.

        When it comes to feeling bad for voting off Dave the answer is yes at the time, but less and less as I got to the final tribal; I knew the jury was rooting for him.

        18) Michael was a scapegoat for about three rounds. Why was Michael viewed as a threat and why did Jamie get bumped to being eliminated before him? What was the change in strategy there?

        There could be different versions of this depending on who you ask, but my point of view is that Michael was viewed mainly as a threat in the later stages of the game because it was thought that he wouldn’t vote against Dave, but when it was revealed that he would be open to it things changed. As for Jamie, close to the Final 6 or 7 it just seemed to me that her and Dave were agreeing on things more and more. I thought that since I viewed Dave as my biggest competition and was quietly preparing plans against him for the later stages of the game, there was no reason why Dave wasn’t doing the same thing with Jamie. So Michael and I discussed the possibility that Jamie and Dave might have something going on, and we agreed that a Mike/Noah/Myself Final 3 might be a good way to go. I mentioned beforehand that I found that Shyam was a player with many “intangibles” and whose moves were hard to predict, and I’d probably put Jamie in the same category, which also made her more dangerous than Michael in my mind.

        19) Which statement do you think is correct?

        a. You controlled Noah’s movements throughout the whole game.
        b. Noah made all of the decisions and he took enough of the heat that you benefited from it to win.

        I know you want a straight answer, but I really don’t think there is one because we did work as a team and voted together at every single vote all the way to the finals. No one really controls Noah ever, he does his own thing and will work WITH someone but wouldn’t be happy working FOR someone. I think Noah does need a bit of reassuring sometimes that plans will work out, and that he probably makes too many contradicting plans all at once. What I think is that Noah and I worked out well because he would come up with tonnes of options, some of them viable and some of them that weren’t so good (and maybe a bit fueled from paranoia), and I kind of told him what I thought would be good for us and what wouldn’t. As far as “controlling” each other I don’t think that happened because the only vote we disagreed on was the Marcelo vote where I tried to keep him and Noah wasn’t keen on the idea.

        20) Please be honest. When did you know that you had won this game? Like one hundred percent certain you had won.

        When I won the last challenge I was about 85% sure, but then with the nerves the percentage of how confident I felt went down. I felt fairly confident that I would have Dave, Michael’s, and Marcelo’s vote and that Jamie would vote Noah, but then again I didn’t know how Apus felt and if they chose Noah, would they vote as a block? As already mentioned, it’s not like I was in contact with most of them… Pretty soon after the floor was open to jury questions though, Shyam posted that he was voting for me and an Apus juror I had zero contact with beforehand messaged me privately to say I had his vote. So soon after the jury started asking questions, I knew 100% that I would take it.

        21) Is there anything Noah could have done at Final Tribal Council that could have stolen the game away from you? Or did Noah make an error early on that made too much of an impact for anything to change? If so, what were Noah’s errors?

        I can’t be sure, but I think most of the jurors had already made up their minds when they found out Dave had been eliminated, although Noah might have benefited from bringing up that I hadn’t made any connections with Apus tribe-members. On the other hand, I think it was Noah’s willingness to make it seem like he was ready to work with someone (ie. Shyam, Brian) when he wasn’t that might have angered the jury in the first place, whereas I didn’t have that problem. I think it also might of been an error to not totally own up to all his dirty deeds at final tribal, as that might have impressed some jurors.

        22) You were around for the Final Four immunity controversy. Why, it nearly eliminated you from the game. Weigh in on it. Should Final Four immunity challenges even take place on the weekend? And did I make a good ruling given all of the information I had?
        I think you made a good ruling as you gave notice of when the challenge would be, and I seem to remember you doing all you could to correct the situation. To be honest I can’t remember too much about the situation aside from Noah not being happy that the challenge fell on a holiday.

        23) You and Noah are the only two who get to have their exit interviews take place after all confessionals, blogs, and bonus stuff had been posted for the season. Is there anything anybody said that was inaccurate or that surprised you?

        No innacuracies that I can think of. I guess I was blessed with no one making a nasty confessional about me. As for surprising, I think along with everyone else I just wanted to know what happened on Apus pre-merge and who was involved in butchering their chances. I guess I was also a bit surprised that Jamie/Noah/Shyam might have had something going on in the early stages, but of course that never came to fruition.

        24) You may cover it by this point but summarize why you think you won.
        I think I won because I played in a manner that made strategic sense the more you looked into it. I did backstab people and tell half-truths, but in the end the person who was wronged by me could look back and see exactly why I did what i did. I also mentioned in my jury speech that at one point in the game Leif basically told me that it didn’t look like I was making big moves, and that if he was on the jury that would be his criteria for picking a winner. That made me play in a way were I tried my best to make sure any juror on his way to Ponderosa would at least kinda know I had something to do with it instead of just others making the decisions, without it looking like I was a jerk. I guess I mean, i tried to make my name linger in their minds without blaming me too much. Not sure if that even worked (or made sense when i write it down) but that’s what I was aiming for.

        25) If you have any other thoughts, please share.
        I feel like this is a spot in the interview where the interviewee plugs in their movie/book/album. No thoughts, just thanks for voting for me to win, and thanks to everyone else for following. Looking forward to being a viewer for Season 3!

        Actually, that’s not it.

        LOGAN’S HOSTING EXIT INTERVIEW

        1) It has been speculated in private that you don’t like Season 2 as much as Season 1? Any truth to these allegations? If so, why?

        Oddly enough earlier during the day I was thinking about which season I liked the most. The prequel, season 1, or season 2? I have a tough time because the three games played out very differently and excel in different areas.

        The prequel – If anyone has seen the spreadsheet for it knows that it was a game of “Don’t Self-Vote” for the first thirteen eliminations. The players were inactive, I had way too many twists, and the players didn’t really talk to each other. Some of the game play left me scratching my head. Or those who participated solely in challenges but refrained from voting in seven consecutive TCs.

        However once it was down to that core group of seven everything became much more interesting. There were four real idols and two fake idols floating around. An alliance of 8 vs. 3 had now become 5 vs. 2. The alliance completely self-destructed with the Lisa blindside (my favourite blindside to date) because the alliance was pissed Lisa wasn’t helping to defeat Adam in the challenges.

        The remaining four rounds were insane as everyone was strategizing with everyone and the rock solid alliances that had been in place since day one were scrambling. Adam comes from nowhere to win a million immunity challenges and give his idol to the only person he thought he could beat in the Final Two. Gayle, Natasha, Dianne, and Lisa appeared to have a Final 4 locked in for such a long time only but reduced their empire of nine or ten players down to 7th, 5th, 4th, and 3rd place finishes.

        The Thanksgiving day 37 is the longest and most ludicrous hosting experience I have ever had. However, how annoying it proved to be is a memory I will have for the rest of my life. Only four idols were claimed all game and all four made it to the Final Five and Four Tribal Councils. Five rounds of voting and two immunity challenges in one night is a bit insane.

        So a season that was god awful is the same season with the only upset so far this series. I doubt an 8 vs. 2 numbers game will be 0 vs. 2 by the end ever again.

        Season 1 is taking everything I did wrong in the prequel two years earlier and converting it into something that gave me much less of a headache. I eliminated everything I hated from other ORGs thanks to Survivor 22 just airing and making every ORG host do a dreaded Final Three or a Redemption Island. It was my first opportunity to implement the twists I had come up with over the past several years.

        The cast brought us Elvera, Scott, Fiona, Mervin, and Marty who may have the biggest personalities but somehow all made it to the last third of the game. In what universe do five of them avoid eliminating each other to the top eight? ORG newcomers in RyLis, Aaron, and Ryan Flynn combined with the most surprising early exits ever in an ORG (Veterans Jay, Jenn, and Arun who were all extremely active were voted out in each of the first three rounds).

        Everyone on Supa following Elvera’s lead who wanted to eliminate the biggest threats sunk the tribe down to only Elvera standing is very unique. Also the fact everyone hated Supa made them the anti-Ulong where everyone increasingly cheered with each loss as opposed to rooting for a rare success. I doubt we will have a 10-1 conquer again for a long time.

        The only downfalls is that the last four boots on Supa seemed like a foregone conclusion and in the post-merge after Elvera left Mervin had the game locked down. However it was an entertaining and active enough group that Mervin dominating from start to finish wasn’t all that bad.

        Season 2 gets the title for best season so far. It is the only season to have a really fun pre-merge. The prequel’s was just getting rid of every inactive while season 1 was just one tribe eliminating its actives to cripple itself and make the next several eliminations boring.

        It is the only season too where virtually every pre-merge challenge came down to ties or penalties. Anyone apart of season 1 knows just how much of a blowout each challenge was. Supa complained the challenges were too hard. But season 2? It changed things completely. Both tribes varied in their performance but they would succeed or falter at the same time. Plus you know what else happened pre-merge?

        EAMON: I got the idol! Nobody knows!

        SHYAM: I got the idol! Nobody knows!

        LEIF: I got the idol! Nobody knows!

        HOST: Too many penalties have resulted in your tribe losing immunity. Sorry.

        EAMON: Who would take the idol? So selfish! Chris, you’re gone!

        MARCELO: I got the idol! Nobody knows!

        HOST: Too many penalties have resulted in your tribe losing immunity. Sorry.

        EAMON & LEIF: Who would take the idol? So selfish! Kristine, you’re gone.

        CARL: I got the idol! Nobody knows!

        HOST: Too many penalties have resulted in your tribe losing immunity. Sorry.

        CARL: Yeah, I did it.  *shrug*

        EAMON, LEIF & MARCELO: Carl, you’re gone!

        BRIAN: Uhhhh, how did I survive those three rounds?

        Then post-merge was exciting at the start with Marcelo copying Cochran’s move followed by Shyam being Matt Elrod’d the following round. Leif, Brian, Lister, and Marcelo left without any suspense.

        Then the core alliance ate each other. Scott wasn’t around to sacrifice himself this time meaning a battle amongst the top five could play out to its fullest potential. Michael acted as a scapegoat while Dave and David had a 3-round showdown to see who would beat Noah in the end.

        Final TC went much more smoothly which I was happy about.

        Rookies Brian, Marcelo, you, Michael and Dave are vastly underrated in the ORG community. If Marcelo doesn’t blurt about Brian’s idol I think Brian wins the game. Dave is a major challenge beast. You were very good strategically. Michael was very good socially. Marcelo was very good at winning the hearts of the viewers. Carl, Kristine, and Francisco also were huge personalities and entertaining pre-merge. And Lister’s confessionals.

        The other huge bonus is that the only two inactives all season were eliminated in the opening rounds. Wesley was gone 8-1 with a self-vote then Kevin was eliminated 8-0. Every elimination after that I felt bad because of how dang active all of you were. You trumped how active players were in season 1. From Fede onwards I almost felt like I had to apologize for their elimination.

        So uh, yeah. The rumours are false to answer your question. I liked season 2 the most. Season 3 is certainly open to changing that though. 🙂

        2) Which players surprised you the most from your initial thoughts on how they would do?

        Without looking at my pre-season cast assessment I would say Dave, Brian, Marcelo, Michael, Shyam, and Kevin.

        Brian because I expected him to suck socially. Even as the game was going on those first few rounds I thought a 12th or 13th place finish was inevitable. But suddenly it’s his social skills that kept him alive and almost a leader of Apus when merge hit. He fought hard to win an immunity and maneuvered himself to only being outlasted by Lister.

        Dave because I didn’t expect somebody to match Kevin’s challenge performance on day 1. Kevin has single-handedly won tribal challenges on his own for years. Dave however swoops in on day 1, becomes a captain along with Kevin, but destroys Kevin in terms of choosing the better tribe. Dave from there is the only person to rival you strategically as well until a few seconds of lag cost him the game. It’s a pretty sick showing.

        Marcelo because he was silent and I thought he wouldn’t make moves. However the reason why you won is because of moves Marcelo made alone. And Marcelo has a load of charm if even Eamon isn’t too angry with him anymore. I never thought Marcelo would be that actively involved in the game.

        Michael because he left zero impression on me when he applied. Karl Marquez had to give him instructions on how to apply for my game. I predicted an early boot. But fifteen rounds later where he won an individual challenge against Dave and stayed strong socially to be a Noah coin flip away from winning is pretty dang good.

        Shyam because I didn’t expect three rookies to blindside him in a 5-3-2 vote. It is rare to see Shyam offguard like that unless a host institutes a really unfair twist.

        Kevin for obvious reasons. The day he is inactive in a game is a day I never thought would come.
        3) Which players didn’t play as hard as you hoped? (You can’t say Wesley or Kevin because that’s too easy).

        Maybe Carl right after he lost immunity? I’ve got nothing else for you. Head back to camp.

Advertisements

Leave a Reply

Fill in your details below or click an icon to log in:

WordPress.com Logo

You are commenting using your WordPress.com account. Log Out / Change )

Twitter picture

You are commenting using your Twitter account. Log Out / Change )

Facebook photo

You are commenting using your Facebook account. Log Out / Change )

Google+ photo

You are commenting using your Google+ account. Log Out / Change )

Connecting to %s